weekend free-for-all – September 14-15, 2019 by Alison Green on September 14, 2019 This comment section is open for any non-work-related discussion you’d like to have with other readers, by popular demand. (This one is truly no work and no school.) Book recommendation of the week: The Lager Queen of Minnesota, by J. Ryan Stadal. I am a huge fan of his Kitchens of the Great Midwest (until stumbling across his photo recently, I thought he was a woman because he writes women so well). Anyway: pies, breweries, family drama. * I make a commission if you use that Amazon link. You may also like:all of my 2018 book recommendationsall of my 2017 book recommendationsall of my 2015 and 2016 book recommendations { 1,112 comments }
Orange You Glad* September 14, 2019 at 2:12 am What AAM letters do you still think about? The ones that changed you somehow or are forever stuck in your memory?
Sc@rlettNZ* September 14, 2019 at 2:14 am The one that really stands out for me is the guy who ghosted his live-in girlfriend only for her to turn up as his new manager several years later. Karma :-) :-)
Shiny alolan raichu* September 14, 2019 at 5:25 pm https://www.askamanager.org/2017/08/i-ghosted-my-ex-and-shes-about-to-be-my-new-boss.html
OhBehave* September 15, 2019 at 6:39 pm Here you go: https://www.askamanager.org/2017/09/update-i-ghosted-my-ex-and-shes-about-to-be-my-new-boss.html
Orange You Glad* September 14, 2019 at 2:18 am One I think about often is the comment by Bill on the post “What was your worst career sin?” My favorite excerpt: “After about a month of intense anxiety, insomnia and occasional stress-vomiting, I told the ED I was going to the post office to mail all of the various legal packets to the counties for what should be the final approval. Instead I drove down a dirt road, pulled over, threw all the documents in a big pile and set them on fire.” I think about setting all the paperwork on fire in a field all the time. https://www.askamanager.org/2014/05/what-was-your-worst-career-sin.html#comment-451577
Kimberlee, No Longer Esq.* September 14, 2019 at 12:27 pm OMG this one is one of my all-time favorites as well. Even if I’d never do something like that, it’s kind of empowering to know that someone, somewhere out there, did.
BetsCounts* September 14, 2019 at 5:46 pm I **LOVE** this letter so much. When I am having a rough patch I will go back and read it- it makes me so g-d happy. He was a great writer and it ended up having a happy ending!
MJ (Aotearoa/New Zealand)* September 14, 2019 at 3:01 am The woman whose husband resigned for her. There were more red flags there than a communist parade, and she was SUPER defensive of him in the comments. I hope she’s okay :(
MJ (Aotearoa/New Zealand)* September 14, 2019 at 3:01 am https://www.askamanager.org/2012/10/my-husband-emailed-my-manager-about-our-family-decision-for-me-to-resign.html
Chocolate Teapot* September 14, 2019 at 4:54 am I remember the one about the newish employee who worked non-stop over a weekend on an urgent project for their workoholic boss, only to be deducted a day’s holiday because they overslept on the Monday and didn’t make it in to work. There was also one about an employee who thought they were starting work at a new job, but nothing had been finalised, and they were in limbo (and had made changes such as childcare) I don’t think there was ever an update for either of those.
Anonyme* September 14, 2019 at 10:46 am There have been several domestic violence ones that make me worry about the letter writer’s safety. These are the ones that I truly want updates on.
LGC* September 14, 2019 at 5:58 am The one that stuck in my head is the “un-manager” (the one that had a fraternity-like office and was bullying her more professional new hire). I was never that bad myself, but I did have a similar mindset (“I need to have fun with my team and encourage them to be fun!”). The followups were what really stuck with me as well – she was defensive at first when she got called out on it, then the situation blew up on her and she went through a lot. With the last update, it sounded like she was contrite about her behavior and in a better place for her. (I’m leaving out a ton of details for brevity.) I think THAT was the letter that got me reading this site – not only because it was wild, but also because you could follow the arc of the story.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 11:30 am Yes, those are the ones that stick with me–where somebody is in trouble, whether they realize it or not, and it takes a while for things to take a new shape. Anxiety OP who showed up at her co-worker’s house and guy who floated $20k from work are also in that category in my head.
Square Root Of Minus One* September 14, 2019 at 6:36 am A few: the boyfriend who wrote to his girlfriend’s boss to complain he encroached on their relationship because boss and girlfriend had a drink on overnight travel, the boss who was jealous of her attractive employee, and the personal debt accumulated on the company credit card. More recently I also remember the person who went waaaay overdrive over saving her company money at her own expense and writing in expecting her coworkers to do the same.
Redhead in NY* September 14, 2019 at 8:05 am I love the master s&m one, the one where the guy brought spicy food to work – someone stole it – and he got fired for “poisoning” his coworker – then got his job back with extra salary :) I love any letter that AMA responds sassily and puts that person in their place – like the one where the girl called her coworker fat over a text and someone on the bus was looking at her phone and reported her.
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 4:13 pm Ha, I told a coworker at Exjob about the spicy food thief one and her expression was like O_O
Miss Pantalones en Fuego* September 15, 2019 at 8:36 am I have mixed feelings on the bus text one. Yeah, the person was being mean, but IIRC the only way the person knew who they were and what they said was coincidence and snooping. It seemed a bit thought police-y to me that someone was in trouble for a private communication.
Redhead in NY* September 15, 2019 at 1:21 pm Right I agree – however the letter writer was pretty snippy in her email to AMA and portrayed herself as the “poor skinny girl who got in trouble”
Falling Diphthong* September 14, 2019 at 9:05 am AAM letters: • Juice Guy. • I gumptioned my way around several layers of management to sneak into what turned out to be a senior leadership conference. It did not go well. • 1400 comments on moving a coworker’s candy dish. Commenter observations that stuck with me: • Jobs are made of tasks: to find a job you’ll enjoy, figure out what tasks you like and hate, rather than what mission statements resonate with you. • The body language details that convey executive presence. • Recent one–luck matters more at the top. Becoming adequate at a skill can often be done if it’s important enough to you; becoming excellent, or one of the few who can do this as their full time job, depends more on the luck of the genetic draw and the luck of opportunities presented.
CindyC* September 14, 2019 at 9:43 am What were the body language and luck ones? I must have missed those!
Falling Diphthong* September 14, 2019 at 10:14 am Executive presence is the top post on this open thread: https://www.askamanager.org/2018/09/open-thread-september-28-29-2018.html OperaArt’s comments about the body language studied in improv classes (and later discussed with senior leadership, a small woman) were especially useful. If you’re an Orphan Black fan, think of the difference in details between Sarah-pretending-to-be-Alison and Alison-pretending-to-be-Sarah, for the distinction between someone exuding executive presence and someone trying to fake it and missing. Luck was under the letter earlier this week about asking job candidates if they feel lucky.
Thursday Next* September 14, 2019 at 8:21 pm As an aside, I’ve been rewatching Orphan Black and have been impressed afresh at how masterfully Tatiana Maslany plays characters playing other characters. She’s truly a marvel.
Falling Diphthong* September 14, 2019 at 5:02 pm A grand opera scaled down to the size of a bottle of juice. He joins the discussion as Andrew, with arguments like can it really be theft if you don’t try to frame someone else for the crime? https://www.askamanager.org/2017/05/my-boss-treats-me-like-im-not-very-smart-i-got-in-trouble-for-taking-someones-juice-and-more.html
Shiny alolan raichu* September 14, 2019 at 5:31 pm I remember the post now but apparently I never read the comments. Your summary is spot on.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 5:34 pm That is the one with PCBH’s epic William Carlos Williams homage!
tangerineRose* September 14, 2019 at 10:20 pm “arguments like can it really be theft if you don’t try to frame someone else for the crime?” Sounds like someone who has never been stolen from.
ZarinC* September 15, 2019 at 12:58 am People like this never cease to amaze me. The juice may be “abandoned” or maybe not, but dude….YOU KNOW IT’S NOT YOURS. SO DON’T TAKE IT.
OperaArt* September 14, 2019 at 9:38 am The boss who wouldn’t let their best employee take off two hours to attend her college graduation. The employee had put herself through college after being in the foster system.
A.N. O'Nyme* September 14, 2019 at 10:15 am Yeah, that was my first AAM letter I ever read. I still wonder how that ended. Kinda want an update to it, really, but I sincerely doubt we’ll ever get one. Don’t think Allison’s response was what the LW wanted to hear.
MatKnifeNinja* September 14, 2019 at 12:29 pm I want put a flame thrower to that boss’s head. Usually things I read don’t upset/get to me. That women should have gotten a fawking parade to pull all that off. I hope she is living her best life, and getting all the rewards for her hard work. The boss deserves to be around apple crunching, popcorn burning, tuna eating and peanut butter greasy smearing gremlins, in a office the size of a port-a- potty.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 12:46 pm Yes! That’s the one I was thinking of where Alison’s response started with something like “this is not going to be the answer you were anticipating.” It was the first letter I read where the LW got universally dragged in the comments. I’d love to know where she and her ex employee are today, if she learned anything from Alison’s advice, and if the ex employee is as successful and awesome as we all hope.
Stormfeather* September 14, 2019 at 4:22 pm Yep, that first one is the one that most sticks with me and I was going to say. Especially since we’ve never had any updates, and I would love one – either from the boss, seeing if they learned a lesson, or from the employee herself to see how things went after that firing. But as others have said, doubt we ever will get one – since the graduate probably doesn’t read Ask a Manager (or hasn’t found that letter in the archives/realized it was about her) and the employer got raked over the coals. Some other ones that stick in the mind: -The guy who was phobic of birds and pushed his coworker into the path of a car (!!) and she got injured and basically quit after they refused to fire the guy or even (if I’m remembering right) punish him for it in any way. Part of the reason it sticks with me is because the comments I was reading on the first one mostly seemed to be along the lines of defending the guy, which I was just like nope nope allll the nope). -The hotel (I think it was a hotel?) that guests were complaining about being haunted, and the bosses didn’t want to hear anything about it, and the employee writing in was like “what can I do if anything?” (I was with the general commentariat on that, in that they shouldn’t have just ignored it – even if they didn’t believe in hauntings, which is understandable, obviously SOMETHING hinky was going on for so many people to independently report it). -A few of the others that just show up again in my brain from time to time, due to bosses being so terrible, or things just being so weird – the spicy food one where the writer initially got penalized and then karma finally struck back, the duck club, the guy who ghosted his ex (and moved to an entirely different country!), the employee who was fired for listening to her boss and putting work communication on a tombstone(!!) and such.
Stormfeather* September 14, 2019 at 4:30 pm OH and the woman who basically called her boss’s daughter a whore, then wrote in because she was a bit worried she might have offended him. Then updated that oh hey, it was all okay because he didn’t really seem to mind.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 7:42 pm YES THAT UPDATE “Yeah, haha, Boss Man gets that it’s fine to call women whores for dating, so it was all good really.”
Filosofickle* September 15, 2019 at 3:31 pm OOH! I just read that letter this week — was bored, went through archives — and didn’t see there was an update. Wow. I did sorta get how she didn’t understand she insulted him until later. If I substitute “mama didn’t raise no fool” for “my parents didn’t raise a whore”, I can see she was reacting to a question about herself (“I didn’t have that problem because mama didn’t raise no fool”) without realizing what she implying about Boss and Daughter. However, the impact is there. What she said was bonkers and inappropriate and misguided and about a dozen other things that would get me caught in moderation. Can’t even imagine a life where dating is immoral and someone screams at me about being a whore multiple times a day, at school and home. Thanking my lucky stars.
tangerineRose* September 14, 2019 at 10:23 pm The bird phobia one really got to me, mostly because people defended him.
M&M* September 17, 2019 at 9:44 am I think the main reason I felt sympathetic to the bird guy was due to my own experience with phobias that are not reasonable or professional but there isn’t much you can do about it. Like after a sexual assault I was scared to be alone in the presence of a man. To a point where I nearly had a full blown crying style panic attack being alone with a vendor in front of said vendor but I made it to the restroom in time so my meltdown was private. While it wasn’t professional and I think maybe the company could and should have handled it differently, I still had a lot of sympathy and empathy for him as I also have a broken brain and people with mental illnesses still have to work too. Just to clarify I do not believe he should have shoved her in front of a car. I do realise unprofessional behavior regardless of reason can and should result in no longer being a professional, but I felt bad for him.
Tinuviel* September 18, 2019 at 12:40 am As someone who also has phobias, I think the line is drawn here: “but I made it to the restroom in time so my meltdown was private” vs. “so I shoved him out of my way and ran”. I feel bad for him but you gotta realize when your behavior (which couldn’t be helped) was wrong and caused harm to others. Even if he didn’t mean to do it… he still did it.
Jules the 3rd* September 14, 2019 at 9:40 am All the -ism ones that don’t have good resources for helping the employee cope. It makes me want to never leave my current employer. I have a lot of confidence that if I have a problem, I can report it through one of the 5 different channels that they publicize and I will get support. May not solve the problem, but they will take it seriously.
Jules the 3rd* September 14, 2019 at 9:44 am oh – and the ones about religion in the workplace (eg, how Easter and Christmas events erase non-Christians). I think some of the social event organizers in my cube farm may also read AAM, they have toned down the religious references a lot in the last year. Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter celebrations have been going over better with me.
PhyllisB* September 14, 2019 at 10:16 am The one that got me hooked on AAM was (I think) from 2007. It was from a woman whose office was doing some renovations and she went to check on the progress. She stepped in some wet cement (wearing high heels and a short skirt) and went sailing down the hallway past open office doors “half shrieking/half apologizing” before slamming into a wall. I have never laughed so much in my life. Of course I was glad she wasn’t injured, but that mental image just cracked me up.
PhyllisB* September 14, 2019 at 6:22 pm Just remembered another one that made me go whaaaa? The boss who wrote in that her company had a very generous benefits for birthdays (gifts, paid time off, ect.) She had an employee who was born on Feb. 29 who “wanted in” on this, but according to the boss, she was only entitled to it every four years because she didn’t have a birthday the other years and wanted to know how she could explain to her employee how “unprofessional” she was being about the whole thing. Not only did Alison lambaste her she also got raked over the coals in the comments. When the boss responded, she doubled down that this employee was being “ridiculous.”
Anne (with an “e”)* September 14, 2019 at 10:30 am * The interns who signed a petition to change the dress code. They especially disliked the requirements about shoes. They had noticed one employee who didn’t follow the shoe code; however, they had failed to notice that this person was a disabled vet. Everyone who signed the petition was fired. Nothing happened to the one and only intern who had enough sense not to get involved with the petition. * The manager who wrote in about his employee from Ireland who had been harassed and physically assaulted (brutality pinched) because she didn’t want to wear green on St. Patrick’s day. The Irish employee no-showed I believe. The manger was incensed at his other employees and worried about the Irish employee. These two stick with me the most.
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 10:46 am IIRC, the St. Patrick’s manager was befuddled by the employee’s response and wanted to know if he should decline to give her a reference.
Anne (with an “e”)* September 14, 2019 at 11:05 am You are absolutely correct. I was the one who was incensed at the pinching employees and worried about the Irish employee. Thus, I misremembered the letter.
Ann O.* September 14, 2019 at 3:31 pm The shoe code was obnoxious, though. Women should never be forced to wear high heels. There are long-term health implications to that in addition to the reinforcement of sexist perceptions.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 4:01 pm They weren’t forced to wear high heels, though. Flat leather shoes were okay. It was just that they weren’t permitted to wear sandals or non-leather shoes.
Another Sarah* September 14, 2019 at 7:38 pm Huh? The interns petitioned because they wanted to wear running shoes and sandals (and casual clothes instead of suits) in a business formal environment. The letter writer was male, and there was nothing in the letter about women being forced to wear high heels.
Emily B.* September 14, 2019 at 7:54 pm The interns didn’t petition for the company to stop forcing women to wear high heels. OP never even mentioned high heels in their letter.
Vargas* September 14, 2019 at 7:54 pm What?? There was absolutely nothing about women having to wear heels in the letter.
Martha Marcy May Marlene* September 14, 2019 at 9:00 pm You must be thinking of a different letter. High heels wasn’t mentioned or the issue in the intern’s dress code letter.
Kau* September 14, 2019 at 9:04 pm There is lots of sexism in the world, but there’s no evidence of it here. IIRC the OP was male and there were both male and female interns and all of them had to wear dress shoes and suits. Nothing was said by the OP about high heels though.
April O'Neil* September 15, 2019 at 12:34 am There wasn’t any shoe code for high heels and the petition didn’t have anything to do with women wearing heels…
Have dragon, will quest in exchange for hummus* September 14, 2019 at 10:35 am Interested in hearing another update on the woman who had an affair with her married colleague and admitted it to HR.
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 10:47 am How about the women who “pranked” their colleague into thinking she was being arrested for embezzlement, including showing her a police officer in uniform outside her window?
Deanna Troi* September 14, 2019 at 10:58 pm Yes! I think about that one and hope someone called the cops and that the woman who was impersonating a police officer was arrested.
Another Sarah* September 14, 2019 at 11:18 pm No one was wearing a uniform or impersonating a police officer. One of the prankers pointed at a woman outside the window, and said she was a cop. That woman never spoke to the prankee, and she was dressed in regular clothes. The OP said the police and lawyers he talked to wouldn’t even take his complaint because claiming impersonation was so ludicrous.
Penny* September 14, 2019 at 11:08 am The guy with a bird phobia who pushed his coworker and broke her arm to get away from a bird. That story and all the updates were wild!
Grand Admiral Thrawn Is Still Blue* September 14, 2019 at 12:14 pm That one was a story for the ages.
Even Steven* September 14, 2019 at 11:20 am There are too many letters to count, but so many have come together to shape my approach to the working life. I started reading here a few years ago, and it was a real eye-opener to learn from you all about how to assess & define a toxic workplace. As Alison says, being in one too long can really skew your perspective on that! It was from reading letters and comments here that I realized that I was deep in the toxic stew, and that I could actually pull myself out of it. I really had no idea! It was so bad that I quit with no new job lined up, took 4 months off, and then found my current job, which is such a joy that I often go in early just to get going on another awesome day. And when little things irk me at work, I read the letters again and it puts them in perspective, since no workplace can be absolutely perfect all the time. I am so grateful to Alison, AAM, and all of you. I know your question was really about which letters are good reading, but I just wanted to say that they are about good living, too.
anon24* September 14, 2019 at 11:50 am Before I started reading this site I genuinely had no idea it wasn’t normal to wake up in the morning and feel like I’d rather die than go to work. I distinctly remember talking to a co-worker who was much older than me about it one day and being like did you know work isn’t supposed to make you so miserable you wish you were dead? And it blew his mind too. That’s when I realized I needed to make a lot of changes in my career path, because I didn’t want to live my whole life like that. I managed to go back to school and get a certification that allowed me to change careers to a job that I love but pays poorly and now I’m working my way through college to try to change careers again to a better paying job. I don’t know if I ever would have done that if I wouldn’t have realized that it wasn’t normal to hate my work life so much or be treated so poorly by all my bosses.
LQ* September 14, 2019 at 11:20 am Go Get Your Dog https://www.askamanager.org/2016/05/my-company-wants-to-sponsor-me-for-a-service-dog-but-im-not-sure-i-should-accept.html Reading it and the updates still warms my heart. It is something I come back to when I feel it is all doom and gloom.
CatCat* September 14, 2019 at 11:51 am * Guy who shoved a coworker into a moving car because of f his bird phobia * Boss who made employee leave note on grave * Boss who treated employee badly because of boss’s own insecurities (appreciate the updates in particular) * Boss who wouldn’t let employee go to her own graduation * Employee who told hotel who called the cops when boss invited employee to get high in his hotel room. Employee split the conference they were attending * And not from a letter, but an open thread commenter called “Snoozing Loser” who was treated so shabbily. I often think of you, OP, and hope things are going well for you.
Bilateralrope* September 14, 2019 at 12:12 pm The one where a manager emailed Allison wanting to know how to convince an employee to be happy that they dont get a work birthday celebration most years (unlike every other employee) because this employee was born Feb 29. Alison pointed out how terrible this policy was Then this manager doubled down in an update.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 12:21 pm Oh, that’s another one where I really wanted to hear from the employee. “I know this sounds unreal, but my boss seriously says…”
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 12:50 pm That was the most infuriating update. What a truly unpleasant and unkind person she was.
Nom de plume* September 14, 2019 at 12:32 pm I’m surprised no one has mentioned the one where the boss pees in a cup in his office and dumps it out in the kitchen sink.
LGC* September 15, 2019 at 8:16 am To be honest, I think we ALL wanted to forget that one exists. (We’ll remember it in December. But I’m sure we’ll all regret it.)
mindovermoneychick* September 14, 2019 at 2:04 pm Ghosting guy and the poor women who had to quit her call center job to attend her graduation. I always hope she finds that letter someday and see how much support she had from an AAM community.
Pieismyreligion* September 14, 2019 at 2:59 pm “I bit my manager”, the person who’s boss was terrible to her and she bit him on the arm after an altercation, ran to another office and locked the door due to fear of retaliation. AAM answer was to get the f- out of that toxic workplace, she replied later that it wasn’t that bad, she decided to stay and “work on myself”. Just, no.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 3:17 pm Oh, God, that one, and that disheartening update. She had the antennae to know this was a problem enough to write in about, but she just wasn’t ready to move beyond that place. I hope that since then she’s ended up someplace else and has found how much better things can be.
PB* September 14, 2019 at 9:28 pm Yes, that one kind of haunts me. In the update, I believe she applied for one job, didn’t get it, and decided to stay because no job’s perfect and everyone’s a little unhappy at work. Most of us aren’t biting our colleagues!
Falling Diphthong* September 15, 2019 at 12:22 pm “Everyone at work is fine that I bit the office manager” continues to be the most bonkers thing I have read on here.
Ali* September 14, 2019 at 3:04 pm Many of the ones mentioned above; and also the woman who called her boss’s daughter a whore. Update is here, and the original link is included: https://www.askamanager.org/2017/05/update-i-accidentally-insulted-my-bosss-daughter.html.
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 4:26 pm “Go get your dog.” :’3 The bird phobia. Hanukkah balls. The Naked Spray-painted Gold Barbie trophies. The horrifying coworker who sent out photos of a coworker’s colostomy bag o_O Kim who wouldn’t stop caressing all her coworkers and the kids. *squick* And my all-time favorite, forever and ever: DUCK CLUB!
em* September 14, 2019 at 4:50 pm The one where the LW lost their dream job because they had bullied a “rockstar” employee at the company in high school… it gradually came out in the comments that the bullying was WAY worse than the initial letter made it sound, and then in an update the LW basically blamed the rockstar for all their professional AND personal problems and ended up drunkenly confronting her in a restaurant! I’d still love an update on the boss who was upset her employee didn’t appreciate her maternity benefits to the point that the LW was pressuring the employee to start breastfeeding months after the baby was born.
Sled dog mama* September 15, 2019 at 9:20 pm Wait what? I missed this letter about the maternity benefits.
EvilQueenRegina* September 14, 2019 at 7:57 pm The guy who sent his boss to Italy instead of Florida. I found myself thinking about liver boss again after finishing Lock Every Door by Riley Sager. If you read it, you know. I often wonder what happened to that executive assistant whose boss had been out of the country, came back and thought this employee had no showed so he left a rude message on her voicemail, only to turn out the employee was dead and the rude message went to her family, and boss blamed the assistant for not notifying him of the death which she hadn’t even known about herself as she was also on holiday. And that job where the employee died and her team drove off every single replacement, and it took three quits and someone refusing to be transferred into the job before anyone looped in grandboss. This might seem a mundane one, but Fergusia the micromanager, purely because at the time I was micromanaged by a woman like that and really related to “Janet and Brad” in the letter. I know that one got an update but I still wonder if she sustained the improvements.
Another Sarah* September 14, 2019 at 8:01 pm For me one of the letters that stands out the most is the one where the OP’s friend lied to them about a reference for someone the OP was considering hiring. The new hire was a trainwreck and when OP called out their friend the friend didn’t even deny it. I really want an update to that one.
PB* September 14, 2019 at 9:32 pm It’s been mentioned a couple times, but the Duck Club will be an all time favorite. CN for new folks: LW walked in on a couple employees having sex in the copy room, and justified it as being okay because they were clocked out. LW then found that there was a sex club in the office, which awarded “points” for doing the deed in various locations (including the copy room). There was an update in which the boss told her not to worry about it. It was all weird and surreal and I definitely recommend reading it.
Jean (just Jean)* September 15, 2019 at 11:16 am Yes, when the members of the Duck Club passed each other in the hallway they would say Quack. Or maybe Quack Quack. It’s such a terrible idea in so many ways (immature, unprofessional, emotional powder keg…) that it elicits incredulous laughter.
MOAS* September 14, 2019 at 9:45 pm Almost every single letter mentioned here has been on my radar, hard to believe I’ve been reading along since 2012 (!). I think the first letter that pulled me in was about the woman who had to pay to wear jeans to work and was living off cupcakes. What got to me was that a lot of people were willing to send her clothes (goodness I hope I’m remembering this correctly!).
CastIrony* September 14, 2019 at 9:47 pm I think about the one freelancer that has so much work that Alison wanted to cover her in a blanket and give her tea all day long. I hope things are going better.
ampersand* September 14, 2019 at 10:51 pm The woman whose boss called her, pretending to be from CPS, and said she was being accused of child abuse/neglect. I don’t know in what universe this would be funny and I’m *still* angry on the woman’s behalf for having to go through that. At least boss lady was eventually fired for that prank.
Patty Mayonnaise* September 14, 2019 at 10:57 pm Many of my favorites were already mentioned, but I will also mention the woman who was taking nude pictures of herself in the office, the woman who frequently changed her appearance over lunchtime and the update was her quitting in a completely over-the-top fashion when she was asked to refrain from doing it when clients were around, and the person who quit in carp.
FD* September 15, 2019 at 5:44 am The one that gave us the wonderful phrase, “But black magic is one of many occupational hazards” where someone was writing in about how to deal with an employee putting magic curses on her peers.
DarthVelma* September 15, 2019 at 10:55 am The entire saga of “I Work on a Hellmouth”. The original letter was interesting, but it became so much more with her weekly updates in the Friday open thread – will she get out of the Hellmouth? If not, what absolutely bonkers nonsense happened this week? I’m so glad she finally got out.
Falling Diphthong* September 15, 2019 at 12:23 pm As with the guy burning boxes of records on a back road: you can be having a bad day, but at least no one is demanding that you find the squirrel carrying out a years-long vendetta against his truck.
Blue Eagle* September 16, 2019 at 9:50 am I’m late to the party, but the letter I’d really like a follow-up on was the one where a woman fudged the paperwork to frame her co-worker for embezzling. The co-worker was suspended without pay till the authorities came in and did their investigation at which time the woman admitted it was so she could report her own husband for abuse. – – – whatever happened to the co-worker who was framed and ended up losing her apartment and moving in with her relatives till the framing was discovered?
Kiwiii* September 16, 2019 at 11:43 am I think constantly about the coworker who would dramatically change her appearance midday, including new hair color, cut, and clothing and in the update quit on the spot when asked not to do that on days she was presenting so as to not confuse clients.
willow19* September 16, 2019 at 4:02 pm The one where the EA sent her boss to Venice, Italy instead of Venice, Florida. (I think it was Venice.)
willow19* September 16, 2019 at 4:13 pm I’m pretty sure it was this site, with the lady who kept taking the same course over and over, never passed, wanted to be besties with the LW (who was the trainer), and I think she ate French fries with mayo, which, for the LW, just put it over the top. I think the LW wanted to “fire” this student. Anyone remember and can supply a link?
Bilateralrope* September 14, 2019 at 2:14 am How did Friday the 13th go for you ? Me, I work nights. I was woken around noon by a radio playing “the sound of silence” rather loudly.
Bilateralrope* September 14, 2019 at 2:51 am No need to apologize. I laughed later in the day after I had woken up properly.
Jdc* September 14, 2019 at 5:37 pm My Alexa did turned off then on due to a power outage one night and husband and I both just about flew out of bed thinking someone was talking in the house.
Hazy days* September 14, 2019 at 2:44 am Wonderfully! There was an awkward situation that I was anticipating, but people dealt with it in a friendly, professional way, and it was actually turned round to be lovely rather than awkward. It’s so good when people have the maturity to deal with situations and manage them. And I think we’ve come out of it looking better rather than worse.
peridot* September 14, 2019 at 3:06 am Ultimately good – was due to have a tinder date but cancelled because I wasn’t feeling it as he kept pushing the date later and later into the night and he had wanted to go for a walk on the beach (In the dark? With a stranger? Are you crazy?) The guy got really weird, not threatening, just weird. Googled him because that’s how I roll – he’s a convicted predator who was jailed for a violent assault on a woman he picked up in his car when he was roaming around pretending to be a cab driver a few years ago. Photos in the news coverage confirm it’s the same guy. Maybe this makes Friday 13th lucky for me?
Lena Clare* September 14, 2019 at 3:52 am Holy sh1t. Wtf? Close call and good on you. Are you ok? I would be very shaken up by that.
peridot* September 14, 2019 at 3:57 am I’m better this morning (thanks for asking!) but was pretty shaken up last night. Thanking the universe and my gut instincts for saving me from something that could have been very very bad.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 14, 2019 at 7:01 am !!! Well done for listening to your instincts. Have you reported the profile to the site or indeed the police?
blackcat* September 14, 2019 at 8:16 am Yeah, I might contact the cops. This might be a violation of parole or something. Yikes!
peridot* September 14, 2019 at 11:08 am Both – got an automated email from tinder and had the awkward ‘soooo this guy I was talking to on tinder’ conversation at the police station. There’s a lot to be said for being forever alone at this point.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 7:13 am The power of paying attention to that gut feeling. Friday was definitely a good day for you. Glad you are still with us.
Jules the 3rd* September 14, 2019 at 9:46 am Wow. Good on you, and I’m glad nothing happened. People who get offended when they’re googled do not get modern reality and the risks people face, you should assume you’re being googled before a first date.
Damien* September 15, 2019 at 5:32 pm Holy s**t, glad you went with your gut on that one. I think more people could stand to be the Googling-your-date-beforehand type, just in case.
LivingMyLife* September 14, 2019 at 3:58 am Excellent! I had a second job interview in the afternoon. Hoping to get a job offer soon.
Chocolate Teapot* September 14, 2019 at 5:01 am I got a tatty 5 euro note whilst paying for lunch, so I bought 2 lucky dips for the Euromillions draw. You never know…
Grace* September 14, 2019 at 6:03 am I also got a second job interview in the afternoon – and then, that evening, asked to come in for a third interview on Monday. Friday the 13th was very good to me this year.
A.N. O'Nyme* September 14, 2019 at 8:01 am Pretty good! Applied some varnish to the cat house (same thing as a dog house, but smaller and for the cats) and got my results back from my exams: passed both! Woot!
Seeking Second Childhood* September 14, 2019 at 8:51 am Omg the line breaks on my phone….. I’m still snickering because I read “applied varnish to the cat.” Full stop.
A.N. O'Nyme* September 14, 2019 at 9:57 am Oh dear, I think he’d have some words to say about that…(Not to mention the claws XD)
PhyllisB* September 14, 2019 at 10:11 am I had to laugh at “applied varnish to the cat house” because when I grew up the term “cat house” did not apply to felines.
Redhead in NY* September 14, 2019 at 8:06 am Finished a 150 slide presentation and put my out of office message on for my 3 week trip to España!
Christy* September 14, 2019 at 8:38 am It went well! My wife dealt with some nasty menstrual symptoms but *actually stayed home* which she never does, so that was a Friday the 13th miracle. I w**k from home and that went well, even despite dealing some MOODS from some people. Then I watched Supernatural (yes, in this year of our lord 2019) and got a pedicure! My pedicures last forever on my big toe (seriously, I still had my 4th of July stars on until yesterday) so I went full-on into Friday the 13th and got cobwebs painted on my big toes. I’m so excited for Halloween! We’ve been decorated for two weeks now. We never used to be like this, but I think we’re both really excited for fall. Anyway! After my pedicure my wife and I went to dinner and I got the queso I’ve been craving for like a week now. Not as good as the queso of my dreams but it still hit the spot. And then my wife kept getting drunk texts from her grad school friend at the grad school dive bar so we drove over to it and I got like six people to take a fireball shot with me. I unabashedly love fireball but so many people (somewhat rightly) despise it. When my remote w**k friends and I get together we shoot fireball so it has some nostalgia associated. They’re why I started drinking it in the first place.
Sleepy* September 14, 2019 at 9:28 am I have 3 kids and the middle one has chronic sleep issues (up at least once a night for serveral hours, 3-5x/week). The other two are rock solid sleepers 7:30pm-7:30am. Well, last night the littlest woke up at 10 with a nightmare and couldn’t settle back down until midnight. Not ten minutes later, middle woke up. I went to help her get back to sleep and fell asleep in her bed, woke up at 2 and got back in my bed. Middle came into my bed at 5. I moved to the guest room to let DH deal with her. Oldest came into the guest room at 5:30 with a nightmare. Got her re settled and middle was up for the day, cranky, at 6. OMG. There is not enough coffee.
banana mango smoothie* September 14, 2019 at 12:17 pm that is rough! May the childrearing gods bless you with easy adolescence, I guess?
LJay* September 14, 2019 at 10:10 am I woke up to find that my rental car had been towed by my apartment complex because while I thought I had parked in a guest parking space I apparently didn’t know what a guest parking space was. So I spent $30 on an Uber and $300 to get the rental car out of the tow yard (and the tow yard was seriously sketchy looking and they made me stand in a dimly lit parking lot alone for 10 minutes while they completed their shift turnover at 6am). It could have been worse though. At least I apparently got all my bad luck for the day out early.
Amy* September 14, 2019 at 10:40 am My friend very nearly walked into a live rabies-suspect bat hanging on a half-wall outdoors. Luckily I saw it just as he was about to lean on it and warned him, and he literally ran off screaming! Given that it was a bat out in daytime exhibiting weird behavior, in an area where many confirmed rabies-infected bats have been found, we called animal control to come pick it up. But by the time they arrived it had disappeared. Spooky!
Grace* September 14, 2019 at 12:57 pm I’m so damn glad that we don’t have rabies in the UK. I don’t think I could enjoy sitting outside in the evening and watching the bats whizz around my head snatching pond midges if I thought they might be rabid – as it is, it’s my favourite part of summer.
Miss Pantalones en Fuego* September 14, 2019 at 11:03 am I went on a tour of the graveyard at a local historic church. Didn’t really think about the date until I was leaving and saw the moon over the church tower. Saw some interesting things that I’ll have to go back and look at in the daylight.
Bilateralrope* September 14, 2019 at 11:32 am Probably. Or maybe it was one of the other versions out there. I wasn’t awake enough to be sure.
Shay* September 14, 2019 at 11:34 am Forgot I had a doctor’s appointment. I didn’t get the usual reminder email. I’m embarrassed and now I also have to go back and reschedule it. Also, I took my dog biking and she managed to slipped the harness She led me on a 15 minute chase to try and recapture her. At one point she just ran straight at me and knocked me over. That was also not fun. I’ve ordered a new harness and some other gear to help with the biking.
The Gollux, Not a Mere Device* September 14, 2019 at 12:10 pm I saw my eye doctor for a six-month-followup after cataract surgery; all is well, see you in a year. No Friday the 13th relevance except that I overheard the office staff talking about local tattoo shops offering Friday the 13th discounts. (If and when I get another tattoo, it’s not going to be on that sort of impulse.)
NeonFireworks* September 14, 2019 at 12:26 pm I’m a public-transit commuter to a city center. Yesterday I left work carrying a large cardboard box of miscellaneous possessions I’d been storing at work for a bit during a recent move. I decided to walk to the grocery store and grab a few essentials for the weekend before getting on the bus. Was worried that, in the process of doing all this, I might absent-mindedly leave the cardboard box behind in the shopping cart or something, so I kept reminding myself to grab it on the way out. Bought groceries, got home, walked in the door, no longer had cardboard box. Put away groceries, raced back downtown on the subway, approached customer service desk, made fun of self, reclaimed box. Nothing in there had any monetary value, but one item in particular I’d owned for 22 years and cherish very deeply. I would have been inconsolable if that box had disappeared. Ack.
Ann O.* September 14, 2019 at 3:37 pm I spent it performing in a site-specific theater piece in a supposedly haunted house and yet it was actually very uneventful. Which is good because I don’t exactly believe in ghosts, but I also have an active imagination. I was worried I’d spend the whole time jumping at shadows and mess up the performance, but once things got started, it was just another stage. Phew! I did jump at shadows all the way home, though.
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 4:29 pm Dog Lady let her dog or dogs out very late at night (it probably had to pee), and of COURSE one of them had to run up to the gate, which is right outside my bedroom window, and bark. Only once, but loud enough to wake me. I had to get up early and did not appreciate that, since I have a tough time falling asleep and staying asleep. Miraculously, I made it to Buddhist group on time. But F13 spillover–I left my cushion at the church where we meditate and had to go all the way back to get it. :P
Nacho* September 14, 2019 at 4:56 pm Went to the doctors. Got a clean bill of health, and it turns out my scale shows a reading 5 pounds heavier than theirs, so good luck all around.
Jdc* September 14, 2019 at 5:44 pm Mine did the same the other day. Doctors said I was about 4lbs less so I’m sticking with that number. Then cardiologist said I was more than my scale. Obviously their scale is broken. That’s what I’m going to believe. Cardiologist said I could stop taking the heart meds if i wanted. That lasted two days and I was back on as my heart was racing. Since other new meds I am taking also happen to lower my HR i thought I could live without this medicine but clearly not. Frustrated because the less I can take while pregnant the better. Not pregnant yet but wanting my meds to be stable before I am. I don’t have any heart condition my HR just likes to run high. 140 is my normal standing still HR. Obviously this makes for not feeling so great and is exhausting. Like running all the time. Luckily the meds have it to a normal HR but guess i can’t stop them b
We Work by Night* September 14, 2019 at 7:38 pm I also work a night shift. It was a bit of a strange day. The traffic getting to work was terrible, but typical for a Friday. Out of the 10 people in my department, 2 had taken the day off, and there were 2 more who were not there, but I’m not sure if they had also taken the day off or called in sick. Then after a couple of hours, 2 more people left early because they weren’t feeling well. That left only 4 people in the department. I didn’t get a whole lot of work done, but I did have good meetings with my manager and with our team lead.
Jean (just Jean)* September 15, 2019 at 12:29 am Please don’t comment like this. We’re supposed to keep it kind.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* September 15, 2019 at 10:51 am We actually went to Alcatraz in the morning, it was our last full day of vacation :) (It was also my mother’s birthday.)
Southern Metalsmith* September 15, 2019 at 11:43 am My husband’s last day of work was Friday. He retired. All day yesterday he kept randomly grinning and turning to me to say ‘Saturday – every day is going to be Saturday from now on!’.
GibbsRule18* September 15, 2019 at 11:44 am A 30 minute consultation at the dentist turned into a 3 1/2 hour pain-filled episode. Dentist attributed it to Friday the 13th. Ha.
Southern Metalsmith* September 15, 2019 at 11:50 am Also, heavy thunderstorms came through our area Friday night and briefly knocked out power to a water treatment plant. As of noon Sunday we are still under a boil water advisory. I was really trying to be annoyed by it all but all I can think of is how thankful I am that I’m living in a time and a place where clean and plentiful water is normally so readily available.
Remy LeBeau* September 14, 2019 at 2:29 am This is week four (?) from recovering. Thanks to the commenters weeks ago for the tips. I’ve been through a lot of abusive situations, but this recent one takes the cake. As I distance myself from it and gain clarity, I’m realizing just how bad things had gotten. I’m in the process of fixing everything. There is some stability.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 14, 2019 at 7:02 am Well done. I hope you can keep that clarity. All the best for your future.
NoLongerYoung* September 14, 2019 at 5:58 pm Good to hear a progress report and so glad you are recovering!!
Hazy days* September 14, 2019 at 2:48 am The Artist’s Way thread – attempt 2! Creative and aspiring creative and blocked creative people are gathering on this thread to work through The Artist’s Way workbook together. It’s an approach to unblocking creativity in many different forms and media, and while slightly bonkers, is remarkably effective… If books have arrived, we’re ready to go with Week 1….
YouwantmetodoWHAT?!* September 14, 2019 at 1:48 pm I’m ready & excited! Thank You for facilitating this! I’ve tried on my own too.many.times, and groups always fill up before I can get in. <3
Hazy days* September 15, 2019 at 7:24 am Excellent! But we’re still waiting for Greeenthumb to have her workbook arrive, I think. I think we can start Week 1 next week. Meanwhile, how about some introductions about where we are with creativity at The moment. I’ve dipped in and out of The Artist’s Way for a couple of years, never really gone all the way through from start to finish, but I’ve found it incredibly helpful as it is. Writing morning pages, seeking out artist dates, challenging my inner critic and untrue beliefs – all really valuable, and have got me to a much more creative and productive space. I’m hoping to give up full time work in a couple of years to pursue writing more intensely, and I see this as being a strong scaffold to get there.
Bilateralrope* September 14, 2019 at 2:58 am My week of sore legs is nearly over: – Flatemates cat had a noticable limp. $600 in vet bills and the cat is recovering steadily. Not happy about being shut in one room though. – Work cat has a sore leg, and the only symptoms we saw was her hesitating to jump onto the desk, or jerking that leg away if touched. She’s jumping on the desk again. – My legs ache because this is my third 72 hour week. I’ll be fine by Tuesday.
Bilateralrope* September 15, 2019 at 8:28 am So you dont have a cat that just arrived at your workplace and decided to stay ? Anyway, she’s back to sitting on the logbook or trying to nuzzle the pen while I’m writing log entries.
Bilateralrope* September 14, 2019 at 7:36 am I work security. My normal roster is 12 hour shifts on a 4 on, 4 off rotation. We had a number of guards becoming unavailable at once for various reasons. Vetting and site training requirements limited the number of guards who could work at the two sites in question. So my employer had to choose between canceling one guards previously approved vacation having me work that much or leaving shifts unstaffed. They dont like canceling vacations after they have been approved.
willow19* September 16, 2019 at 4:07 pm I think your legs ache because the cats’ legs are okay, and that pain energy had to go somewhere.
Marmaduke* September 14, 2019 at 2:59 am I could use advice or just encouragement. Three weeks ago I was in the hospital with pancreatitis, and labs showed that my cholesterol was through the roof. I’m trying to get back on track with healthy meals and I’m now walking 20-60 minutes every day, but it’s hard to stay consistent when I feel so ashamed and guilty. That hospital bill is going to put my family in a very rough spot (our insurance is okay but not great) and it’s all my fault for letting myself go. I had my baby a year ago and it’s been a hard year (PPD, health issues for me and baby, early miscarriage followed by a major depressive episode, along with a variety of other huge upheavals) and I put on almost 30 pounds, and now my husband and daughter have to pay the price with me. I’m feeling more depressed than ever and working up the motivation to focus on diet and exercise is a struggle. So yeah. Suggestions welcome.
V* September 14, 2019 at 3:08 am Stop blaming yourself! Your language towards yourself sounds so harsh. Try to turn it around and see if you would speak to/about a loved one that way… love yourself, be kind to yourself and cut yourself some sack. You’ve done an amazing thing in getting through everything that has happened in the last year or so. You’ve got this.
WS* September 14, 2019 at 3:25 am Cholesterol levels have a strong genetic component. As they say, choose your parents wisely! All you’ve been through, and you’re being extremely hard on yourself (and that can be part of depression). Would you blame someone else who had a pregnancy, PPD, a miscarriage, other health issues, a sick baby, poor health insurance AND pancreatitis for being unwell? I really hope not, and I hope that you can extend that compassion to yourself. People do get sick! It happens! US health insurance is a deliberate nightmare for everyone short of billionaires, and blaming yourself for that is not productive or kind.
Reba* September 14, 2019 at 9:09 am Chiming in to say cholesterol yes is associated with diet… But is also just something that comes from genes. It’s not something you did to yourself! My spouse, a vegetarian swimmer who walks 5 miles a day, has high cholesterol, because he just does. Meanwhile I have the same diet (actually more cholesterol) in general) and way less exercise and my levels are nice and low, because they just are. Marmaduke, you’ve had a whole chain of shit land on you in pretty quick succession. It’s going to take time to climb back out to a new place, but you’re already well on your way.
Jdc* September 14, 2019 at 9:16 pm Yes. Even when my diet was amazing and i had an 8 pack my cholesterol was high. My grandmothers is, my mother. Medication has pretty much fixed it. My doctor and most say that diet changes really only barely lower it compared to what meds can do. People who are very unhealthy can have perfect cholesterol numbers. So much of it is genetic.
Arts Akimbo* September 19, 2019 at 10:11 pm Same here. I exercise for about an hour and a half a day, 5 days a week, and I eat a diet full of leafy greens and yummy vegetables… and the lowest my cholesterol has ever been in my adult life is 206! It’s just genetic, and the more you can just generally live a healthy lifestyle, the better off you’ll be, cholesterol or no. I hope you will be kind to yourself, Marmaduke, and start with gentle walking and vegetables you love.
YetAnotherUsername* September 14, 2019 at 3:35 am My first suggestion is also to stop blaming yourself. As pp said you wouldn’t blame someone else who’s been through all that you have for putting on a few pounds. Also as pp said cholesterol does have a genetic component. Being overweight does contribute to high cholesterol, but genetics also contributes. So it’s not all down to gaining 30lb, which is not all that much to gain really. My second advice is to stick with the healthy eating and exercise. Both are proven to improve depression as well as cholesterol. And the depression is rhe bigger deal. My third advice is to be kind to yourself. I also lost a baby in the last couple of years and am still on antidepressants for PND. I’m so sorry for your loss. Try to build some you time into your schedule. That can be combined with exercise. Make suorue you’re not just doing exercise you find boring. Do something fun or combine it with seeing a friend or something. Hugs
Jean (just Jean)* September 14, 2019 at 4:45 am *1 to the other commenters saying please be kind to yourself. Sounds to me like some of your self-blame could be the depression talking. As WS said, you’ve survived a hard year with lots of painful experiences. I feel your pain (different circumstances, but similar struggle to eat healthy and get more exercise.) Life is hard. Some of us sometimes respond by stress eating. Also self-blame can be the depression talking. You just got out of the hospital 3 weeks ago, you’re battling depression, and you’re also trying to take care of your husband and young child as well as yourself. It’s not easy. Be kind. What resources are available to you? Can you or your husband or a close friend reach out to local government, nonprofits, or a congregation for help with the hospital bill, or practical support with meal preparation or everyday chores? (I’m not pushing religion here! But if it’s part of your life, it might be a source of financial help. Some groups offer no-interest loans or a fund run by the minister/rabbi/etc. to help their members. Other groups have a “helping friends” committee that steps in if people want assistance with various life events, happy or sad.) Is there a local chapter of a support group for depression, miscarriage survivors, people wanting to take walks together…? It takes time and energy to change our habits and this is harder when we’re feeling worn down by other life challenges. It probably helps to think about healthy eating and movement as self-care/self-love/celebration of life rather than as penance to be endured because we made “bad” choices in the past. I try to focus on making small improvements rather than blaming myself for not immediately achieving perfect physical health and nutrition. Sorry to run on and on. Please know that internet strangers are empathizing with and pulling for you.
LGC* September 14, 2019 at 5:44 am Repeating everyone else – you just had a baby, you were having serious health issues (before the pancreatitis), and it’s little wonder why you’d be stressed out and not have time or energy to take care of yourself in the way you want! So, now that I’ve got the “be kind to yourself” segment out of the way: so your daughter is a year old. How much of the work do you do to take care of her versus your husband? Do you have any other support like friends or family that can help out? On top of that, can your husband cook? Does he enjoy it? Does HE exercise? Are any of your friends new parents, and if so, do THEY exercise? Basically, I’m asking these questions to see what you can think less about, since it seems like you don’t have the headspace to think about exercise and diet right now. (This is fine!) Finally: I think if you’re worried about being judged, walk with your daughter to the park if you’re not doing so already and you can! (This obviously depends on where you live and whether it’s safe to do so.) That way, you’re just a mom taking her daughter to the park. It’s more for your mental benefit – I think most people don’t judge based on body type, and those who do are judgmental about everybody – but I think it might make you feel less awkward.
Blazer* September 14, 2019 at 5:57 am I suggest googling pancreatitis and postpartum before you beat yourself up over it anymore. I am fairly certain i had pancreatitis after I gave birth about 7 years ago. The ER blew me off as having a stomach virus but I know it wasn’t that. I was in bed for about 2 weeks straight, only getting up to crawl to the bathroom. Thankfully my hubby was able to take off work because I was unable to care for our new baby. I recently discovered an article on pancreatitis during the postpartum period which prompted some research. This is something that has always puzzled me as I still don’t think I’ve ever been as sick as I was then. As close to death as I could ever imagine being. I’m so sorry that happened to you!!
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 6:28 am Shake the dust of the past off your feet. Nothing you can do about it now (even if there ever had been). Envision the future you want, and make the choices that will get you there. For example, by Christmas, maybe you want to: be walking 5 miles a week, eating vegetarian twice a week, and laughing with your baby every day. Each week, choose to do the things that will get you closer to those goals. Good luck! It’s hard, but keep looking forward. Hang on to those goals as the guide rope through the whirlwind of life.
Scandinavian in Scandinavia* September 14, 2019 at 7:01 am I’m impressed with you: only 30 punds after that amount of hardship??? Like other commenters, I find the most important thing to be kindness towards yourself + remembering that those harsh thoughts may be symptoms of depression, not “reality”. Each time a thought like the ones you describe comes up, remind yourself that the depression or its lingering effects are trying to trick you. It is NOT the reality of who you are or what you are like.
Batgirl* September 15, 2019 at 2:24 pm I know! 30lbs is…nothing. It’s only two stone? Over a long period of upheaval.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 7:33 am A simple thing to do is to hydrate. I am at the point now, where I measure out my water in the morning. If I don’t, then I don’t pay attention and I lose track. I try to have most of it finished before dinner so I can sleep through the night without a bathroom trip. Regular hydration helps so. many. problems. it’s unbelievable. It helps brain function. Don’t google “brain and dehydration” because it’s not good. Regular hydration is a very supportive activity for every single thing you mention here. Check this out, even a properly hydrated brain is better able to handle feelings of shame, guilt, depression, stress. You may want to check out a drink with electrolytes in it. This can be supportive for physical aches and pains as well as mental function. Granted these things are scatterguns, general things that are good to do. However, it’s a good idea when things are just not going well to go back to square one and look at the basics. You have a great start- you are walking and looking at diet changes. I hope I can encourage you that some attempt will give you some level of benefit. Sadly, many folks think that it’s an all or nothing thing and that is simply not true. Again, this is NOT true. Do your best each day, understand that “your best” will fluctuate from one day to the next, and tell yourself that you will get some benefit for everything you do. It’s takes time for all the good things to kick in and start amounting to something. Think of it this way- it took a bunch of sad/negative things to wear you down. The reverse is true also, it will take a multi-prong approach to get fully on track. And remember, you have had a lot of STUFF happen, You are older and wiser. So the new you will not be like the old you and that is okay. Crap happens to people and one thing we can do with that “crap that happens” is let it grow us. We can become more sophisticated in our choices and more deliberate about how we handle things.
Kerry from Oz* September 14, 2019 at 7:58 am Hey, I am right there with you. I had one baby 21 months ago and another 8 months ago (yes, do the maths); both were born by C section; postpartum anxiety with my first and quite a few trips to Emergency with both bubs including two ambulance trips (I’m fortunate to be in Australia where all costs were covered by the public health system). I’ve put on about 15 kg which is over 30 pounds and I’ve only just made it back to exercise. Be kind to yourself, it is really, really hard and putting on weight is common. You haven’t “let yourself go”, you’ve been looking after a baby and recovering from pregnancy and birth! Give yourself credit for making it through in one piece. Things that are working for me: meeting friends for exercise; trying to limit snacking rather than sticking to a diet (meal planning is exhausting). I find I snack less if I keep busy e.g. take bub to park, don’t pack snacks for me, then I can’t eat snacks. You got this. It gets easier. You will get some semblance of yourself and your life back.
Ranon* September 14, 2019 at 8:00 am 20-60 minutes every day is great! As your kiddo gets older sometimes it gets easier to stay active (sometimes you don’t have a choice, they get fast, and also bigger, and all of the sudden you can sprint two blocks and carry 40 lbs half a mile when you weren’t really planning on doing either). Like the other comments mentioned, pregnancy can mess with your body and your health in all sorts of exciting/ terrible ways that we don’t totally understand. We can’t keep ourselves healthy through sheer force of will and perfect behavior no matter what all the magazines say, it takes a big dose of luck and favorable circumstances and the universe has not been kind to you on either front. You’ve made a bunch of big changes all ready and this person on this side of the internet is super proud of you. In random ideas- one year old is old enough for a bike seat or trailer. If you’re in a bikeable area biking for transportation instead of driving is a great way to add activity without carving out special exercise time (and the vast majority of kids love biking, they get to be outside and see things and go fast).
JustKnope* September 14, 2019 at 8:24 am Don’t try to do it all at once! Focus on building one good habit at a time. Good hydration is SO important as another commenter pointed out – maybe for a week you just focus on getting 64oz/day. And then the next week you build in healthier snacks. And then after that you work on replacing another component f diet. Set small, achievable goals so you can point to your progress!! If you try to completely overhaul everything (been there…) you may get overwhelmed and want to give up. Reward yourself for walking every day one week. We’re all rooting for you and want you to be kind to yourself! View it as a journey to greater health your family can go on together and try to make it fun! You’re doing a great job <3
Mimosa Jones* September 14, 2019 at 8:27 am I’m so sorry for your struggles. There’s an expression that first you have to fix the mood, then you can work on fixing the weight. Eating poorly, not exercising, neglecting your health… these are all symptoms of depression. Your cholesterol is a symptom. And with all that’s happened to you, it’s not at all surprising. They’re also all things that anyone can struggle with because our food systems do not make healthy behaviors easy. Food scientists get paid big money to make processed food taste good. They’re not working on Brussels sprouts. Marketers work to constantly remind you that processed foods are good and convenient and right here. And our culture ignores all that and judges weight gain, poor health, and poor eating habits as moral failures. But you’re swimming upstream against class 6 rapids. Of course you get tired and let the healthy habits slip! That is the most normal thing about your life right now. And your medical bills… that’s what money is for. You didn’t go on a whimsical shopping spree. You had/have a health crisis. Your family wants and needs you to be here and healthy and they do not begrudge this expense. I’m sorry your health crisis is also a financial crisis. You’ll figure it out. And any struggle and frustration is due to the system and not your fault. Unless you magically turn into one of those people who lose weight in times of stress and depression, you’re not going to lose the weight right now. And those people aren’t healthy either. So let that go. You have my permission to stop dieting. This body you have right now can do some awesome things. It made a baby from scratch and survived all that’s happening to you. Go smile at your baby, let them smile back at you and bask in the endorphin rush. Smile at your face in the mirror too. Repeat as often as you can. Prioritize sleep and time in nature. Not time exercising outside, but time observing and being. Exercise if you wish, but have that your maximum and your daily minimum is being outside with no purpose for at least 10 minutes. Prioritize relaxed, regular meals with food…just food. Pay attention to you and your family. Have time with friends. Listen to and trust your body. Dress yourself in clothes that make you happy and comfortable. Take the easy way out as often as you can. And hang in there…you’ll get through this and we’re all pulling for you.
Words & birds* September 14, 2019 at 8:38 am I read a really powerful piece just yesterday that may help you frame your circumstances in a way that’s more compassionate to yourself. Below is a single sentence from it; the author’s name and the title of the longer piece follow the quote so you can find it if you care to: “I may have gained XX pounds, but that’s because my body, this incredible piece of machinery, it weathered the storm on my behalf, freeing up my brain and my soul to do the hard work of putting the pieces of my life back together.” —Maddie Eisenhart, excerpt from “Why Gaining 50 Pounds after My Wedding Is the Best Thing That Ever Happened to Me,” which appeared in A Practical Wedding in October 2017.
Lehigh* September 14, 2019 at 8:40 am Hey, did you and your husband decide together to try to have a baby? Not something you went behind his back to do, right? In that case, you decided *together* to do this exciting thing and take a few risks. You have a daughter now (yay!), but some of the risks (PPD, miscarriage) also hit you hard and so you’re suffering together because life sometimes does that to you and also because you, together, decided that some risks were worth it. You didn’t do this to him. It’s normal and good that he is sharing the burden with you. From your description it sounds to me like the pancreatitis is a follow-on illness that struck while you were still trying to recover from those other things. It is not your fault, and it’s really screwed up to think that you, as the person whose body gets screwed with in pregnancy and childbirth, are somehow the only one in the family who should suffer when something goes wrong.
sequined histories* September 14, 2019 at 8:55 am You obviously believe that you’ve done something wrong, but you really really haven’t. Just because there are positive steps you can take to be healthier doesn’t mean that it’s your fault for getting sick. Telling yourself you did something bad and caused these problems just makes it harder to take good care if yourself. The language about your husband and baby paying the price is particularly disturbing. You’re thinking of yourself as some kind villain(?!) even though you’re a new mom in a country that doesn’t even believe in taking care of peoples’ health and you deserve All The Support. I don’t mean to be glib and assume that there are resources available when they’re just not, but you need to be as open as possible to people in your life just giving you things right now. If you have family who can afford to help with medical bills, just put it out there that you really need financial help. Gifts of time (babysitting), gifts in kind (a healthy meal)—things like that could make a real difference too. If you have any decent humans in your life, ASK FOR HELP! Ask medical providers about government programs and charitable programs that would provide you with support or reduce expenses. Depending on the situation, bankruptcy can be the right choice regarding medical bills. I’m not assuming that you’re necessarily in that situation, but you do need to let practicality rather than pride be your guide. Your overwhelming shame is totally, 100% unfounded. I know it’s really hard to lay that aside, but I hope and pray you are able to do so.
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 9:03 am I have high cholesterol, first discovered in my 20s. My doc didn’t check it during my pregnancies (late 30s), because, she said cholesterol always goes up during pregnancy because it provides critical support for the baby’s growing brain. Your cholesterol built your baby’s brain! (Now that I’m done with childbearing, I take atorvastatin. Cheap and totally doing the job for me.) I’ll echo others in hoping that you can change your narrative. I don’t see in your post someone who “let herself go.” I see someone who has survived an extremely difficult time and is now taking major steps to reclaim her health. I hope you’re feeling the mood benefits of walking, and hope you keep it up, even if the scale is slow to move.
Jaid* September 14, 2019 at 9:14 am You made a new person! Well-done! Bodies need to recover after that and some bodies need extra time and care. It’s not your fault that your body needs more attention. Please don’t feel guilty. Blow raspberries on the baby’s belly, get your husband to cuddle you both. I believe that you and your family will get through this. :-)
Book Lover* September 14, 2019 at 9:47 am In addition to stopping blaming yourself for bad luck (trust me, not everyone with high cholesterol or weight gain or an iffy diet gets pancreatitis) – wait for the bills and then call the hospital and work out a payment plan. They can work with you and make everything more manageable.
AnonoDoc* September 14, 2019 at 12:30 pm If your cholesterol (more likely triglycerides) were high enough to cause pancreatitis that is mostly genetic. Eating a healthier diet and getting more exercise is always good (for all of us) for many reasons, but don’t blame yourself for your lipids! Be kind to yourself.
anonagain* September 14, 2019 at 6:43 pm “[…] it’s all my fault for letting myself go.” Nothing you’ve said sounds like “letting yourself go.” It sounds like hanging on with everything you’ve got. In US culture, anyway, we have moralistic narratives about health. (And also everything else. Thanks, Puritans!) But as much as we like to imagine that the right kind of hard work can keep us healthy forever, the nature of things is to fall apart. We don’t have perfect control over our health. More than that, being a human being in the world means that sometimes cholesterol just isn’t the priority. I think that’s fine. I think that’s healthy even. You’ve been through hell. Of course you’ve been focused on getting through and not on the minutiae of lowing your cholesterol. That is the most logical thing in the world to me. People don’t always survive depression, you know. What you are doing — surviving — isn’t trivial. I think of a bit like other survival situations. If you break your leg, it’s ideal to be safely and quickly transported to the nearest hospital. If you break your leg in the middle of the woods and you don’t have a way to call for help, I’m not going to question you if you make a splint out of sticks and a bandana and crawl to where there’s some chance of being seen. There’s time to worry about the leg after you’re safely out of the woods. As for practical suggestions, I have to reframe “exercise” in my head. I don’t use the word, because it’s a poisoned term for me. I’m not someone who struggles to take medicine. (If you are, that’s fine. This stuff is hard and we all have our own challenges.) When I was doing my cardiac reconditioning/rehab program, I referred to everything as “treatment,” “therapy,” or “medicine.” The mental shift from “if I were a Good Person ™ who exercised, I never would’ve lost so much cardiac muscle mass and now I have to exercise because I let my heart shrink” to “this is part of the treatment plan for that heart thing I have” really helped me. Now that I’m on the other side of all of that, I just think about doing fun stuff I love. I don’t exercise, I run around in the woods and dance in my apartment. I walk places when I can so I don’t have to deal with crowded buses. These things are good for my health because they make me happy. I fight hard not to tie any of it to other outcomes, because that ruins it for me. The shame and judgment starts seeping back in. I hope things get easier for you.
CastIrony* September 14, 2019 at 9:52 pm I’m echoing the “you went through so much be kind to yourself” crowd, but believe you me, you and me are very harsh on ourselves. My mom went to the hospital with pancreatitis last year. It was hard to watch, but from a loved one’s perspective, I’m just glad you’re alive and well. You’re doing amazing!
kt* September 14, 2019 at 10:35 pm Much love & support. As everyone else says, dang, you’ve had a tough year — and if you were talking to a friend dealing with all that you’d be super sympathetic, right? You deserve that too! I guess my only suggestion is to try to think about putting in a little joy. Martha Beck (a life coach who I think is hilarious) had a suggestion about clearing out a spot in your house that has clutter or don’t enjoy, & then putting something beautiful or fun or enjoyable there instead. Can you do that with your walks? Listen to a romance novel or comedy podcast as you walk, or walk with your daughter or spouse. Make a game of finding the coolest gardens, or see if anyone in the neighborhood has chickens. Can you do that with your food? Try a farmer’s market challenge — I’ve sometimes bought a random veggie I’ve never used before & tried to find recipes for it — or try learning to cook Vietnamese food or get a good Italian veggie-focused cookbook from the library. If you think you might have some food allergies or something that are contributing to your health problems, you could do a food elimination challenge with a friend for encouragement. In fact, try scheduling anything in with a friend — make a walking date, or a Sunday afternoon food cook-up date so you can make healthy things for the week while adding some fun and social time, or call a family member on a longer walk. Try adding music you love to dance parties with your daughter. Challenge your husband to learn 4 new healthy recipes this month. Of course I don’t know your situation & life & all that, but you deserve pleasure and enjoyment and fun. Those things can go with caring for yourself so that you can enjoy your family, friends, and future. Much love.
Stanley Nickels* September 14, 2019 at 11:12 pm Things will get better! The first year with a baby is so difficult, especially if you are dealing with a prior miscarriage, health issues, life upheavals, and depression. Your body is changed, your emotions have changed, your life is lived differently – it’s a crazy time. Be kind to yourself and know that you are not alone in these struggles. If you are having trouble with motivation, I think it’s more important to figure that out first, rather than try to force yourself into working out/eating better and falling into a cycle of feeling worse whenever you don’t do those things optimally. Talking to a therapist sounds like it could be a good start, or maybe join a support group or online community for new moms who can give you insight. Are there any hobbies you enjoy still? Maybe focusing on getting some more you-time will help clear your head and lessen the weight on your shoulders. I really hope you can get through this rough time and feel better soon. We are rooting for you!
LilySparrow* September 14, 2019 at 11:39 pm Please be kind to yourself You have not “let yourself go” or let your family down in any way. You are dealing with long-term consequences of a serious illness. Yes, when a family menber is ill, it affects everyone – just like your daughter’s birth affected you, and her health issues affected you. That is what family is. You matter to each other. I’m glad that you now have the ability to make lifestyle adjustnents to be more proactive in your recovery process! Keep at it, the walking and improved nutrition will also help your depression treatment work better. Focus on feeling better, because you matter.
Marmaduke* September 15, 2019 at 1:05 am Thank you so much to everyone who commented, for your kind and thoughtful words. I feel like I should respond to everyone individually but I just don’t have the spoons for it today. My apologies. Some context: I work part time from home. I left a very demanding field when my C-PTSD and epilepsy made working in a typical workplace unmanageable, which meant a serious cut in our family income. To keep all our bills paid, my husband is working 10 hour days with a 2-hour commute each way, so I’m alone with our daughter in our rural home with no car for 14 hours each workday. I have a few friends in the next town, but they rarely have the time to drive out to see me. All of that is just to say, I’m a little limited in my exercise and support options. However, in positive news: my husband’s employer offers sessions with an advisor who helps people locate community and federal support resources, and we sent an email today to set up an appointment with her. I found some online dance-based exercise videos that I’m excited to try. My husband and I are working on a plan for our weekend so that each of us get a little alone time and a little bonding time together. And all of your comments gave me some hope and a reminder of how much I love my family.
Observer* September 15, 2019 at 1:42 am No. This is NOT your fault. Even if you HAD “let yourself go”, pancreatitis is not the thing you should have expected. And, it doesn’t even sound like you actually did let yourself go. Gaining weight when you’re dealing with all of the stuff you’ve described is hardly surprising or indicative of being careless or sloppy with your health. Please go a bit easier on yourself.
Dr. Anonymous* September 15, 2019 at 10:21 am So many people have high cholesterol and pancreatitis is a pretty unusual complication. It’s not a thing you did to yourself; it’s a bad thing that happened to you while you are struggling that you can now do something about. You and your family have some financial challenges AND you were sick; not you let yourself go and pissed away a bunch of money. PEOPLE DIE from postpartum depression, and you didn’t. Your family is lucky to have you. Also contact the hospital and see if they can cut you slack in bills your insurance didn’t cover. Sometimes there are obscure social services that help. They can only say yes or no; can’t shoot you for asking.
Meepmeep* September 15, 2019 at 6:51 pm You’ve got a one year old baby! Cut yourself some slack. It’s not “letting yourself go” – it’s “burning the candle at both ends”. You’re raising a little one, and you’re in the hardest period of parenting. And you’ve got health issues. Now is the time to call in all the help you can muster, rest and sleep as much as you can (sleep? What’s that?), and be gentle with yourself.
Pernk* September 15, 2019 at 7:34 pm Unf. Pretty sure i just had my 2nd early miscarriage in a row today. It’s SO HARD to exercise when pregnant (even just kinda pregnant). I know i need to lose weight and get cardio going to improve how I feel in general as well as improve chances of a healthy pregnancy as much as I can; i just keep trying. Use a food tracker, daily am weights, and try to get 15 min elliptical or biking in (should be easier now). I at least haven’t gained further; the more you try, the more likely you are to succeed.
Pernk* September 15, 2019 at 7:37 pm Oh yeah, one cheat day a week where i can eat whatever usually helps me stay on track, i just tell myself “Saturday!” when I want sonething (unless it becomes a cheat long weekend, ha).
LibbyG* September 15, 2019 at 9:18 pm I’m sorry, Pernk, about the miscarriage. It’s such a unique kind of loss, and one that doesn’t have comforting rituals in our culture. Much internet love to both you and Marmaduke!
Pernk* September 17, 2019 at 12:21 am Thanks in my case it’s ok, in that I do have 2 healthy kids already, and weirdly physically I feel kind of awesome (because I feel so blah with pregnancy) so it’s hard to be down. It’s a month or two later that the “aww, man!” can take hold. What’s most annoying for me is I keep going through first trimester blahs without a figgin baby to show for it, and I don’t feel like announcing it all over the place or making excuses (muchless “lady problems!” excuses) so it probably just looks like I’m slacking horribly :P
Lizzie* September 19, 2019 at 3:18 pm Pancreatitis is not caused by poor health habits. I k ow 2 people – one is a runner and the other a competitive biker – who got pancreatitis. Do not blame yourself. Medical bills can be cruppling, but you can negotiate a monthly payment plan in most cases. The only villian here is a health care set up that puts people in danger of losing everything.
Bizhiki* September 14, 2019 at 3:05 am What do you take into consideration when you’re thinking about moving somewhere new? Especially a city to country transition? I’ve been living in the same city my entire life, and I think it’s starting to wear on me. It’s crowded, noisy, and expensive, and after a brief vacation in a much more rural location last month, I’ve been wondering if now is the time to try moving to a small city/town, or go rural altogether. If I find a situation where work and living costs are do-able, what else should I take into account? How do you make a decision like that? (I’m also aware of the not zero chance that I’m just having some seasonal depression escapism thinking, so that’s something I’m being mindful of. I’ve just been thinking about having some land of my own for at least a decade now, so even if SAD is a thing in my life right now, this thought isn’t coming out of nowhere for me.)
YetAnotherUsername* September 14, 2019 at 3:37 am I wouldn’t go straight to full rural. That’s a huge change and you might end up biting off more than you can chew. Moving to a smaller town wouldnt be too big of a culture shock.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 7:45 am Yeah, really good point about the culture shock. Just one example, in rural areas it’s Not Good to drive by people with cars that have broken down. The idea is that no one else is coming and cells don’t work. And you can’t leave that person there because they might drive right past you when you break down. My friend is from Long Island. She tailgates. I told her that they only people who tailgate here are non-natives. She stands out like a sore thumb. We have way more space than LI there is no need to cuddle up close to the next car. You look weird if you do that. One morning we had two major problems in our area. Those two problems took up all of our police, fire and rescue. If a third problem had erupted it would be reasonable to assume that no one would answer that call. This means neighbors become each other’s first responders. Your neighbor calls, you start running to go get them.
Lady Jay* September 14, 2019 at 9:57 am So much of this depends on WHICH rural space, though. I grew up in a rural area of the Plains states and there are many places somebody would consider rural where cellphones work fine. And as a single woman, even if somebody was stranded in an area without cellphone coverage, I wouldn’t be expected to stop and help. In any case, maybe you could pick a couple of interesting places you’d like to move to, visit them, see how things go for a long weekend/week? While different than moving in permanently, the visit would give you a chance to assess how rural.
only acting normal* September 14, 2019 at 3:50 am There are many things in cities that are just *there*, and you don’t have to think about them, or there’s a wide choice of them, or there’s always one close by. Shops that stock your favourite brand of X, doctors that specialise in condition Y, venues that host your favourite entertainment, public transport, fast internet! Try and work out what you really appreciate about the convenience of the city, or what you can’t live without, and prioritise those when you look for somewhere more rural.
Marmaduke* September 14, 2019 at 4:13 am Two years ago I moved from a downtown apartment to a house in a rural area, and I cannot second this point enough. Know what internet and healthcare options are available and what it takes to access them. If you have any specific dietary needs, know that your options are going to be a lot more limited. Things you take for granted like trash pickup or a sewer line may not be available in rural areas, and it’s easier to find alternative solutions before you’re in an area with little to no internet and potentially spotty cell service.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 7:55 am Adding: Frequent power outages, rabid animals, snow problems, flooding problems, etc. My friend had a problem with a opossum who moved into his house with him. The little dude kept knocking things over while my friend was trying to sleep. So I sound pretty negative here. I would not trade this for anything. I know my neighbors by name and they know me. This is the safest place I have ever lived. I don’t shop much because stores are too far away and I have better control over my budget than ever before. The air is fresh, the night sky is amazing. And the sunrises/sunsets are National Geographic photos most days of the week. Part of making the switch is making a commitment to understand why the residents around you make the choices they make and how they handle things. Then pick the best of their best ideas and make those ideas your own.
Fikly* September 14, 2019 at 6:20 am Healthcare is a huge issue that most people don’t think about. There’s a shocking difference in quality of doctors even moving from city to suburbs.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 7:56 am To get a “real” doctor we go 25 to 50 miles away. You are correct, the docs are, uh, not the best quality caregivers.
Bizhiki* September 14, 2019 at 7:21 pm This is such a valid point, and I appreciate you bringing it up. I happened to be woken up this morning by a pretty gnarly asthma attack (the kind where I have to seriously weigh the pros and cons of asking the neighbours for help in case I need someone to call 911 for me) and it reminded me that if I move, I really need to get some health stuff in order first.
CastIrony* September 14, 2019 at 9:57 pm So true. I live in a small town, and sometimes see a migrant council (a small office run by nurses) that I don’t like, but I get free healthcare there because my dad is a rancher. Luckily, there’s an urgent care center and a walk-in clinic as well as a hospital some of the people I know don’t like when it comes to surgeries.
Feliz* September 14, 2019 at 4:40 am Figure it out and give it a go! 2yrs ago I took a job in Small City, 1.5hrs drive from Big City. I commuted for 6mths – we were looking for a house and I wanted to make sure the job was worth the move. We bought a lovely house (well after we renovated it!) and have loved the move down here – there’s SO much less traffic, everything is so close, there’s enough food/culture/outdoor stuff to keep us happy plus Big City isn’t that far if we want to see friends & family or do something specific. We’re now in the process of selling so we can buy a little piece of land nearby :) The hardest thing was making new friends – but now we have a lovely core group and my husband swears we’re never going back!
Overeducated* September 14, 2019 at 7:55 am One thing I’d be aware of is that in a small town it can take a long time to break through and make friends, and when you do, you may still feel isolated sometimes. I grew up in one and my mom still talks about feeling like an outsider 35 years in because her friends all have their extended families in the area so she feels kind of second tier. This is common in a lot of places, a lot of my acquaintances in my current city grew up here, but at least with population density you get a much higher proportion of other transplants. Not a deal breaker, just something to be prepared for.
Venus* September 14, 2019 at 8:46 am This is my big suggestion for moving anywhere, whether it is rural, small town, or big city: Find a place where people move to/from there more often. I have lived in small towns and bigger cities where people owned their homes for decades or even generations, and they were not very welcoming to new people, even if those people had moved in 20 years previously. If I were to move somewhere now, it would be to a place and part of town where there is some movement, because that results in other people in the area who are also relatively new, so that I would be able to find some neighbours who could be my friends. I don’t expect every neighbour to be my friend, and am fine if they are mostly friendly, but to live in a place where you are treated like an outsider for the rest of your life because you weren’t born there… is not something that I care to repeat.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 1:04 pm Hm, interesting you should say that! I’ve found some small towns more set up to manage folks who move in with a sort of built-in friend-making infrastructure. My hometown still has a Newcomers’ Club where you can join for a year to meet other new folks. There’s also a dizzying array of clubs (Kiwanis, Rotary, Key, Elks, Toastmasters, plus tons of similar church-adjacent clubs), TONS of service organizations, fraternities/sororities (the adult ones, not the college ones), activity groups based around golfing or tennis or quilting or what have you, free classes at the community college, bowling leagues, square dance classes, and on and on. It’s a town of less than 15,000. I reckon that’s the sort of thing you should research, Bizhiki! Find towns with active groups that interest you, and live in or near one of them.
Overeducated* September 15, 2019 at 9:29 am My parents are definitely joiners who have met people through sports and clubs! But those are more social connections, most other people still have extended family as their support system, birthday and holiday BBQ crowd, etc. It’s not something they notice on an everyday basis but being the only ones without so much family around can feel…different. (I didn’t help by moving 4 states away for work, i know.) They make a big effort to invite foreign business travelers and new employees for our family holiday meals as a result.
No fan of Chaos* September 14, 2019 at 6:40 pm I moved to a smallish town and couldn’t meet anyone. Our a/c broke down and we put a table on our front lawn and a few plastic chairs out. Add a large pitcher of lemonade and our neighbors started coming over and we met the nicest people.
Washi* September 14, 2019 at 8:32 am I am also a city dweller dreaming of moving back to my more rural home state! That said, I wouldn’t live just anywhere. As others mentioned, access to healthcare, internet, and good food can be tricky in a rural area. I grew up in a college town with great schools, an excellent hospital, and an affordable co-op grocery store, and while it was an expensive place to live, we probably wouldn’t make the jump unless we could afford to live somewhere like that, since we’ve now gotten used to all the conveniences of city life!
Seeking Second Childhood* September 14, 2019 at 9:07 am New to acreage here. There WILL be critters and bugs. (And unless you have X acres you can’t shoot the critters who destroy your harvest.) Rural areas often don’t have noise ordinances or restrictions on home business types. Good for running your snowblower before work, good for running a home business. But awkward for a light sleeper living next to a business that warms up its trucks at 5am…earlier in winter. Farms are bucolic to look at but come with noise, dust, smells, and potentially chemical’s they use for their operations. Check the land’s mining rights, especially if you’re in fracking or mining country. Make sure the property map is up to date, ask about any right of ways across the property. (My husband refused to look at anything with power lines– and ten years after he nixed a place I loved, i am grateful. The power company is building gravel roads under all lines in prep for an expansion.) And my mistake: don’t buy land without seeing it without snow. If it’s the deal of the century right where you want it, at least insert language that the sellers are responsible for trash & dumped material & illegal fill that turns up after snow melts & leaf litter disintegrates. My house, I’m still finding cap that firmer owners buried. Tree fell down, I found the asphalt shingles from a previous roof. And it’s on me totally to clean up.
Seeking Second Childhood* September 14, 2019 at 9:23 am There was a random saw in the woods and wooden pallets. Public transit & school buses can be limited. If you have kids, are there kids in the area in your kids age range? Is it safe to walk to them or would they have to walk on the road around a blind curve with speeders? Confirm broadband availability in writing from cable/phone company. Test cell phone signal for your service provider. Well test (quality & quantity) is a must, as is a septic inspection. Even more important in small town than city, pick your own inspector instead of relying on the listing agent’s choice. My 12yo says to add ‘you have room for chickens!’ But going back to my first comment about critters…there are also predators. If you’re planning on farm animals as well as a job, plan on paying someone to come care for them when you’re sent on a trip or asked to work OT. Be comfortable using a chainsaw and you’ll be better able to get out of your driveway when a tree comes down. Hard to imagine I love it but… I do. I wouldn’t go back to NYC. In my ideal world though, my 2 acres would be on a bus line.
Bizhiki* September 14, 2019 at 7:37 pm Your 12 year old definitely struck a heart chord with the chickens! I’d love to have some small livestock at some point down the road. And that’s such a great point about making sellers responsible for crap they leave behind! My mom lives on a small parcel of land and she’s definitely found some interesting garbage over the years. On the plus size, she did also teach me how to use a chainsaw a few years back.
Reba* September 14, 2019 at 9:20 am I would not say Rural rural, but consider moving to a smaller city. Many smaller, second and third and fourth tier cities all over the place are getting cooler for lack of a better term these days. Foodie culture, creative life, all that is going on out there in the smaller cities too. (Of course, many places are still in economic shock that may never recover, I don’t want to be Pollyanna about this.) But I’m thinking of Cincinnati, Louisville, (ok those aren’t that small) Greenville, Eau Claire, Grand Rapids, Portland… And don’t sleep on those college towns! You could then have access to the rural retreats but still shop at Target and go to movies and so on.
Bizhiki* September 14, 2019 at 7:47 pm That’s something I noticed while I was on my more rural vacation, the small hamlet I stayed in way much cooler than I was expecting! Thriving arts scene, a neat local community agriculture project, some really fun stuff. I am wary about these changes being due to places trying to avoid population drain though, like you mentioned. Maybe staging down to a small place gradually would be a better idea for me.
Kiwiii* September 16, 2019 at 12:41 pm college towns and those between 75k-250k (this is maybe not always true towards the high end, I’m thinking Madison specifically tbh) tend to end up being really cool without that Large City Vibe, and if you end up wanting to Have Land or something they’re pretty easy/common to commute into.
Glomarization, Esq.* September 14, 2019 at 9:41 am A close friend of mine moved from a Major East Coast City to a city of 225,000, where the suburbs end quickly and it gets real rural, real fast. One of the biggest complaints my friend had was that, whenever they needed to get back to obligations in MECC, they had to fly to Chicago first, adding 5 hours and a few hundred bucks to the cost of any trip. I have family who live in a provincial capital in Canada, and it’s the same thing: it’s the biggest metropolitan area in that province, but darned if they don’t have to fly to Montreal or Toronto before they can get anywhere else. When I visit them, it’s kind of a novelty. But for them, it’s an extra burden whenever they want or need to travel. Re seasonal depression escapism, consider how you’ll feel when you’re in a place where you have to get in the car and drive to any and all destinations, whether errands or recreation or eating out. In the city, I imagine your favorite cafe or bar is within a few minutes’ walk. Once you’re living more rurally and you see vehicles parked outside bars that are a few miles from anywhere, those M.A.D.D. ads on TV start making a lot more sense.
That Girl from Quinn's House* September 14, 2019 at 12:25 pm My husband had a job offer in a small college city with a regional airport, and one of our biggest concerns had he accepted it was that his parents also both live near regional airports. So to get to them in an emergency, it would have been regional airport > hub airport > hub airport > regional airport > 1+ hour in the car.
Luisa* September 14, 2019 at 3:37 pm This is one of my biggest concerns as we daydream about moving to a smaller city (from our medium city/too sprawling metro area that happens to have our state’s major airport). We don’t fly a ton, but all of our extended family lives far enough away that air travel is the only way to go. When my parents briefly lived in an area that was served by a smaller regional airport, it was a PAIN.
Bizhiki* September 14, 2019 at 7:54 pm This sounds exactly how it would be for me and my mom if I moved. As it is, our travel already looks like big airport > big airport > little airport > 1+ hour drive and in the end, two full days of vacation are taken up just getting to my mom’s.
Kiwiii* September 16, 2019 at 12:45 pm My favorite aunt and I both live near regional airports, and we can usually get away with regional airport > hub airport > regional airport, but we’re also only a timezone apart, so maybe it’d be different if we couldn’t get flights to/from Chicago
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 11:00 am I second the idea of moving to a small city first. If you value things like varied cuisine, access to cultural institutions, etc. look for cities that have a reputation for those. University towns often offer more convenience and variety than other similarly-sized cities. Similarly, when you think of “land of your own,” maybe start with a big backyard (whatever “big” means to you), or a small parcel on the outskirts of an urban area. True rural living can be very isolating, and a big adjustment if you’re not used to it. Take an intermediate step with an eye to remaining nimble if you decide to go full rural in a few years.
RMNPgirl* September 14, 2019 at 12:26 pm Have you considered moving to a small town near a city? Or a city smaller than your current one? I live in a mid-size city in the Midwest and work right downtown. I live in one of the suburbs and it takes me 15 minutes to get downtown. I have the advantages of a large city and the advantages of a bit more country/rural setting. It’s pretty easy in the Midwest or Mountain states to find small towns within 1 hour of big/mid-size cities. It’s a great way to get the benefits of both without a lot of the downsides.
Goldfinch* September 14, 2019 at 2:10 pm I share your mindset. I am so tired of noisy neighbors, but I’m finding that moving farther out of the city just changes the type of noise, not the amount. In my old house I was sick of yelling/honking/sirens/slamming car doors at all hours. Now we live in a very spread-out development next to corn fields, and I hear constant yard equipment/farm equipment/my amateur mechanic neighbor hammering and drilling all day. (And the barking, god, the barking. Everyone in rural areas LOVES their giant snarling hell hounds that bellow at all hours.) It seems like the only way to get true peace and quiet is to buy a huge acreage, so people literally can’t be close enough to hear. Why are humans so loud all the time?
Bizhiki* September 14, 2019 at 7:59 pm So loud! Maybe it’s some kind of evolutionary need to scare away the bigger, toothier animals in the area with our obstreperous din?
Glomarization, Esq.* September 15, 2019 at 9:39 am Ha! Mr. Glomarization complains about the traffic noise on our little city street, which connects an arterial to a street that’s almost as busy as an arterial. For a city street, it’s actually very quiet, but he’s sensitive to background noises that wouldn’t distract most people. So we had a weekend away last month to an isolated seaside town, and of course: someone hammering on a roof, a circular saw buzzing intermittently, tourists driving by, and motorboats. I used to get away to a cabin in north-central Pennsylvania with a friend from time to time. Super isolated, like, U.S. Route 6 to county highway to secondary county road to a gravel road to a blind entrance to an unpaved lane isolated. And OMG if it wasn’t the cattle on the property next door, it was ATV’s, and gunshots from turkey shoots or target practice or whatever. Bucolic riot.
Just a Guy in a Cube* September 14, 2019 at 2:27 pm We did this a couple years about (big city suburb to small town (country store and post office, but no gas station) 15 mi from small city. Kids helped connect to the community, but more broadly, frequent visits to the library, country store, etc were good ways to meet people & feel part of the community. I also found that there was more “downtime” and finding ways to stay busy was important. We filled time & small talk-ing points with a hobby farm (ask me about clearing land with animals sometime!) but joining something like the local historical society or another low-commitment social group can fill some time & help you feel like part of the community. I feel really good about being here, but part of that is additional use of Amazon to get stuff, some new projects to stay busy, and lots of checking in at the local watering hole to at least have familiar faces to say hello to.
Bizhiki* September 14, 2019 at 8:00 pm Ohhh! My city recently started using goats to clear invasive weeds from steeply sloped areas in parks, is that the kind of land clearing you mean?
Just a Guy in a Cube* September 15, 2019 at 7:56 am Yes. We spent the summer taking out everything about chest high or less (because the animals could eat it, And then we could lop the trees. We just had the bigger trees logged, so I think next spring/summer I get to test the theory that pigs will demolish stumps and rocks.
Blue* September 14, 2019 at 3:27 pm My recommendation would be to think about your habits and the things that you do like in your day-to-day life. Are they replicable in a smaller setting? If not, how attached to them are you? As an example, when I moved to a big city, I became accustomed to taking public transportation and loved being able to read on my commute and to avoid the stress I always found in driving. When I left the city and driving became part of my everyday life again, I HATED it – the driving itself but also how isolating it felt to go from office to car to house to car and not really interact with people along the way. I’d also think about whether your hobbies and other activities are portable or if you’d have a hard time keeping them up in a smaller environment. And what kind of opportunities exist in your career field? If you decide you want to move on from the first job you get there, are you likely to be able to find something new? Your life circumstances can also dramatically impact your experience, imo. As a single 30-something woman with no kids, I personally had a very hard time finding a good friend group in a smaller town because it was mostly people with families socializing with each other. That was very much not an issue when I moved back to a big city. Think about it carefully, but ultimately I’d say listen to your gut! If you move and it turns out to be a disaster, you’re not stuck there forever – you can always move on to something new. The older I get, the more daunting a fundamentally life-changing move seems, but I’ve done it three times now – packed up, moved myself to a totally different environment in a totally different part of the country. The second of those moves didn’t work out so well and I only stayed two years, but I have no regrets.
NoLongerYoung* September 14, 2019 at 6:23 pm A dear relative of mine is thinking of moving from a high cost coast area, to, well… a northern climate with space but snow. They have made 3 treks, in different seasons, to the region. They have stayed for a month in an air bnb (very reasonable rates in Feb!) – saved up all their vacation to do this. Checked out every small town, every library, church (for them) and cultural event, etc. They subscribed to the regional paper all year, so they could read the news. In the meantime, he’s transferring jobs and they have paid down their bills and started decluttering. The trips helped them decide which town was too big, too small, too expensive (they are going to buy a house). It’s a lot like when I moved across the country to go to grad school… it was the end of a process of deciding and narrowing down, but I am so glad I did my research and was prepared. I wish you well.
Bizhiki* September 14, 2019 at 10:46 pm This sounds like such a well reasoned and methodical process, I like it! I’ve been to the general area I’m considering twice, and the last time made a brief yes-no-maybe list, so I feel like maybe I just need to be a bit more intentional about the path I’ve been following. And decluttering is always helpful!
Luisa* September 15, 2019 at 5:46 pm Co-sign all of this. I had a limited opportunity to research where I was going to attend grad school, and I maintain that I picked the right SCHOOL (hello near-zero debt for a typically-unfunded professional degree), I loathe the area that I have now committed myself to living in, and if moving was a straightforward proposition, it would have happened already. Be smarter than I was, do your research and then some!
No fan of Chaos* September 14, 2019 at 6:49 pm We are looking to move to a smaller town from a city but we are very politically minded. If you are, then check the town to be sure it aligns with your views. Won’t catch me moving to the Northern Agression loser states.
Dr. Anonymous* September 15, 2019 at 10:32 am I lived in a small town with a couple of colleges about 70 miles from a major city with a big airport. Boyfriend’s parents live in a similar town currently. There’s a decent community hospital, good broadband access, some decent cultural opportunities, and you can drive to The City if you really need something special or you eat to fly someplace. You have to watch for creepy racial segregation in some of these towns, but looking at small liberal arts colleges is not a bad strategy as a starting place for picking a home.
chipMunkey* September 16, 2019 at 1:08 pm Take into account your preferences if you know it – I like the country, but learned the hard way that ‘small city’ to me is much bigger than ‘big city’ to people here (for context, live @6,000, work @10,000, closest city is 20 min away @72,000). I miss access to all services – healthcare (any referrals mean at least a 1.5 hour drive one way), recreation, educational, daycare, etc. I also miss ready access to stores. While I can drive 20 min to get to some stores and services, I find it very inconvenient because I already have a 40 min commute and would have to continue driving the same way to get to the closest ‘city’ (again in soft brackets because in my books it doesn’t really qualify). For budgeting, I find there are fewer options and those that are available tend to be more expensive here. So even though housing costs less, I don’t find any appreciable savings in my budget, I’m just spending on different things. As far as belonging, it can be difficult if you are any sort of authority position at your workplace, and it’s located in a small community. I’ve found my sweet spot is suburbia on the edge of a City where I can easily go either way – country or downtown. I get cabin fever and sometimes just need to get out of the house and my life… Very much agree with Blue above.
Taking The Long Way Round* September 14, 2019 at 3:36 am Anyone here had experience with Greater Trochanteric Pain Syndrome and have any advice? I’m in agony with hip bursitis, rotated knee, tight IT band, pronated arches. I’ve had it for 3 years now. Been to 3 different physios, and it’s not working! The latest one has given me strengthening exercises for my leg, but I can’t walk, so I can’t do exercise to get stronger! It’s my knee that’s the worse. I’m just at my wits end.
misspiggy* September 14, 2019 at 4:07 am I’m not familiar with the syndrome, but finding a better physiotherapist will help. It’s very disheartening, a bit like trying to find a good therapist, but they do exist. Someone with a lot of experience who can give you very small and undemanding exercises to strengthen your core and your overall balance so you’re not straining specific bits of yourself. Ask for exercises you can do in bed to underline the point. And if doing an exercise hurts during or after, stop and request something different. Pilates can be good like that too, but again finding a class or instructor used to older or chronically unwell people is a must.
Jean (just Jean)* September 14, 2019 at 4:15 am Ouch. Sympathies. Can you do the exercises lying down, or standing or floating in, or hanging onto the side of, a swimming pool? Could you ask physios 1, 2, or 3 for suggestions or referrals (or find #4 and ask that person)? I think the idea is that the water helps to hold you up, so that you only have to work on strengthening one or two specific muscles instead of also spending energy on standing. I have this dim sense that it’s usually better to figure out a way to keep moving, rather than let pain or stiffness lead to immobility, but I don’t have any professional expertise or significant personal experience to back this up. Apologies if this sounds like one more well-intentioned, fortunate ignoramus asking obvious questions. I hope you find something that works for you.
Fikly* September 14, 2019 at 6:19 am This is not precisely what you are asking, but as someone who had feet that were not aligned correctly, and then had knee, hip and back pain, I would strongly advise making trying to fix the alignment of your feet a priority. I ended up having surgery (which turned into much more of a process than expected, but I wouldn’t be able to walk without it) and a ton of my knee hip and back pain went away. Not all of it, but if your feet aren’t aligned correctly, it throws the entire rest of your body off.
WS* September 14, 2019 at 7:10 am I don’t have the same thing as you, but whenever I have a psoriatic arthritis flareup in my hip, it does terrible things to my IT band, which pulls my knee out of alignment. The things I have found helpful are dry needling and massage to unlock everything, then doing the exercises in a warm pool. When things are flared up, I can’t really put weight on that leg properly, and I can’t do most of the exercises on land, even the ones where I’m lying down. But using the dry needling and massage then the pool during a flareup gets everything moving again, which means that it all continues to get better and I can keep up the physio exercises…until the next arthritis flareup! And overall strengthening my knee has meant less pain, though not more mobility yet.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 10:13 am IME, PTs are kind of like hardware tools. If you don’t already know what you’re doing, it’s easy to grab the one that isn’t going to be good at that job. I’d say I only get genuine progress about 20% of my PT experiences these days. Two things that I’d consider: assuming resources permit, go see a doctor who treats the high-priced athletes or elite college athletes. Travel if you have to. Ask them for specific PT recommendations. These days some PT facilities are chains, so they may have connections to one in your town even if they’re not there. second, I love the Gait Guys (and have seen one of them professionally), and whenever I have a stubborn physiological problem I check to see if they have insight or advice on their blog for it. They make a huge point about not treating a problem in isolation–that one location’s problem may be in response to an issue elsewhere, and it can’t be solved on its own (and sometimes shouldn’t be solved at all, though obviously pain is another matter). And it looks like they do have a post and some videos on GTPS. It’s on the technical side, but you might find it useful to look at–they’re often pointing to work and approaches that you wouldn’t get from the majority of PTs (or at least *I* haven’t). I’ll post a link in followup.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 10:14 am https://www.thegaitguys.com/thedailyblog/2019/2/23/gluteal-tendinopathy-and-the-cross-over-gait-pattern?rq=trochanter
Taking The Long Way Round* September 14, 2019 at 1:17 pm Thanks all for the advice, I’ll be trying what I can :) I am particularly fascinated by the poor gait advice (Thanks Fikly and fposte!) That’s what I’ve been saying I feel is wrong for years, but they’re not really interested. I’ve mentioned to my physios that my posture and gait is out of whack. Number 2 gave me some insoles for my shoes which helped a little but I personally feel that I need more support in my shoes and even more on my right hand side. So she gave me the inserts (which were equally sized) but didn’t give me any exercises, and number 1 and number 3 physios just concentrated on strengthening one area without looking at the whole, even though it made my knee worse. Number 3 physio who I’m seeing now, had a recommendation from the consultant to refer me to orthotics, and hadn’t done so! He’s just said “let’s see how you get on”. Ugh. So I think I’m going to go privately for some specially made insoles, and listen to my body. Try to keep moving. I’m doing swimming and cycling (in the gym) which is getting me some exercise at least, and I was thinking of trying roller skating. I used to love it when I was younger… Thanks for the great advice!
Fikly* September 14, 2019 at 1:44 pm The name for specialists who have the most education in making orthotics is an orthotist, fyi!
AnnieWee* September 14, 2019 at 7:17 pm Have you investigated Orthomassage? (See http://www.orthomassage.net)
Dr. Anonymous* September 15, 2019 at 10:35 am Also at this point don’t be afraid to push back. “I’m getting on badly, thank you, and I’d like that referral the consultant recommended.”
Taking The Long Way Round* September 15, 2019 at 2:06 pm Yes, I am taking the letter from my consultant to the next appointment! Thank you :)
Sprechen Sie Talk?* September 15, 2019 at 2:14 pm I think I’ve posted on here recently about my back and hip problems that started out garden variety ‘oh yeah, I shouldn’t have twisted like that, gonna have to get that fixed’ to a full blown four month ordeal because private insurance shunted me into a PT who assigned exercises, never checked if I was doing them correctly, and only saw me once every two weeks. I threw in the towel when I couldn’t walk the five minutes to the store and called a chiropractor on my own dime until I could sort it out with insurance. I specifically looked for a more sports-focused place, with a sports massage practice for after, with excellent reviews and he’s been amazing. In three sessions with him he’s been able to get me back to about where I was end of June and next week we start gentle strengthening exercises. He listened to me, took a full history and asked probing questions (I had a lot of past similar sports injuries) and checked out anything I mentioned that didn’t seem related to the back. Because we had time I was able to mention that I had some slight spinal stenosis which I forgot to mention at the PT – who gave me exercises that exacerbated the problem. You are your own best advocate so if something isn’t right, pipe up and say it (as noted above) or take matters into your own hands (as you are – good for you!). Sometimes I think healthcare, regardless of where you are, is becoming more and more of an industrial machine – the trick is to find the people out there who can mentally step out of the meat grinder and/or have the time to listen and probe.
Jean (just Jean)* September 14, 2019 at 4:49 am I want to give a shout out to all the people who come here feeling discouraged and all the people who respond with encouragement. Thank you to Alison for creating this site and to everyone who listens and offers ideas and basic kindness.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 7:59 am Yep. Thank you, Alison!… A heartfelt thank you. I have learned so much here, it’s incredible.
Dee-Nice* September 14, 2019 at 9:03 am Word! I was trying to explain to my (not-very-internetty) husband why the open threads here are so great, and it comes down to its being a place where you can converse on any number of topics with a reliably civil, well-informed community. No other place on the internet quite like it! Thanks, Alison!
NoLongerYoung* September 14, 2019 at 6:30 pm Yes, yes, yes. You all helped me get through some tough weeks here last year, and also, reading your encouragement to others helps me feel a part of a community when I just… can’t “people” otherwise.
Rebecca* September 15, 2019 at 7:49 am Yes, thank you! This has been so helpful to me. The last 2 years or so have been pretty rough, and I’ve gotten so much encouragement here.
A.N. O'Nyme* September 14, 2019 at 5:11 am Writing thread! How’s everyone’s writing going? Still mostly fanfiction for me, and I doubt I’ll get much of even that done next week because I’ll be on a trip! I’m pretty excited.
Daisy Avalin* September 14, 2019 at 8:13 am Slowly slowly! My muse appears to have done a complete runner, so I keep poking through my stories, re-reading and fidgeting with them in hopes something will spark an idea for one of them! Hope others are having more success!
The curator* September 14, 2019 at 9:20 am Post big project. Thank you everyone for the self care tips. Taking part in an Event today that will be tied in with the book. We will writing with kids at the Minnesota Book Festival in Red Wing. The academic article was submitted and publication in Spring 2020. Back to blogging.
OyHiOh* September 14, 2019 at 9:40 am Tapping away at a script I started for a fellowship application back at the end of July. Slow going though. Started a one act two nights ago and have that pretty close to done, maybe six pages or so to draft and then start cleaning it up a bit. I have an opportunity to maybe host a dramatic reading of it in a couple weeks so going to try and finish it this weekend.
aarti* September 14, 2019 at 12:41 pm I got hit my the inspiration fairy earlier this week and have spent the last few days writing a lovely romance. I’m about to spend 10 days without my computer (and hate typing on my phone) so will probably continue writing the old fashioned way. I also recently found a ONE HUNDRED page Alias fan fiction I wrote in highschool. I wish I were still that prolific lol!
Goldfinch* September 14, 2019 at 2:01 pm Really, really stuck on a poem, and my mental deadline for submission is fast approaching. Get off your ass and help me, muse!
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 4:38 pm Urgh. I found another development program to apply to; this one starts in May (surely my house will sell by then?). It seems even less likely, so I’ve been putting off writing a treatment (and googling how to write a treatment, lol) for the Invasion project I didn’t do at NaNoWriMo. My brain keeps saying “So what; why bother; nobody’s going to pick you anyway.”
Not a cat* September 14, 2019 at 5:52 pm Well, they can’t pick you if you don’t try. I am wishing you much luck, you’ve had a tough go of it lately!
Kiwiii* September 17, 2019 at 10:18 am Started using Scrivnr consistently finally, after attempting about once a month for the last year. Making good progress on a fanfic with a due date (that’s .. technically overdue already, but I’m pinch hitting, so I have another couple weeks until they’ll start getting irritated with me.) 2k in of what I hope will be under 8k. I’m a little annoyed that they wanted pining in a fest where most fics are going to be about 4k — how does one effectively pine in under 10k anyway??
A.N. O'Nyme* September 14, 2019 at 5:15 am Gaming thread! What’s everyone been playing this week? I’m in chapter 10 of Child of Light, so really close to the end. Also been playing Divinity: Dragon Commander (decided to do the series in chronological order rather than release order, although admittedly the chronology is very clearly made up on the fly) and loving it, even if controlling the dragon is very wonky at times. Also probably gonna take my GBA SP on my trip with me, get in some Fire Emblem: The Sacred Stones on the plane/train/bus.
Bilateralrope* September 14, 2019 at 11:28 am Dragon Commander. That developers second game that has the player transforming into a dragon. Which is the only similarity between those two games. Divinity: Original Sin has been in my backlog for too long.
A.N. O'Nyme* September 14, 2019 at 12:01 pm I love how they basically went “This takes place thousands of years before and we don’t know what happened between then and Original Sin” just because they needed a long gap to explain the disappearance of demon-based technology XD. Also, isn’t Divinity 2 technically their third? Although I suppose that depends mostly on if you consider Beyond Divinity an expansion to Divine Divinity. I’m also really curious to see how Larian is going to handle Baldur’s Gate 3. That was…Definitely an unexpected announcement. Speaking of unexpected Larian announcements: did you hear they managed to get cross-saves to work between the Switch version and the Steam version? Kinda hoping it’ll also work for GOG, because that’s where I have the series, but still. When I get a Switch I’d love to use the cross-save feature.
wingmaster* September 14, 2019 at 12:29 pm I recently purchased the AC Ezio Trilogy when it was on sale, so I’m playing that.
YouwantmetodoWHAT?!* September 14, 2019 at 5:59 pm Just started Horizon Zero Dawn! It’s gorgeous and so far a blast. And I play Merge Dragons. A lot. Haha!
Cartographical* September 15, 2019 at 10:09 am I’m replaying Oblivion and it’s still a great game years later — highly recommend holding off on the main quest to join guilds and make money for the fun of it. Tried the new Borderlands but I’ve got the Ascension Bluffs crash bug so it’s back to Oblivion.
Finny* September 15, 2019 at 7:22 pm Been playing Shantae and the Pirate’s Curse on my 2DS XL. Fantastic game, though the final dungeon is super tough. Discovered a new love for platformers. Also probably going to go back to Okami-den and Rhapsody at some point, though I’ve beat both several times. I like replaying, rewatching, and rereading stuff.
Miss Pantalones en Fuego* September 14, 2019 at 5:21 am I woke up with a somewhat morbid question on my mind: what will happen to all my stuff when I die? For context, I am married but we have no kids. I have three niblings but I live in a different country from the rest of my family, so any items they might want would have to be something that can be shipped or taken home on a plane. My house is nothing special and is not worth that much, so it would not be a big windfall inheritance. I can’t think of any other friends or family who would be interested in the house or its contents. I am not at hoarding levels or anything but I have too much crap and most of it is totally meaningless to anyone but me and maybe my family (like a collection of postcards my grandmother bought in Europe while serving as an Army nurse in WWII, for example), or the academic books that other people in my field might like. I’m perhaps a bit young to be thinking about such things, but I am also old enough that I should have a will and a plan to dispose of my crap when I’m gone. Has anyone else devised such a plan? Any ideas for how you would arrange for your house to be cleared and sold without expecting people to come overseas to deal with it? Are there charities that you can donate a house to?
Bilateralrope* September 14, 2019 at 5:40 am Selling the house and donating the proceeds to a charity you support sounds like a better idea than finding one that will take a house. That should be something you can instruct your estate to do. As for the rest, talk with friends and family. Find out for sure if there is anything they would want. Then talk to a lawyer to find a good way to sell everything else after you die. Or sell stuff before then. Those postcards might have more value to a collector than you expect.
Aspiring Chicken Lady* September 14, 2019 at 6:21 am Start a running list or journal of things with potential sentimental value… and their stories. Identify what they look like and where they are. Share the stories now, while you’re still around, maybe gift some of it at the holidays (Thanksgiving would be a cool time to do it, whether you’re gathered or not). There are estate sale businesses who will clear out basically everything from an ordinary house, selling what can be sold, donating useable leftovers, and tossing the rest. We used someone who was referred by a real estate agent after my Grandfather went into a nursing home. They had us go through and take what we wanted and leave everything else, not to throw away anything. It took the burden off the family and any items that could be useful found its way to the right spot.
Koala dreams* September 14, 2019 at 7:36 am There are companies that buy up all the things in the house and sometimes also offer cleaning services. For bigger stuff, like furniture, there are often charities that can come and pick them up and re-sell them in the charity shop. I’ve seen some charity shops sell postcards but it’s not common. Newer academic books you can probably give away to friends or collegues. People I know got some books that way, they helped clean the apartment of a deceased friend when the family couldn’t be there and got to take some books home as a thank-you.
Reba* September 14, 2019 at 8:54 am My mom used a service called Everything but the House to handle the sale of her parents belongings. (They are not deceased but in assisted living.) I don’t think she was thrilled with this particular service, but this is to say, Miss Pantalones, that your relations will likely hire a firm or work with a charity to dispose of your stuff that they don’t want.
Seeking Second Childhood* September 14, 2019 at 9:28 am Some are better than others, so ask carefully . I am thinking of the jerks who emptied an elderly neighbor”s attic by sliding things down a chute out the window. Heartbreaking to see shattered antique Christmas ornaments pop out of broken boxes.
Overeducated* September 14, 2019 at 7:49 am If you are thinking you have “too much crap” would it be good for your quality of life to start sorting before you’re dead? Last week I posted about discovering my local Buy Nothing group on Facebook, and it seems to be offering homes for a lot of the stuff you can let go of but can’t stand just throwing away (like books). I feel like being able to pass things on to someone happy to have them takes the sting away. There may not be the same group where you are but it feels like a game changer to me compared to driving out to Goodwill with bags 1-2x a year.
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 4:39 pm This–google Swedish death cleaning. You don’t have to be dying to benefit from a decluttering sweep.
Koala dreams* September 14, 2019 at 6:54 pm Yes, it’s also about improving your quality of life. It’s not only for retired people, many people start in the middle of life, for example in their 40s.
Sprechen Sie Talk?* September 15, 2019 at 2:46 pm Can confirm – we are doing this now. Im 42, partner is 38 and some urge came over us to start cleaning out closets, the pantry, the shed, etc and purge out clothes and shoes. I think it was in response to stress and probably some low grade depression on both our parts, but we’ve gotten rid of quite a bit in the last three months, not to mention stopped buying a lot of things. This has turned out to be a very wise move as I have some health issues right now and knowing that things are clean even if I can’t see them… that makes me feel comforted.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 8:05 am I am an only child with no immediately family left. My one thought is to have an estate auction and send the overage (after my bills) to charity. There are some things that I would like to see land with certain people. I have already started moving the things that are of lesser sentimental value. Because why hang on to it for someone else? Just give it to them and be done with it. My actual concern is my dog. So a friend and I promised each other to take each other’s dogs. Friend knows how to get into the house and the dog will happily go with my friend.
Windchime* September 14, 2019 at 7:02 pm I need to make a will. My kids are both adults and the only thing I’ve made provisions for is my cat. I’ve asked my daughter in law to be in charge of either keeping him or finding him a good home, and I know I can trust her to do the right thing for him. But I really should make a will, also.
GoryDetails* September 14, 2019 at 9:01 am After going through this with my late parents’ house, I resolved to organize my own affairs – but I admit I haven’t done that yet {wry grin}. (My folks had done their own preparations, from thoughtful downsizing and distribution of “stuff” to funeral planning; I offered some mementos to their personal friends, donated others to local charities, and had an estate-sale firm take over the rest of the house-clearing.) I recently read the delightful book The Gentle Art of Swedish Death Cleaning by Margareta Magnusson; it includes some obvious things like decluttering (for your own sake, not just to make life easier for those who will have to clean up after you) and preparing legal documents including a will, medical directives, etc., but also features some interesting thoughts on what to do with personal letters, diaries, journals, and such, and even what to do about sex toys. (The author’s in her late 80s, btw!) It’s an entertaining mix of living your own life to the fullest while you can while preparing for the end. My own concerns have more to do with what would happen if I died suddenly at home. I’m an introvert who lives alone and typically will go for several days without so much as emailing friends, never mind actually seeing them. Even those whom I regularly meet with wouldn’t find it odd if I failed to respond to a message right away. I’m not sure I want one of those life-alert pendant things (though every time I go down the basement stairs I think about it!), but some kind of computerized “if I don’t click on this link within 24 hours, somebody should check up on me” widget might not hurt. Has anybody heard of something like this?
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 10:40 am At one point the postal service was offering this option- if you miss a day picking up your mail the police are sent to do a welfare check. The downside is that in sickness and in storms you gotta get your mail or have a nice visit with a police officer. My other suggestion is to partner up with someone else on their own. I have done this and I have seen others do it. This is just a nightly phone call after dinner. I know of a couple people this worked for- one friend did pass away and the other friend brought the police with her to do a welfare check. And they found him.
Don’t Let the Cats Eat My Face* September 14, 2019 at 1:51 pm I have this arrangement with a couple of friends who are also living alone. We text when we get up in the morning, then call if there is no response by noon or so. We have backup numbers for neighbors or relatives to check if there’s no response. My backup number is the local police since I don’t know anyone else near my new neighborhood yet. We talk occasionally too but don’t feel obligated to have a conversation every day. It’s nice to know someone out there is thinking of you every day, even if they are far away. This method wouldn’t work for immediate emergencies but would keep us from lingering without medical attention for more than 24 hours or so.
anon for this* September 14, 2019 at 5:11 pm A nearby rural county has a computerized check-in service allied with their sheriff’s department. Seniors sign up to get a daily computerized call to check in on their welfare – it will attempt to call a few times, and if no one answers, a deputy is sent out to check on them.
Scandinavian in Scandinavia* September 15, 2019 at 7:57 am My father shared a newspaper with his neighbours – if he didn’t put the newspaper in their door one day, they would have locked themselves in to check up on him.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 10:34 am You might like the book “The Gentle Art of Swedish Death Cleaning,” which is about how to prepare your stuff so that it’s not a huge mess for other people to deal with when you die. Things like that have helped spur my decluttering. While there are probably some state-by-state factors, in the U.S. it should be legal to leave your house to a charity. However, I’d connect with the charity in advance and make sure they can accept it, because there are definitely some charities that wouldn’t be equipped to deal; I agree with Bilateralrope that it would be better to direct that your house be sold and the contents liquidated . Set a local professional up as executor; banks and estate attorneys deal with this stuff all the time. What they’d probably do is hire an estate liquidation service that will take all the contents off their hands, or just, to be blunt, hire people to take usable furniture to a donation site and toss the rest into a dumpster. You seem pretty clear-eyed about the value of this stuff, which is good. I think the big emotional pitfall would be to attempt to control what happens after we die on the principle that some of the stuff is valuable. But it won’t be valuable to us any more, and it’s okay if the people cleaning our stuff up think their time is more valuable than what they’d get from piecing individual elements out.
Sara without an H* September 14, 2019 at 11:45 am Hi, MP en F — I’ve been thinking along these lines, too. I fist-bumped the Grim Reaper last year and, while things are going fine now, the experience has clarified my mind wonderfully. You might want to contact your family members about those items that may have value for the family, like your grandmother’s postcards. Even if none of your “niblings” want the whole set, maybe they would each enjoy having a few of them? There’s no law of nature that says picture collections and china sets have to stay as a group. If they’re interested in any of these things, you may want to consider divvying up sooner, rather than later. For the rest, it may be therapeutic to just start cleaning out some crap. Minimalism is overrated, imho, but getting rid of stuff that you know you’ll never use again gives a definite emotional uplift. Take your time, consult your spouse, and do it in manageable doses. Marie Kondo (“The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up”) has some good ideas, but her insistence on doing everything in one day is a bit rigid and definitely exhausting.
Jackie* September 14, 2019 at 12:36 pm I just started reading A Beginner’s Guide to the End: Practical Advice for Living Life and Facing Death by B.J. Miller, MD and Shoshana Berger. Chapter 1 is “Don’t leave a mess”. I think it would be helpful for planning what to do with your stuff.
Forty Years in the Hole* September 14, 2019 at 3:16 pm Hi MP en F. We are somewhat in the same boat. Just retired, no kids, too big of a house stuffed with…stuff. Mostly antiques, 1000s of books, two(!) sets of China and bulky furnishings acquired through 30+ years of travel and living. I am the tosser/donor and he is the never-let-it-go guy. Different matter… What we did is invite nieces and nephews (all young adults just setting up on their own), to do an individual walk-through of the house and and let them make selections. Then we made sure our wills reflected accordingly. We figured our siblings – all in their 50s/60s – are well established enough to not need extras. Anything left over -estate sale with proceeds to be split by those named in our wills or charity (including some set aside for surviving pet care). Books -mostly military history get a first go by a nephew, then whatever our bookshop owner friend cherry picks for himself. Another idea: some schools/libraries lose their inventory after a major disaster (fire/flood etc); they might appreciate some of your books, as would schools in economically disadvantaged parts of the world. Let the post-retirement purge begin…
I'm A Little Teapot* September 14, 2019 at 6:13 pm Realistically, someone is going to end up stuck with the job of clearing your house, then selling it. If not someone in your family, then an executor will likely be appointed. An estate sale is likely, with whatever doesn’t sell tossed or donated. In theory your family will have an opportunity to take what they want, but given they’re not local, that may not happen. Your best bet is to declutter. You said you have too much crap – well, reduce that quantity. If nothing else, it’ll make it easier to clean!
knitter* September 14, 2019 at 6:37 pm I think it’s great you are thinking about this. My neighbors have no children and no nieces and nephews. They have moved to assisted living, but have yet to sell their house. I’m guessing this is because they have soooooo much stuff and no one to give it to-except unsuspecting neighbors. One owner gave me a HUGE bag of yarn and said there was more in the basement. She also gave my son a child-sized rocking chair and said she had tons more children’s furniture (why?). I’d really love to see the house sold and have new neighbors. They’re great neighbors and pay people to maintain the exterior. My husband calls them semi-regularly. But this is one of the last affordable neighborhood in the city and I know people looking (we’ve tried to (kindly) push them to sell/offered to help clean out their house). My dad was a scientist and apparently has an amazing collection of books in his field. My mom wants to donate the books to a high school. As a high school teacher, these books would not be useful to the students as they require graduate-level content knowledge and be burdensome to the school. She doesn’t understand. So I’d suggest you are VERY specific about where you want your belongings to go in your will.
Clarissa* September 14, 2019 at 9:57 pm I made my lawyer my executor. We talked about all my possessions and how I want them distributed. (Including my cat.) This was put into my will. (Which cost $250.) He takes the standard executor fee. (Google “standard executor fee” to see more. —— My lawyer knew all nuts and bolts. He has done this several times. I was SO RELIEVED when it was finished. )
Not popular* September 15, 2019 at 10:09 pm This does not seem to be a popular point of view, but here goes: you will be dead, why do you care? I personally think this is so not my problem what happens after I die. With kids, yes, you may want to make their lives easier, but with strangers? Nope, not going to bother.
Grand Mouse* September 14, 2019 at 5:39 am Oh I have been waiting for this! So the dry cleaner business right around the corner from me has taken to putting two tiny teeny dogs out (I thought they were just puppies, but it looks like teacup yorkies) out all day. They are not loud or obnoxious in any noticeable way. They pee on the sidewalk, which gets washed off. I don’t feel like I have much standing to complain,especially not as a customer but just a resident. It just feels wrong? Yes they demand attention. Yes there are lingering stains on the concrete. But it doesn’t really feel dire enough to escalate. I do have training in animal welfare but it’s like.. to handle obvious signs of abuse. They are also not my client. I would be their customer in this case. Should I say something? Report? It looked like at first the owner wanted to keep a new puppy with him but now it is two tiny dogs kept on a 2 foot long leash. It bothers me but then what?
valentine* September 14, 2019 at 6:10 am It’s neglect. Do you see shelter from the elements or food and water nearby? Call animal control/welfare for advice.
Rebecca* September 14, 2019 at 7:03 am Here in PA there are laws about length of leashes, temperature, shelter, food, water, etc. for outside animals. Those poor little dogs, what an awful existence for them. Your local animal shelter should have a full rundown on what’s legal in your area, and maybe someone needs to tip them off. IMO, people like this should not be allowed to have pets.
WellRed* September 14, 2019 at 8:28 am Where I live, a dog tied outside isn’t supposed to be able to reach the sidewalk. Why do people have pets or kids they have no interest in caring for?
Foreign Octopus* September 14, 2019 at 5:40 am My stars, this has been the morning from hell, and it’s only 11.30 am in Spain. I didn’t sleep at all last night. I was just unable to do so. I was up at 4 am to clean the kitchen since I thought I might as well be productive. I only had one lesson to teach today (9-10) but there is a race car rally taking place where I live, and the road directly in front of me has been cordoned off. The thing to know about where I live is that it’s very, very, very quiet. There are maybe two cars every day and those are typically my neighbours. My lesson was interrupted by a car parking on my drive, and I stuck my head out the window to ask them to park somewhere else as it was private property and there are village cats that like to roam the area so I worried about them because I’m a soft touch who’s clearly turning into a cat lady (but am okay with that). They – kicked – off. I’ve been living in Spain for four years and I’ve never experienced any anti-British sentiment or any negativity before because the Spanish are warm and welcoming. These people were hurling abuse at me like nobody’s business. Obviously, not a great thing to have, particularly when I’m trying to teach a concerned Russian woman, so I called the police who passed me across to the Guardia Civil who were absolutely no help as they didn’t understand what the problem was because I was having trouble explaining in Spanish (I might have been crying at this point, but I might erase that from later retellings). These people turned the music in their car right up to deliberately bother me and kept hurling abuse (stupid English, English bitch, blah, blah, blah). I was able to get in touch with my parents who called my neighbours (I don’t have their number) and these guys came ready to fight. I’ve never seen four people so ready to throw down before. One of them is a seventy-year-old man who used his walking stick (the sort used by pilgrims on the Camino de Santiago) as a bludgeon because one of the very angry, very large men outside my house is the angriest man I have ever seen in my life. It was a chaotic free-for-all. Once it was over, my neighbours took me down to their house for safety and gave me a coffee and some biscuits before walking me back when it was clear that it was safe. The car of the angry, angry people is still outside but they’re gone. My brother is on his way to me now (he lives an hour and a half away by train but is still coming to stay with me for the weekend) and I’m feeling better, but I also feel like I’m trapped in my house. So yeah, all in all, not a great morning; although, one really surprising and wonderful thing did happen that I’ll post about later because it’s just amazing, so the day isn’t a complete loss. How’s everyone else doing?
Anon for right now* September 14, 2019 at 6:46 am Hoo boy. I think you won the morning-from-hell sweepstakes. I hope your weekend gets calmer. No snark intended. I have plenty to grumble about* but at least I don’t have xenophobes on my doorstep behaving so badly & dangerously that the neighbors came over armed for combat! =:-o Seriously, blessings on your neighbors. Not everybody has a private militia. Can you borrow a tiger to put in the front yard to scare off attendees at next year’s race? Or invite some large, intimidating-looking friends to stay the weekend? *depressed member of household, other ill folks out of town, late adolescence (not mine, ha), challenges at work, and my increasing anger at getting too little help with housework despite steadily asking for it. (Must be asking too politely. I am tired of being nice but it’s exhausting to explode in anger.) Oh yes, and insomnia. And small amounts of stress eating because it’s too much trouble to cook healthy vegetables. Oh, well, I am gonna clean up now and take a nap this afternoon.
Seeking Second Childhood* September 14, 2019 at 9:38 am Idea for next year: cordon it off and post a sign with a high fee to park. Friends who live near a wildly busy county fair do that. They make it such a high fee there are no takers. If you think anyone would take you up on it anyway, offer the concession & proceeds to a pair of local kids…or that 70yo neighbor.
Hazy days* September 14, 2019 at 6:52 am Wow! What an experience, and how great that your neighbours have your back like that. I have to admit that the image of the old man and his stick made me grin a bit. I guess there’s a few bad apples in every region, and the important people are your community, not the people parking for one day to watch a rally, horrid as that was.
Miss Astoria Platenclear* September 14, 2019 at 7:11 am They parked in your driveway and got abusive when you asked them to move? Wow. Giving a bad name to race fans, if they were in town for the race car rally.
Overeducated* September 14, 2019 at 8:12 am Awful, I’m sorry! I’m glad something else amazing happened to counterbalance it.
Merci Dee* September 14, 2019 at 10:58 am What a scary group of people! I have to admit, though, that I would be petty in the extreme here … I would call back to the police to ask if you could have a car towed away because someone parked in your private drive and you can’t get in or out of the drive with their car in the way. Of course, I’m not sure how things like this work in Spain, but city workers in my area of the US would come tow the car away at no charge to me, and then the owners would have to pay to have their car returned. If you wished to make the call for towing, you could explain the behavior you received earlier, now that you’re not in the middle of it and upset from the threats and abuse. You may be able to get more support now.
Foreign Octopus* September 14, 2019 at 2:41 pm Thanks everyone for your commiserations! The rally is now, mercifully, at an end. The angry, angry people left without any problems around lunchtime but I think that helped considering that my neighbours displayed their willingness to get into a physical scrap for me and that my brother arrived around lunchtime. He’s a tall chap at over 6ft and was furious on my behalf. He helped me secure the doors and windows and make sure that everything was locked up. He spoke to my neighbours as his Spanish is better than mine, and the neighbours weren’t concerned about retaliation. They’re of the belief that it was a misunderstanding exacerbated by a crazy man who was looking for a fight. It’s not been a great day, and not at all how I wanted to spend my Saturday, but it’s over now. I’ve been able to sleep since then so I don’t feel as tired and overwhelmed. The main thing that I’m focused on is my reaction. Everything that happened simply highlighted how vulnerable I am as a single woman living in the countryside. If that man had wanted to attack me or break into my house, there was no way I could have stopped him, which really, really bothers me. The Guardia Civil weren’t helpful at all – I haven’t seen them at all today – and I can’t rely on my neighbours for protection. I do feel unsafe at the moment, even though my brother is here. I hope that the feeling passes once I’ve had a proper’s night sleep, but it is something that I’m focusing on right now. So, thanks for listening!
Weegie* September 15, 2019 at 4:20 am That all sounds awful, and I’m glad it’s over now. They just seem like nasty, angry people who picked on your most obvious characteristic – foreign-ness – to berate you for not letting them do what they wanted. That sense of vulnerability that you describe feeling in the aftermath is, quite honestly, what ultimately made me realise I didn’t want to live overseas for ever. I lived in a place where I was visibly foreign, and that brought LOADS of issues with it, but bizarrely that wasn’t the prompt that made me start preparing to leave – it was always illness that made me feel out of place and worried about my lack of a support system. I hope today looks brighter for you – and you didn’t tell us the good thing that happened!
Foreign Octopus* September 15, 2019 at 5:56 am I’ve been in Spain for four years and this is the first time I’ve ever been treated badly because I’m foreign. I am white and I look young, so I’ve definitely had an easier ride compared to immigrants who look obviously foreign, for sure. I’ve been preparing to move to Ireland for the last six months because of reasons, so I don’t want my last memories of Spain to be that horrible person. I’m going to go into town tomorrow and surround myself with lovely Spanish to wash away the memory. As for the good thing, my grandmother died ten years ago (not the goodness news) and I’ve just been informed by the executor of her will that my quarter of her estate, which has been divided by the four grandchildren, is now available to me. Overnight, I’ve become £40,0000 richer. I can’t tell you how much weight this lifts off my chest. I’ve been struggling financially for a long time, and this money means that I can now buy a house, something I never thought I’d be able to afford. So now, instead of looking for flat’s to rent in Ireland, I’m looking for houses to buy.
Princess Cimorene* September 15, 2019 at 6:11 am aw, thanks Gran. The timing sounds like it worked out perfectly.
Blue* September 14, 2019 at 6:16 am Hi guys! I’m looking to start a new knitting project and was wondering if anyone could recommend some nice, inexpensive variegated DK yarn. The variety online is a bit overwhelming. I’ve tried Hayfield Spirit and am looking for something with a bit longer striping or gradient yarn.
NeverNicky* September 14, 2019 at 7:39 am From the brand and weight you mentioned, I think you might be in the UK? If so, King Cole Riot is nice to work with and fairly inexpensive. Quite Noro like colourways at a fraction of the price.
Blarg* September 14, 2019 at 12:00 pm I mean if you’re looking for really cheap, lion brand makes good acrylic variegated yarns. I’m a big fan of the yarn-in-cakes trend as far as ease of use and storage. And also I like cheap yarn — quantity over quality for me. I couldn’t afford the sheer amount of time I spend crocheting if I bought the good stuff! I also like Love Crochet for online sales.
Dancing Otter* September 15, 2019 at 1:19 am Can you get Caron Cakes (worsted) or Cupcakes (DK) there? 100% acrylic, so fairly inexpensive. I think it would be considered gradient, as the colors don’t repeat, but not necessarily monochromatic. Here’s the address to the Ravelry page for Cupcakes: https://www.ravelry (dot) com/yarns/library/caron-cupcakes
CoffeeforLife* September 14, 2019 at 6:25 am I did it! Cut off all my hair and it feels so nice! It went from touching my butt to now grazing my nape ^..^ I have a bag of hair to donate but can’t find a place. I wanted to give it to a charity that helps low-income/no-insurance families. I visited a few website but all of their donation information is about $$ not hair. Trying to avoid LocksofLove but theirs is the most accessible. Any suggestions? Thank you for all of the salon suggestions but I went with Katherine Vigneras and Salon Bisoux-it worked with my schedule. I bookmarked all the others and will be trying them :)
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 6:34 am Have you tried calling a hospital (pediatric, maybe) and asking if they know anyone local who makes wigs?
Princesa Zelda* September 14, 2019 at 10:35 am Seconded! I sent my hair to them when I went short and it was pretty straightforward as I recall.
Fikly* September 14, 2019 at 1:46 pm Way back when, the day after prom, I cut my hair from below my butt to just below my ears. No one recognized me the next day, it was so much fun. (And I much enjoyed my hair drying in half an hour compared to three days.)
KR* September 14, 2019 at 3:20 pm I believe Pantene used to take hair donations. Check out Pantene Beautiful Lengths.
LilySparrow* September 14, 2019 at 11:47 pm We have sent to Wigs for Kids, but I’m not sure if they meet your criteria. They’re easy to find.
Not So Much* September 16, 2019 at 10:41 am Locks of Love has about $6,000,000 worth of hair donations unaccounted for every year. They have great PR, but when it comes to actually doing anything charitable, not so much. https://www.forbes.com/sites/quora/2013/05/13/locks-of-love-6-million-of-hair-donations-unaccounted-for-each-year/#359313715fd0
Kara* September 14, 2019 at 6:41 am My husband (34) had a colonoscopy this week because he’s had months of rectal bleeding. The gastroenterologist was fairly convinced it was hemorrhoids or something minor, so a colonoscopy was overkill, but was like, whatever, have one if you want. After he finished, the doctor told him he was extremely lucky. He had 3 polyps that the doctor removed, one of which was big enough that he definitely would have had Stage 4 cancer by age 50 (around when people normally get their first colonoscopy). Polyps don’t have any symptoms, which is why colon cancer is so deadly (my husband said it’s like a 12% five year survival rate). By the time you get symptoms, it’s already too late. So, PSA- get your butts checked! The prep was mildly annoying, but we’re feeling so grateful. He could have died, right as our kid would be a teenager. It’s like having found time, and is both scary and amazing all at once. And apparently my husband’s parents both had precancerous polyps in their 30s, so he has a strong family history and should have been checked early. But his parents never told him until after the fact. ♀️
Kara* September 14, 2019 at 6:47 am Oh & the bleeding was from hemorrhoids, just like the doctor said, not polyps. The doctor was basically like you’re so lucky you has these!
Jean (just Jean)* September 14, 2019 at 6:55 am OMG!! Good for your husband for standing up for himself. His gastroenterologist sounds like a prize jackass. As for his parents not talking about family medical history… well, some people just don’t do that but it’s not exactly helpful to the next generation. PSA point taken. I’ll check my calendar to see when I’m due for my next colonoscopy, etc., etc. Next PSA: folks, keep up with all of this regular medical self-care (as much as possible if your health insurance/health care access is limited): mammograms, dental checkups, eye exams, overall physical exam, prostate exams, regular OB/GYN checkups–whatever applies. It’s inconvenient to make and keep all these appointments but it beats getting sick or worse.
Kara* September 14, 2019 at 6:58 am His doctor is actually great, he just didn’t think a colonoscopy was necessary. And honestly, it normally wouldn’t have been. I’m just so thankful for those stubborn hemorrhoids. Ridiculous? Yes. But so true!
Jean (just Jean)* September 15, 2019 at 8:59 am Glad to hear it. My apologies to your gastroenterologist.
Goose Lavel* September 14, 2019 at 9:23 am I’m happy to hear you husband caught it early. I’ve had polyps removed during my first colonoscopy. Both of my parents died from colon cancer in their mid 80s. I thought they would die from heart disease first, as both had heart attacks and bypasses. So it was the #1 killer disease instead of the #2 that killed them. I expect my fate lies between these two as both my older brothers have delt with one or the other for many years. I’m protecting myself against both through health screenings, but I’m most concerned about cancer as 1 out of 3 people will have it in their lifetime.
Anon Librarian* September 14, 2019 at 12:41 pm A friend of mine died of colon cancer a few years ago. Terrible. We were working together at the time. She was at that point where she knew how much time she had left and was planning accordingly. I’m so glad your husband’s polyps got caught and removed! This is a good reminder to stand up for yourself and ask for those tests that the doctors say you don’t need yet.
653-CXK* September 14, 2019 at 1:10 pm I had a traditional and a virtual colonoscopy done within two months of each other three years ago after my brother had a precancerous polyp removed. (My traditional colonoscopy had three “flat” polyps that were removed without incident, but my colon was so long that the sigmoidoscope only got to a certain point, hence the virtual colonoscopy. The receptionist for the virtual stated, “OK, you’re scheduled for a month later,” but I told her “absolutely not, I’ll do it two months later.”) The traditional prep was three bottles of magnesium citrate (grape flavored; 1-1/2 bottles in the evening, 1-1/2 bottles eight hours later) followed by 8 fluid ounces of water (also grape flavored). It certainly worked its magic – but once I got to the hospital, they put me on a saline drip, wheeled me to the room, gave me propofol (and a mask), and 45 minutes later, I was done. The propofol wore off quickly, I was devouring graham crackers and juice, and once I got my bearings, my brother took me back home. The virtual prep was different; they gave me a big jug of PEG (polyethylene glycol) which had to be mixed with 64 ounces of water and lemon flavoring. The taste wasn’t bad at all, and the PEG also did its assigned duties. The virtual colonoscopy took maybe 30 minutes – they use a CAT scan machine that tells you to breathe in, hold, then breathe out. The only discomfort I had was when they inflated me with gas, but that resolved once the procedure was over. The worst part of the procedure was being on a liquid diet, and then the prep. But it all worked out in the end (no pun intended).
Rebecca* September 14, 2019 at 5:47 pm I highly urge anyone who has bleeding like this to get checked out!! My Dad had hemorrhoids, and in 1998 he was lifting an engine block and had bleeding, but more than normal, so he went to the doctor, then colonoscopy, and he had stage 3 colon cancer with lymph node involvement. He had no symptoms other than that! He had extensive surgery, a bunch of lymph nodes removed, chemo, radiation, etc. and survived (until April 2017 when he died from pancreatic cancer, again, no symptoms). His father died from colon cancer. I get checked every 5 years, so far so good. Anyone reading this, please get checked. The worst thing will probably be the prep and a day or so being a bit hungry, but it could literally save your life.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 6:12 pm There are also prescription at-home tests that don’t require prep; they’re becoming more common. They don’t have the accuracy of a colonoscopy, but they can give a *very* early alert to problems that you don’t even see symptoms of.
TimeTravelR* September 14, 2019 at 7:23 pm Yes! Love your butt! Get your colonoscopy. Believe me, the prep and the “embarrassment” beats the alternative…..
Only Mildy Embarrassed* September 15, 2019 at 1:52 am This was something I had done about a couple of years ago and need to get done again. I have a family history of it, too. One of my cousins was diagnosed with it and ended up dying from it. It turned out that all of his brothers and sisters also had early stage colon cancer, but early enought where it was treatable. Several of the more distant relatives, such as myself, had pre-cancerous polyps removed during the procedure and were advised to have colonoscopies every 3 years. I didn’t really mind the day of preparation before hand. (The laxatives and bottles of Gatorade.) The actual procedure was painless. I went back to work the day after, but when I have it done again, I’ll probably take the day after off, just because I felt kind of tired and uncomfortable and sort of like I had a mild fever. I was fine the second day after.
Owler* September 15, 2019 at 2:54 am The American Cancer Society recommends that people at average risk* of colorectal cancer start regular screening at age 45. If you have a family history of cancer, IBD, polyps, or other digestive problems, OR you notice your own issues (rectal bleeding is a key one that Kara’s husband noticed), you should push for something sooner. Seriously. I was under 40 when I was diagnosed with colon cancer (no family history, and I was pretty active). My cancer group has waaaay too many newly diagnosed under 45, and Gen Z is seeing a rate of cancer diagnosing that is not inline with what previous generations experienced. It’s coming at younger ages and more aggressively.
Public Health Nerd* September 15, 2019 at 6:48 pm Correct. I was told that you start screening 10 years prior to when your parents had problems/ first symptoms. I had to do early colonoscopy starting at age 34 but we caught minor problems early so now I’m on a more typical schedule.
Princess Cimorene* September 15, 2019 at 6:21 am I had my first colonoscopy at around 31 due to IBS-D and it was so much easier than I had anticipated. The prep wasn’t fun per se, it was like thick slightly lemon water that was just weird to drink. But I drank it, cleared myself out and went in. Got ativan and fentanyl so I was slightly awake for part of the procedure and I remember seeing my pink colon on the camera. Couldn’t feel a thing. I also had to have an endoscopy during the same appointment and they knocked me out more for that, but I became combative nonetheless (being incoherent/high and having something shoved down your throat would make anyone fight for their life, lmao!) There was one polyp which they removed but nothing else to write home about. I think they recommend me having another in a few years, a bit earlier than my mid 40’s because of it. But it wasn’t pre-cancerous. It was a peace of mind to have it early in my life though, as I know there’s not much warning otherwise if something was wrong.
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 6:48 am So, there was a lot of conversation earlier this week about restricted eaters, particularly picky eating. My son is a very picky eater, beyond most kids (he basically eats bread (and bread-like things), chips, and kid-focused yogurt). I would throw a party if he ate a chicken finger or a hot dog. “He won’t starve himself,” is absolutely not true in our case, and dinner time is an exercise in anxiety. He used to eat well, but has gotten progressively more restrictive as time has gone by (9, almost 10 now), and he eats a lot of cinnamon and BBQ sauce, so I don’t think he’s a super-taster. He eats a variety of textures, so I don’t think it’s a sensory thing (no other signs of being on the autism spectrum). Other than food, he’s a typical active, smart, happy kid. We’re working on finding a way forward. For those of you who are still picky eaters as adults: do you think anything might have helped you as a child? Do you wish your parents had taken a different tack on food/mealtimes? I desperately want him to be a healthy, active, happy kid. I want him to have the energy for playing baseball and tennis. I want him to be able to enjoy mealtimes and the rituals/community of food sharing. I want to be able to go to restaurants and friends’ homes without anxiety. And he’s clearly frustrated by it as well.
Kara* September 14, 2019 at 7:05 am I’d look into therapy. It looks like there are special occupational therapists who can help. From one clinic, they list red flags as eating fewer than 20 foods, or mealtime being a battle (among others). I’m sorry you guys are going through this!
WS* September 14, 2019 at 7:16 am Have you read about ARFID? (Avoidant restrictive food intake disorder) It’s a diagnosed eating disorder where (usually) children severely restrict the kinds of food they eat. There are treatments, but it’s not necessarily something you can do yourself at home without guidance from a specialist dietician and/or psychologist. It’s also worth talking to a dietician to look at patterns to see if there’s a reason for the food avoidance, especially if there’s no other signs that your son is on the autism spectrum (though not all ARFID sufferers are.) My younger brother was very picky like this, and very underweight, but it turned out that he actually had a range of food intolerances and had learned from an early age to avoid certain foods, and any unfamiliar foods, because they caused him gut pain. He didn’t realise or understand this consciously, but the dietician worked out the patterns.
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 8:02 am Our next step is some kind of therapy/counseling. Just trying to find someone within a reasonable distance who fits the bill (younger children + eating disorders). We’re consulting with our doctor, as well.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 10:24 am Yep, awesome. There are some great feeding therapists who work primarily online. I’m sure you’ve done this but NEDA and The Ellyn Satter Institute are good places to look! :) I would be VERY certain that the person was a Registered Dietician with experience with eating disorders, not just a “nutritionist.” And even MDs often just have a class or two in nutrition — unless your pediatrician happens to have a lot of experience and expertise in eating disorders, I’d take her referral to a specialist and not much else. Good luck!
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 10:46 am I would move to that ASAP, I think. I’m with WS in thinking about ARFID, and eating disorders get more stubborn the longer they’re untreated; I’d consider going an unreasonable distance for at least an initial consult with a pediatric eating disorders clinic, and then maybe care can be coordinated at a more local level or they’d have a referral to somebody closer to you.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 10:50 am Thanks for saying this. I was a picky eater from a young age. Advice like this was not available then, so that meant I was just a bad kid. In reality, I was doing what you describe here. I was avoiding things that made me feel unwell. I ate a lot of potatoes and bready type stuff. By the time I was seven I was able to tell my mother that I needed to talk to a doc because there were only certain foods I should eat. She said that I wasn’t fat and that ended the conversation.
That Girl from Quinn's House* September 14, 2019 at 1:02 pm When I went in for my allergy screening as an adult, they asked me questions about things I thought I was allergic to. Including, “Are there any foods you really, strongly dislike, because that’s often a sign you have a food allergy, your body gives you an aversion to foods that make you feel ill.” I’d recommend a good allergy panel, as well.
Chaordic One* September 15, 2019 at 2:12 am I second the recommendation of a good allergy panel and screening. As a young adult I was diagnosed (probably misdiagnosed) as having an eating disorder. Many years later, after visiting an allergist for treatment of environmental allergies, I discovered I also had a host of food allergies. When the test results came back so many things made sense and in retrospect I now believe that I was subconsciously avoiding the foods I allergic to.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 14, 2019 at 7:25 am My brother was a picky eater as a child, and he’s now six foot tall and a foodie. I think sometimes they just grow out of it. I know my parents were frustrated about it when he was little but eventually they just left him to it and made sure the kitchen was full of the stuff he DID eat so he would never be hungry. Certainly continually passing comment on what he’s eating is unlikely to be helpful – I’m sure you’re already trying not to. Serve what you realistically expect him to manage, talk about something else while you’re eating, he clears his plate after dinner, etc. Separately you talk about the nutrients in different foods and the role of those nutrients in the body (9 is plenty old enough for words and concepts like protein and fibre) maybe with examples of what Olympic swimmers eat if he likes swimming, and without bringing up his own diet. Meanwhile I was a decent but not great eater, but I am *afraid* of food in odd ways. That’s not an angle you mention so I wonder if it’s worth considering. It might just be the one area where he expresses all the normal natural worries of childhood. Or has he had a stomach upset at some point and has retained a fear of a recurrence? A paediatrician would be able to tell you if his diet is immediately concerning, though even the very short list you laid out at least covers the main food groups and doctors have a different definition of restricted from the rest of us.
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 8:11 am I’d be less worried if he was normal-kid picky. I was normal-kid picky and grew out of it, but he seems to be growing *into* it. He’s following the typical growth curves for both height and weight, but his percentiles are hugely different (scrawny kid). And he’s so sensitive to discussion of food that even general conversation about nutrients makes him shut down. We make sure he has food, but he’s soooo tired of the “what’s for dinner” worries and “we’re having hamburgers; here’s your plain bun.” He’s admitted that he’s bored with food, but seemingly can’t take steps on his own to expand his options.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 14, 2019 at 9:21 am Poor thing. It’s an awkward age where they are learning so many new things about the world but they are still so, so young.
I'm A Little Teapot* September 14, 2019 at 6:21 pm This really is screaming an eating disorder or something mental going on. I’m glad you’re working on that angle, because he needs help.
Lcsa99* September 14, 2019 at 8:24 am I agree with the General. Just keep lots of the stuff he will eat around the house and keep the doctor informed so he can keep an eye on his health. The more you fight with him, the more anxiety he will have around food and eating in general and it will just make things worse. I was always picky as a kid, though for me it was/is mostly about textures and my mother would try to sneak foods in. Hiding peas in my rice and stuff like that, and make me sit at the table until I ate everything (which would never happen). It just made the whole thing so stressful and I was always worried to eat even things I liked and even now my diet is severely restricted. My husband on the other hand, his mother always tells us how he would only eat rice and French fries and she was told to just let him do his thing and eventually his tastes expanded. I know you’re worried, especially since his tastes are becoming more and more restricted, but try your best not to make it a battle of wills or no one will win.
DrTheLiz* September 15, 2019 at 9:41 am So much sympathy! I still won’t eat baked beans because a childminder tried to force me to. I was… six? The rule at home was “if you’ve eaten a tablespoon-sized portion and you’re sure you hate it you don’t have to finish”, but the childminder ran an “if you haven’t finished dinner you may not leave the table” household. I was still sat at table in front of a plate of baked beans (and potato?) at seven or eight o’clock when my mother came to pick me up. I think there was a discussion behind closed doors after that, as it never happened again, but… yeah, that was really unpleasant and it was just the once. Also props to a fellow pea hater! They are awful, and I, too, can always taste them – I make my husband rinse the strainer if he’s cooked them! Isn’t it great to be old enough that nobody can make you eat something any more?
Llellayena* September 14, 2019 at 8:32 am OCD? I had a cousin who’s OCD showed in part through a limited diet. Good luck.
university minion* September 14, 2019 at 8:44 am I was a picky eater as a child but it turns out my mom just wasn’t much of a cook! We ate a lot of overcooked meat (food safety… if it’s not practically burned, you’ll get salmonella and die! ~Mom), mushy canned vegetables and instant mashed potatoes, all with no salt. Interestingly enough, she’s an excellent baker, but her cooking education stalled midway through a volume of The Gallery of Regrettable Foods. It took learning to cook myself and having adventurous friends to broaden my horizons. I still remember trying Chinese food at 16 and discovering that vegetables could be *good*. This wasn’t highbrow food – it was lo mein from a stall in a shopping center somewhere. 25 years later I’m that person who can come up with a meal from the most awkward assortment of pantry/fridge leftovers. If he’s at all curious about food, maybe do a cooking class or two together, where tasting afterward is totally optional. PS – I still can’t bring myself to eat a hotdog :-)
university minion* September 14, 2019 at 9:19 am Also… I’m not calling you a bad cook! I just realized it really sounds that way. I guess my point was that my mom tried to make “kid friendly” foods and that was just *not* stuff that appealed to us. In her case, it was also the way she prepared, or attempted to prepare, said foods.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 1:03 pm My mother made a lot of casseroles and meatloafs etc. Back then I would say, that I did not like my food all mushed together. Adult me would say, I need to eat very simple foods with less ingredients. Others said my mother was a very good cook actually. I just could not hack some of the ingredients that she regularly used like milk….. It’s tough because as a kid our words and concepts are so limited.
Lora* September 14, 2019 at 12:25 pm I had to laugh at this – my mother could never cook even noodles properly, and my grandmother boiled or baked everything to a flavorless mess. Thankfully I learned to cook from two uncles who both put themselves through college working as line cooks in fancy restaurants. Now I am *very* picky when I’m not traveling: I want everything to be farm-to-table fresh, minimal sugar, grass fed, no corn syrup, locally made, etc. Different kind of picky, developed from decades of boiled-mushy canned peas, canned ham and Jell-O salad with Cool Whip every holiday. Have had good success with little cousins learning to eat vegetables by helping either pick them in the garden or help with cooking them – kids can handle washing and popping the ends off green beans and snap peas, scrape carrots, make a fruit salad (marshmallows may be involved…) or help make zucchini bread, pasta primavera. It sorta demystifies the food when they helped make it. And they also tend to prefer raw veggies to cooked as a rule. Had a niece who was on the autism spectrum and she wouldn’t eat much that wasn’t crackers or pizza, but we could get dried fruit into her, then expanded that to trail mix that was just dried fruit and peanuts and almonds, then expanded to include carrot sticks, etc.
Windchime* September 14, 2019 at 7:16 pm I was a picky eater as a kid and am still pretty picky as an adult. My concept of vegetables is that they all taste way too strong, and I don’t like the texture. The smell of canned cooked green beans makes me physically retch and I remember how terrible they tasted to me as a little kid. Raw vegetables are totally different, and I like things like raw peas, carrots, radishes, etc. I just don’t like most of them cooked. It does something awful to the texture and the taste.
kt* September 14, 2019 at 10:43 pm Learning how to cook really helped me expand some of my horizons (I was never as picky as the OP’s kid though). And learning to find veggies in the garden, etc., also made a difference. Basically being connected to the food earlier — having a role and some control over what made it to my plate & how — useful for me.
Washi* September 14, 2019 at 8:50 am I was a pretty picky eater as a child, although not quite to the same extent as your son. I would eat bread, peanut butter, potatoes, berries, chips, and ice cream, and that was about it for things I would consume without any kind of fuss. I’m pretty sure I wasn’t a super taster, and it wasn’t about texture or appearance either. I just felt deeply anxious about putting any food in my mouth that I wasn’t 100% sure I would like. The idea of having food in my mouth that tasted bad to me just filled me with terror. I probably would have starved rather than chew a vegetable. Things that my parents did: 1. I had to eat a small amount of vegetables in order to get dessert. I generally would just forego dessert, but if I really wanted it, I would cut up my vegetables pretty small and swallow them whole with water like a pill. I am still great at taking pills to this day! 2. They never made me eat anything I didn’t want to eat or finish my food. I am sooooo grateful that they settled on this approach, as I think it would have just worsened my anxiety to be forced to eat things (not even sure how that would have worked, since I would literally gag.) You might want to check out Ellyn Satter’s work on the division of responsibility in feeding, which I agree with wholeheartedly. 3. They asked my teachers not to comment on what I did/didn’t eat. I’m also very grateful for that. Eventually, I grew out of it. When I started going out to eat with friends as a tween, the shame of not wanting to try new things started to outweigh the anxiety. The transition happened pretty quickly – I think over the course of a year or two in middle school, I went from my super restricted diet to eating literally anything. I was a vegan while I was in college and am now a vegetarian, which still shocks my poor traumatized parents. The last thing I will say is don’t blame yourself! I saw how people got all judgy to my parents and so from a reformed picky eater, I just want to say that there’s nothing anyone could have done to “make” me eat other foods. Good luck!
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 9:33 am We say he has to have a small taste of “something that’s for supper and not bread” for him to get dessert. No plate cleaning, and it’s hard, but we’ve laid off the nagging/hassling. Try hard not to make a big deal of it. I too learned to take pills by swallowing peas whole. I do think it’s largely fear. He had foods he *loved* and would devour until he had a less-tasty version of it. After that, even the original version became less favored. He went from inhaling whole plates of NY-diner chicken parm to eating none, and none of its components in any form. So very frustrating.
Auto Generated Anon* September 14, 2019 at 11:43 am I have one no-new-foods picky eater 9 yo, and one omnivore 5yo. Following this thread with interest. The chicken parm story reminds me of this article from Slate. https://slate.com/human-interest/2019/02/gordon-ramsay-autism-food-sensory-processing.html To be clear, not at all saying that is what’s going on or this would work (we haven’t tried it) I just found it interesting, especially about halfway through where they explain how one bite of a usual food that isn’t ‘right’ can turn someone against the food altogether.
KayEss* September 14, 2019 at 2:45 pm Same. I was recently chatting with my mom about this, after reading a bit on ARFID… I was quite picky as a child, to the extent that I once ate PB&Js (and they had to be made with specific brands of bread, peanut butter, and jelly) every meal for an ENTIRE YEAR. I also had a lot of other issues as a child that, looking back, were definitely anxiety-related. I just didn’t have the understanding and coherence to express something like “trying to eat with 50 other rowdy kids in the lunchroom is overstimulating and freaks me out as an only child used to being alone and quiet,” so all I could communicate was “my stomach hurts” (which, to be fair, it did… from anxiety). I still have anxiety and am a correspondingly picky eater as an adult, but nowhere near like I was back then. Part of it was self-developing coping mechanisms, but I’m pretty convinced that part of it was also just my brain chemistry altering over time. My mom says she worried about me getting adequate nutrition as a child, and sometimes wondered if she should hardline force me to eat. To be completely honest, from my perspective as an adult, that would have been deeply traumatic (likely for both of us) and probably significantly affected our relationship forever if she persisted. A lot of the strategies described here worked ok with me–encouraging trying new foods but not forcing the issue, being strategic in how you refer to foods (but don’t push it, kids aren’t stupid), and trusting that the experience he’s having is likely in a different ballpark than just “I don’t like how that tastes.” I didn’t cry over vegetables at the dinner table because of sensitive taste buds or because I wanted candy instead, but because my body was having an anxiety reaction similar in urgency to a panic attack in order to avoid eating something it mistakenly thought was dangerous.
Ann O.* September 14, 2019 at 3:51 pm This sounds so much like my daughter, it’s reassuring to read. We know from an accidental experiment with milk brands that she does have the ability to taste very minor differences in flavor, and a lot of foods just taste bad to her. The experience is so unpleasant that she’s very reluctant to try new things. I thought she would outgrow it as she got older, but she hasn’t yet. So I’m so glad to read that you didn’t grow out of it until you were a tween. There’s still hope!
kt* September 14, 2019 at 10:44 pm Yes, I too did the swallowing evil foods whole thing. Tomatoes, in my case. Also still good at swallowing pills in general.
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 8:52 am I think I’m about 4-5 years behind you. My 5 year old seems to be narrowing his palate rather than expanding it. Like you, we do what General vK and Lesa describe, and he seems to be getting more restrictive. I’d love it if you felt like posting about this issue as you try different things.
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 9:36 am I’ll try to update. I’m also glad to know we’re not the only ones. Good luck!
Beatrice* September 14, 2019 at 5:29 pm Mine narrowed his list of acceptable foods and has been widening it back up since 12 or so. One thing I learned was to keep rotating through the acceptable foods list often. Anytime it went too long without serving an acceptable food, it became a strange/suspicious food again, and then often became a disliked food. *sigh* I quickly learned to take his declarations of dislikes in stride and not make a big deal out of it. The harder I pushed, the more he would dig in, and the bigger the problem got. Best not to turn things into a stubbornness contest I’m not going to win.
sequined histories* September 14, 2019 at 9:08 am This sounds like a serious issue requiring professional expertise to properly address. That said, I have heard that sometimes being involved in the cooking process can make kids more willing to try new foods.
Everdene* September 14, 2019 at 9:57 am I was a picky eater as a kid, and as an adult. I now know that when I said as a 3/4yo that ravioli made me fall off my chair what I was trying to communicate was that I have a gluten intolerance and pasta is the thing that causes me the most stomach pain. I think my parents were driven up the wall with my eating but food intolerance weren’t a thing back in the 80s. Given my skin allergies (which they saw and treated) and initial food allergies (eggs/cheese) I think now they would have got me allergy/intolerance tested to other stuff. Apart from a couple of early (unsuccessful) attempts they never made me clear my plate if I didn’t like something. I was a stubborn child and that was a pointless exercise for all concerned as yes, I’d rather go hungry then eat that congealing plate of spaghetti hoops that have sat in front of me for 2 hours.
Koala dreams* September 14, 2019 at 10:08 am I’ve met so many people who eat bread and yoghurt for dinner. That’s pretty normal! I don’t have any advice for the other things, but I hope you can at least stop worrying about dinner. Take care, and good luck with your child!
MonkeyInTheMiddle* September 14, 2019 at 10:09 am Parent to a picky 9yr old who has always been picky. Our kid would pick up on our anxiety about his eating and it would get worse. I started offering 2 choices “this or that” instead of “what do you want”. Cinnamon sugar apparently tastes good on scrambled eggs and BBQ can be used as a condiment for a lot of foods, raw veggies, meats etc. Though my son has to make that choice himself. I throw it out there as an option. I try not to stress about what he’s eaten in a meal or even day, I think about whether he’s had enough protein and fruits and veggies over a couple of days rather than carbs. Kids need carbs and will always opt to eat them, but if I can get more substantial food into him, I’ll offer those choices first.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 14, 2019 at 12:46 pm Yes, a great tip to review macro intake over a week, not a day and certainly not a plate.
Picky* September 14, 2019 at 12:08 pm Learning to cook helped me. Food stopped being unfamiliar and gross. It also put me in control, humoring the massive control freak side of me that’s responsible for the pickiness.
Lulubell* September 14, 2019 at 12:09 pm A blogger I followed for years, Amalah, had a similar problem with her oldest, and wrote about it extensively, maybe 5-10 years ago. I think she followed the Satter method but I don’t remember the details – would be worth googling and checking her archives because I think she found some good solutions.
CatCat* September 14, 2019 at 12:17 pm We had a picky eater (no eating disorder, if that is what’s going on then professional advice would be needed) and these things helped: * Relabeling things. Kid would not eat things because of what they were called. He would flat out reject anything with “beans” so we only referred to garbanzo beans as chickpeas. Unfamiliar foods were no way so if we went to an Indian restaurant, we’d refer to chicken pakora as Indian fried chicken. Relabeling was highly effective. * “You don’t have to eat it.” Mantra at dinner time, said matter of fact. He didn’t have to eat it, but we’re also not short order cooks making an alternative dinner. His alternative was whole fruit and a glass of milk if he didn’t want to eat it. * Participating kid in meal planning and have him think through alternatives. Like, “This has black beans, what are some ideas you have as a substitute for the black beans?” That helped so we were all on the same page. * Kid especially hated sauces or dressing. So if it was feasible for the recipe, we’d offer to serve the sauce on the side. * Participating kid in making the dinner. He initially became responsible for making the loathed sauces and dressings and eventually learned knife skills for chopping. He reeeeallllly did not want to do this at first with a lot of anxiety for potentially messing up, but we assured him it was no big deal because he would follow a recipe, even if you make mistakes in recipes they’re often correctable, and we live in a city and can easily obtain more food if needed. He became a lot more open minded once he started working with the ingredients and would fairly start tasting things (instead of deciding in advance that he didn’t like them) and gradually became less picky over time the more involved he was.
OhCanary* September 14, 2019 at 1:11 pm My 5yo is a little picky, though not quite to this extent. A few suggestions I’ve learned along the way: 1. Get them involved. Maybe take him to a fun cooking or baking class? We institute Saturday pizza nights where my kid literally helps my husband make and roll out the dough, sauce, etc. 2. Remember what your job is: to offer a variety of healthy and delicious foods, but not to pressure them into eating. With every meal I try to offer something I *know* my kid will eat, something I *think*my kid will eat, and something new/different I *hope* my kid will try. My only job is to provide good food choices; choosing what to eat out of my offerings is THEIR job. If you’ve tried these approaches already, it’s probably time for medical help. Good luck!
Fikly* September 14, 2019 at 1:51 pm Supertasting is actually about tasting bitter waaaaay more than “normal” people, so cinnamon and bbq sauce are not an accurate indicator of whether or not he’s a supertaster. As someone with a sensory processing disorder, and a supertaster, who still has a really restricted diet (I have Celiac and type 1 diabetes too, I can eat like, 3 foods between all that), the thing that has worked best for me is trying new foods at moments of really low stress. And avoiding foods that only work sometimes when I am highly stressed, because those foods are more likely to fail, and once they fail once, I can end up avoiding them for months because them failing is so traumatizing that I can’t cope with trying them again.
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 1:59 pm Thanks, everyone. We’ve definitely tried the help in the kitchen thing, but never really got much traction there. I worry about protein, but I bake our own bread and usually include some soy flour and other undetectable nutritional ingredients along with the unobjectionable white flour. The only meat he eats is the occasional nibble of bacon. His doc isn’t extremely worried, but has suggested looking further for targeted help. I’ll post updates if I have them.
Anona* September 14, 2019 at 2:14 pm One cautionary tale (& why I think you should keep seeking help) is my college roommate. She had eating problems and would eat french fries and kit kats as her main food. Oh yeah, and peanut butter and Ritz cracker, and I think these specific chips. There were maybe one or two other things, but no veggies, no meat. I remember her cracking the tiniest corner of a wheat thin off to try it once. She was concerned about what would happen if she ever got pregnant, and how she’s be healthy enough to sustain a baby. I don’t know if she ever started eating more, but I believe at her wedding she had a plate of French fries.
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 3:30 pm That’s my fear. My hubs and I love food, sharing meals with people, cooking, and all the sensations and flavors. Fear of not having anything he can eat could hold him back from so many wonderful experiences, like travel, entertaining, exploring cultures, or even, as has been pointed out, work lunches. We’ve even said that we won’t even consider a Disney vacation until he’s eating more protein, simply because he won’t have the lasting energy to survive a single day without better fuel. We’re saving up—maybe by the time we have enough money to do it, he’ll also be eating.
Just a Guy in a Cube* September 14, 2019 at 4:50 pm I was very picky through college. Soon after, my wife stopped having patience with always catering to my limited food preferences, and together we figured out how to go various places and find me food to order so that she could enjoy going out to eat. Looking back, I think I’m not a big fan of novelty in general, so my initial reaction to new flavors/textures was “yuck”, and I just didn’t see the need to overcome that. I remember a handful of very humiliating periods of parents or well-meaning family members turning food into a battle of wills, which ended badly for all of us. My big regret now is that while I’m enjoying a lot more food than I used to, I don’t really have much of an idea of what’s out there, so trying to be adventurous is difficult because I just dunno what I might want to try. I think for me, it was about finding the internal motivation to overcome that initial dislike of novel tastes. I can’t imagine what would have helped get through to me sooner, although I’m sure there are techniques and kinds of therapy for kids that could have done it. But I’m really glad my parents mostly left it alone. I did have times I got to muscle tremors in college because subsisting on pizza, pop tarts and Mountain Dew will do that, but no long term ill effects. (I was on swim team in high school, so reasonably active & athletic)
Jen Erik* September 14, 2019 at 7:02 pm Just to say, it can also work out okay. My daughter (who is now 24) and I were reminiscing just the other day about her picky eating as a child and teenager. In retrospect she thought, like Washi above, that it was principally an anxiety thing. She eventually(at 17) got help for the anxiety – and I don’t know if it’s cause and effect but in her 20’s the food thing just gradually went away. (When she remarked in passing that she liked sushi, I nearly fell off my chair.) I can’t quite work out how to say this. It’s a sort of next-to-impossible thing. But my daughter did remark that it had helped that I wasn’t stressed about her eating. (My niece who is the same age as her is autistic, and ate only 4 things. I wasn’t being super unstressed mum, it was just our family circumstances.) But I think if I had got stressed that would have helped to validate her intuition that eating was a worrying thing. I don’t imagine you can help worrying about it day-to-day, but I just wanted to say that it can work out okay in the long run, and he will have all the wonderful experiences.
MuttIsMyCopilot* September 14, 2019 at 3:45 pm As others have mentioned, it’s probably worth checking in with a therapist who specializes in this type of thing just for your peace of mind. Does he at least take a multi-vitamin? I’d try working with the things he does like and aiming for just enough added stuff to increase the nutritional content without ruining the preferred food. That doesn’t help get past the hurdle of actually being willing to try new foods, but he’d at least be getting some more variety while you work on that. Can you blend a little bit of stuff into the yogurt, or would he try a fruit/yogurt smoothie? Fruit flavor can overpower a lot of not-too-strongly-flavored veggies so you may be able to get a little spinach, avocado, etc. in him that way. You could even try adding a raw (pasteurized) egg since you’re worried specifically about protein, although yogurt is a decent source of protein on its own. Since he likes bread and cinnamon already, maybe he’d try some version of zucchini bread with zucchini, bananas, pumpkin, butternut squash, and/or carrots blended into the batter? If he tolerates tomato sauces at all (on pasta? dipped with bread? plain cheese pizza?) you can hide all manner of summer squashes, carrots, beets, and sweet peppers in it. An immersion blender is especially helpful for this. You could probably get a bit of those veggies in barbecue sauce too, and definitely any kind of smooth soup that he might try.
KayEss* September 14, 2019 at 3:54 pm Also, you mention that you want him to be comfortable socially rather than anxious and excluded because of food. That may never happen. I eventually reached a point–in like, my 20s–where I’m 95% able to find at least one available option at a given restaurant for me to eat, but I still studiously avoid going to people’s houses for home cooking because it’s so fraught. Back when we used to travel and stay with my in-laws, I would literally bring a secret stash of several boxes of granola bars to keep myself from starving. It’s hard! I hate it! If I could magically change once thing about myself, it would be to be able to eat like a normal person. As he grows up and spends more time outside your home, your kid will likely develop his own strategies and coping mechanisms, both social and food-related (assuming he continues to have this problem, which I hope he doesn’t). But what you can start doing immediately to help is to do what you can to make sure he always feels safe and welcome at YOUR dinner table. Teach him that kind, polite people don’t comment on what is or isn’t on other people’s plates, outside of maybe ONE “did you get enough to eat?” confirmation. Show him ways to politely refuse food he doesn’t want to try/eat and respect when he uses them. Example: the worst food day of the year for me is (American) Thanksgiving, because there’s literally no traditional holiday food I like. Mashed potatoes are okay, and I do actually like some vegetable side dishes, but I can’t eat turkey, cranberries, stuffing, sweet potatoes, etc. I even don’t like pumpkin pie. I might try putting some of that stuff on my plate, but no matter how small a serving I take I’m probably not going to finish it. So everyone else’s plate is loaded up, and there I am with my mashed potatoes, green beans, and a roll… super embarrassing. But what keeps me coming home and engaging with this experience is that no one at the table comments on or even looks twice at what’s going on with my plate. Grandma may ask “did you get enough to eat, dear?” but when I say “yup, I’m fine!” that’s the end of it. I feel safe and respected eating, however I am able or unable, in my parents house. If that wasn’t the case, our relationship would be much more distant.
tangerineRose* September 14, 2019 at 10:36 pm Would it help him to talk to a nutritionist? Maybe they could work out a list of food that he likes that will be healthy for him. I’m a picky eater myself and always have been. Some foods, textures, smells make me feel nauseated.
Observer* September 15, 2019 at 2:06 am Please get him checked for allergies and intolerances. Not instead of therapy, but in addition to. If the kid does have a problem with any kind of food getting that under control or figuring out WHICH specific food (group) a problem, is going to be key to managing the situation.
Dancing Otter* September 15, 2019 at 2:32 am What would have helped me most would have been if my mother had been a better cook, or used better ingredients. Mom knew 4 different ways to cook green beans badly. After I went away to school, I discovered a lot of vegetables weren’t necessarily gag-inducing. Boiled canned vegetables versus fresh steamed? Seriously, boiled spinach still makes me gag, but I love fresh raw spinach in salads. Have you had your child allergy tested? Not invariably, but sometimes your body warns you that something will make you sick by making it not appeal, either taste or scent. Has he ever gotten sick from eating anything? Previous illness can make you avoid the food you believe responsible. I know intellectually that not everything with mayonnaise has been left out long enough to give me food-poisoning again, but once was enough. A sandwich with lunch meat and mayo that’s been sitting at room temperature for four hours might be a reasonable rejection (another food battle from my childhood). Also, “just taste it before you decide you don’t like it” isn’t all that effective when they plop a full-sized serving of X on your plate and make you sit there until you eat it. If you want a child to try one bite, give him one small bite. Say, if he finds it completely horrible, it’s OK to spit it out in a paper napkin. (Knowing I could have done that would have made me less reluctant to taste some things, I think.) Do NOT, not ever, try to guilt him over how much time and effort went into making X. Speaking for myself, I prefer to know what I’m eating. See if he will try plain single ingredient foods before more complex ones. A bite of stew meat instead of a bowl of stew; another time, a bite of one of the vegetables alone; then a different one. Some people, even adults, prefer to keep the different foods on their plates separate. See if he will try related foods. If “bread-like” includes banana bread, offer him a slice of banana while you’re making it. If he eats corn chips, mention that they are made of corn, which can be eaten straight: would he like to try some? Or corn-based cereal? If he eats potato chips, same thing. (Of course, if he only likes the chips because of the fat and salt, and turns out to hate corn or potatoes, that may put him off the chips, too.) What about letting him dip fresh fruit or vegetables (think apple slices, berries, or celery sticks) in his yogurt? Or letting him dip a corner of his bread in gravy, olive oil, or spaghetti sauce? (Then maybe he’d try something else with gravy etc.) Similarly, try cooking something in a different way: candied carrots or sweet potatoes don’t appeal to me, but roasted ones do.
matcha123* September 15, 2019 at 1:19 pm I was not a very picky eater at first, but then when I started elementary school it kicked up. After moving overseas as an adult and being forced into situations where trying new and different foods was a must, I am now a lot less picky than I was. For me, it might have been a way of having some control over my life. I had to go to school, which I didn’t really enjoy, I had to wear the clothing that was chosen for me, I had to do homework, I had so many rules. At least let me have control over what I put into my body! The next thing was that the food offered me was quite honestly disgusting. I’m sure that others eating the same things didn’t feel that way, but green peas with a bit of salt and pepper? Those frozen vegetables? They all stank and were all prepared by basically boiling them and they tasted like I was eating straight grass. Finally the textures of some vegetables really disgusted me: onions in particular. I remember being told that if I was starving, I’d happily eat vegetables. I just took that as a challenge to not eat. So, here’s my suggestion. Sit him down and tell him that you are worried about him. Explain that eating more balanced food now will help him concentrate better in school, give him more energy for the games he likes to play and will help his growth. Then look up some recipes that he can try to cook himself, or you with him, and explain that you need him to experiment and find some that he can add to his rotation.
Batgirl* September 15, 2019 at 2:49 pm When my brother was younger he spent a few years eating nothing but baked beans and then a few years eating nothing but cereal. I remember him retching whenever I made cheese on toast, but the following year he ate nothing but plain cheese microwave pizza. Each new phase saw the former foods fall out of favour. However he eats a decent variety today. He started eating more when he had to grocery shop for himself, increased his variety when he met his partner (“I just put stuff under his nose”?!) and he started eating veggies when he had kids.
Clodagh* September 14, 2019 at 6:56 am Can anyone recommend an alternative to a SodaStream? I love sparkling water but would prefer to buy from a different company. Thanks!
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 11:11 am I was thinking of posting a similar question today! Soda Stream is the only brand I’ve even heard of. Why do you not like the company?
Another Lauren* September 14, 2019 at 1:27 pm DrinkMate is based in Ann Arbor–I haven’t used them, so I can’t recommend, but it’s definitely another option.
Princesa Zelda* September 15, 2019 at 1:36 am Those stainless-steel whipped cream makers can be used to make sparkling water, too. My siblings and I used to use our dad’s to make Italian sodas when we were kids.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 14, 2019 at 7:27 am Today I am gut punched with sadness about the death of a family member in 2017. He was elderly and it was a gentle death, but today I miss him with every fibre of my being.
coffee cup* September 14, 2019 at 7:33 am I’m very sorry. I can empathise, totally. Take care of yourself today.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 14, 2019 at 9:22 am Thank you. It’s weird, I sort of don’t feel entitled to this grief (families are complicated) but on the other hand you can’t choose your emotions, especially when big emotions arrive unannounced.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 1:13 pm Grief isn’t something you “earn” the right to do. Grief just happens to us. It could be that the grief is disproportionate to the relationship. And that happens a LOT. I lost a casual friend several months ago. I am not done crying yet. I know for a fact that if I died she probably would not cry over me. I am okay with that. The woman was walking love, man. Everyone was her sister or her brother. She was great. The world is a little dimmer without her.
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 11:16 am I’m sorry that you don’t feel entitled to your grief. That’s so hard and lonely. For me, the gut-wrenching grief (that pops in long after the “mourning process” is over) sometimes feels like a form of re-connection. It reminds me of the immediacy of my loved one when they were alive, and of the immediacy of our relationship. The grief hurts, but if you can, try to feel it and honor it. It will probably pass, and you’ll miss your relative in a more gentle way as you did before. Take this time to remember your relative, and maybe to speak to him or write him a note. May your memories be a blessing.
Sara without an H* September 14, 2019 at 11:49 am Grief is like that. My mother’s been gone for three years, but there are still days when it bubbles up without warning. I’m sorry for your loss.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 14, 2019 at 12:59 pm Thanks everyone for being with me. Weirdly, I opened a rarely-used drawer this afternoon and found a copy of his book (should not have been there). Then an acquaintance contacted me to ask me to headline an arts festival next summer. So I guess the universe was getting me ready? I now have about nine months to create a new piece on the festival theme, and plan the actual performance(s). I’ve decided to do something that would honour him (would be too outing to discuss the details of where his talents and mine intersect) and I feel … better.
Miss Astoria Platenclear* September 14, 2019 at 2:50 pm Glad you’re feeling better. The universe can be that way sometimes.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 15, 2019 at 7:20 am I’m not particularly woo but I’m recognising the power of coincidence to alter our perspectives.
coffee cup* September 14, 2019 at 7:28 am This week I lost someone I felt close to and I’m a bit upset about it. He is still alive, but I probably won’t see him again. It was sudden and he’s blocked me from messaging, so I have no ‘closure’ (whatever that would mean), which makes it harder. I’m the kind of person who likes to say goodbye and feel that things are a bit neater in my mind (for this kind of thing at least). Nothing to be done, but not sure how to get the peace of mind I feel I need.
ECHM* September 14, 2019 at 8:13 am I’m sorry, that’s rough. A year ago someone I thought was one of my best friends told me we were “done” and it devastated me. Thankfully we’ve come around, but I think I know how you are feeling. Anyway, I am a huge “closure” person too. Maybe you could write your friend a letter to get your feelings out, then delete it, burn it or put it away in a drawer? Or have some type of a “funeral” ceremony for your relationship?
coffee cup* September 14, 2019 at 2:59 pm That’s a good idea. I’m not great at letting go of things I know I should. We were more than friends for a while so I’m just feeling really confused.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 14, 2019 at 9:23 am That really sucks. I’m so sorry. Offering a virtual hand-hold for the day.
Book Bat* September 14, 2019 at 4:20 pm Ah, I had this happen about four years ago. Give yourself time to grieve the relationship for sure, use whatever breakup traditions make you feel better, be kind to yourself, find a friend who will sit and say THAT ASSHOLE maybe. There’s not a lot of narrative for friendship breakups but there should be!
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 8:44 pm I am not always sure about that peace of mind stuff, either. One thing I have found helpful is to say, “Friend, I wish you well.” I just tell the walls and say it into thin air. Remember that the ultimate love is to put someone else’s desires or needs ahead of our own. This can look like, “I love you [care about you enough] to let you go when you want to go.” This is the stuff that heart wrenching movies are made from. I am so sorry.
Princess Cimorene* September 15, 2019 at 6:55 am You’ll have to grieve, and go through the grieving process which while yes there are defined stages, they’re not always linear. Losing a relationship like this can hurt as much as a death or sometimes more because with death there is a confirmed finality that at some point you accept as fact. But with these types of losses there is a longer period before acceptance. I know. And sometimes that acceptance never fully comes because you still do the bargaining thing in your mind and the hoping thing. But like any grieving process it takes TIME. You’ll get through it. You may look back one day with fondness for having known them and whatever role they played or you may look back one day with regret, but hopefully when you’re looking back its will acceptance that this is where it is/this is what happened/and this is okay. Good luck.
Overeducated* September 14, 2019 at 8:04 am Has anyone here had “deep cleaning” with anesthetic at the dentist for mild to moderate gum disease? My spouse and I went to a new dentist yesterday, and I admit that we procrastinated on finding a new one after our old one retired so it’s been a year between cleanings, but he said we both “need” this procedure at over $500 a pop. I assumed it was a one time “shouldn’t have waited so long to make this appointment” thing, but he told my husband it would have to be a regular procedure multiple times a year, and it couldn’t be prevented with oral hygiene because it was a result of aging past 35. My husband was totally spooked, but when we compared notes I started to feel like it sounded fishy. We don’t have especially bad teeth and we’ve never heard any dentist mention this as necessary regular maintenance before. Has anyone else had this? Is this some crazy upselling we can just say no to? Dentist also tried to push invisalign for me, which I’d love someday, but was easy to say “thanks but can’t afford right now.”
misspiggy* September 14, 2019 at 8:13 am My husband needs deep cleaning with a dental hygienist a couple of times a year, it hurts a bit but they don’t use anaesthetic. I don’t – it’s just a function of the type of teeth situation one has combined with age. But it shouldn’t cost anything like $500.
Overeducated* September 14, 2019 at 8:38 am Can you tell me what distinguishes deep cleaning from regular cleaning in the no-anesthetic case? I’m not sure if maybe that’s the reason for the huge bill.
The Other Dawn* September 14, 2019 at 9:43 am I’m surprised they wouldn’t use anesthetic, actually. You know how they use that scraper thing to scrape off tartar? They go below the gum line with it. That’s the deep cleaning. I don’t mean they dig down to the bottom of the root, but they do go just below the line.
Clisby* September 14, 2019 at 4:40 pm I’ve had this done, I think twice. It’s called scaling. I definitely had local anesthetic. I’d expect it to cost well above what a regular cleaning costs, but I would not expect it to be done multiple times a year. That seems weird. Is it possible the dentist said it would cost $500, but had to be done over multiple sessions? If I remember correctly, the times I had it took 2 sessions each.
The Other Dawn* September 14, 2019 at 5:43 pm That’s what I was thinking–a total of $500 for the whole thing, but completed over multiple sessions. Yes, thank you–scaling. I couldn’t remember what they called.
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 8:14 am Sounds like a scam to me. We’ve been terrible about getting to the dentist, and even after years without cleanings, this was not recommended to us. We’re in our 40s. Run away.
Overeducated* September 14, 2019 at 8:42 am Thanks. I am good at just saying no to stuff like this if I think it’s the right decision. Like braces, I am well aware that straight teeth are easier to clean and that helps as you age, but I don’t have thousands of dollars and hours of sick leave to throw at them now, so no.
That Girl from Quinn's House* September 14, 2019 at 1:06 pm Yeah, it sounds like a scam to me, too. I have terrible teeth and I’ve never been advised to get one of these. Does your dentist’s office offer/advertise a lot of cosmetic dental services? I consider that a red flag for shady dentists looking to upsell.
Venus* September 14, 2019 at 8:27 am Super fishy! All I have is my own personal experience, but I have gone for extended periods of time without cleanings and was no perfectionist about brushing and flossing, yet all the dental hygienist required was more time as there was more to scrape off. If your gums are unusually sensitive then it might be worthwhile to numb them a bit in order to get everything scraped out from around the gumline, but if this is a generic suggestion which was made to both of you then I would definitely look elsewhere. My concern would be that if the dentist is so wildly unusual in their recommendations for the simple things, then how are they going to treat me when I have a big problem. I would not trust this person with my mouth!
Lcsa99* September 14, 2019 at 8:39 am Find a better dentist. I think this is a total scam. Once I could believe but not multiple. (And yes, I have had a “deep cleaning” and it sucked and I didn’t feel any cleaner than a regular cleaning). When I found my current dentist it had been at least 10 years since I had seen a dentist, probably close to 15. He found a lot of cavities, I had to get a crown (every other dentist had ignored the dead, discolored tooth!) and have two wisdom teeth out, but he did a normal, stress free cleaning and has done the same easy cleaning every six months since then. If you’re in the NYC area I would be happy to recommend my dentist. But don’t waste your money on this guy.
Teach* September 14, 2019 at 8:57 am I would maybe get another exam somewhere else and see what they say. I’m in my 40’s and skipped the dentist for like 6 years due to phobia and the resulting cleaning was long but not horrifying and not $500, even though I opted for nitrous due to said phobia.
WG* September 14, 2019 at 9:13 am I’d started developing early signs of periodontal disease and my dentist referred me to a periodontist. My cleanings were moved to every 4 months and alternated between the regular dentist and the periodontist. The cleanings are more involved (“deep”) as there is more working being done with the gum line to clear out the tartar buildup. The invoices note these are periodontal cleanings and are at a bit higher cost. But it’s more in the $25-$50 higher range, not hundreds of dollars. Find another dentist. This dentist is most likely going to keep trying to push unnecessary products and services just to line his own pockets.
Nita* September 16, 2019 at 8:43 am I was also referred to a periodontist, because my gums really were in bad shape. I think it was regular cleanings every three months, and deep cleaning yearly. He would also poke under my gums after every cleaning going on about how much they’re receding and that I need gum surgery. It hurt big time. And then I hit a very stressful time in my life and could not handle being tortured every three months, so I stopped going. When the life stuff got better, I found a new dentist and… turns out I wasn’t getting the right treatment. I had a couple teeth that needed root canals, but the gum stuff was handled nicely with more attention to how I dressed (my gums were very sensitive to the hours I spent outside in sub-zero weather), change of toothpaste, and a herbal rinse (oak bark, chamomile and sage). It’s been seven years. My teeth are still not the greatest, but the gums look good and I’m fine with a regular cleaning once every six months, sometimes once a year. Also re the anesthesia – my dentist used to do it when I started going to her because my gums were so sensitive, but I stopped needing it when they got better.
The Other Dawn* September 14, 2019 at 9:41 am I’ve had it done and it was no big deal at all. They squirt some anesthetic along the gum line and then do the cleaning (it’s not a Novocaine injection). It was four appointments, because they do 1/4 of your mouth at each appointment; however, if you ask they’ll probably do it in two appointments. I’d say multiple times per year is complete overkill. I get it done every three years or so since gum disease runs in the family and I’m showing early signs. Plus I’m awful with keeping up on flossing. Try another dentist. One that isn’t so focused on “selling.” (That seems odd to me–I’ve never encountered a dentist trying to push services on me.)
Nervous Nellie* September 14, 2019 at 9:59 am Ugh, dentists. They always seem to be trying hard to add on treatments. There is a great recent article about the trend towards fishy ways of dentists in theatlantic dot com. Put ‘dentists’ in the search field and you will find it. It will reassure you that your skepticism is founded. I for one will never forget the dentist I just dumped because when he saw that I yawned, he announced that I must have sleep apnea, and he had a new diagnostic machine that could confirm that for only $800.oo for the exam. Yeah, right! Buh-bye!!!
Not So Little My* September 14, 2019 at 11:09 am Get a second opinion. It could be a scam, it could be for real. My dentist is very reputable, much beloved in our community, and when his office recommended I get a deep cleaning, it was well-explained and I felt it was the right thing for me to do. But I know there are a lot of dentists out there who upsell inappropriately.
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 11:20 am Get a second opinion. I have wonky gums and teeth and have a cleaning every 2 months. I don’t know if it’s a “deep cleaning” or not, but they always offer a topical anesthetic gel, which I always refuse. They also don’t charge $500 for the procedure. So if it were me, I’d want to know how does this procedure differ from a “regular” cleaning, and how does the anesthetic differ from topical Lidocaine?
Lulubell* September 14, 2019 at 12:05 pm Sounds like an upsell. That is extremely common with dentists here in LA. Get a second opinion.
Lora* September 14, 2019 at 12:31 pm Have had it done with Novocaine, but it was specifically because my gums are receding and were sorta ooky – it can help re-attach the gum to the teeth and bone where it should be, and stop further receding, if done properly. My insurance covered most of it though. Even if they hadn’t covered it, it wouldn’t have been $500; maybe half that. And it’s not multiple times per year, it’s like twice a year.
YouwantmetodoWHAT?!* September 14, 2019 at 1:16 pm Check reviews on the dentist/office before doing anything! A few years back we started going to a new office and allllll of us went from having minor issues to ‘you need all of these procedures and you have 6 cavities’. Also, my husband needed a bridge and the dentist filed his teeth so small the bridge would not stay on. The dentist had gone on maternity leave and her replacement said that he’d fix it for ‘only’ a thousand dollars. Few years later I went to write a review and found PAGES of complaints. I am not exagerrating one bit.
Miss Astoria Platenclear* September 14, 2019 at 2:46 pm IANAD, but to me, the fact that *both* of you happen to need the expensive treatment sketchy.
ThatGirl* September 14, 2019 at 3:28 pm It’s funny, my husband recently went to a new dentist and they told him he had two tiny cavities and also recommended a deep clean while filling them. To me, that sounded sketchy. But they didn’t tell him he needed one regularly or anything.
Ann O.* September 14, 2019 at 3:59 pm Are you gums regularly bleeding when you brush? If so, you will benefit from the deep cleaning. If your gumline is pink, firm, and healthy, you probably will not. In either case, I would seek out another dentist. I agree with the other commenters that the way your dentist is talking about the deep cleaning is deeply fishy. I have had to have it done, but my dentist clearly explained the reasoning and procedure (and my gums were obviously unhealthy… there were several years of trying to get things under control with improved flossing). My dentist also treats it as a one-and-done procedure unless there’s a recurrence of the unhealthy gums. It’s not a routine maintenance thing.
Clisby* September 14, 2019 at 4:44 pm That was my experience, too. Plus, I’m 65 and have had this procedure recommended (and done) only twice. I’ve never heard of it being routine, like regular cleanings.
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 4:55 pm Okay I have had it, but I had some pretty bad gum problems at the time, and I hadn’t been to the dentist in quite a while, and was admittedly lax on flossing (not anymore, though; I floss every night before bed no matter how late it is). It took a couple of appointments and I definitely needed it. But we are talking seven years between dentist visits, not one year. And I didn’t have to do it again after I changed my habits and my gums got better. Only regular cleanings every four months to stay on top of it, and the hygienist told me if I kept up my self care, I wouldn’t have to do the deep cleaning again (it was awful). And I was older than 35 at the time. It is NOT something that should not be a thing if you have good hygiene, unless maybe you have some kind of health issue that messes with your gums. The fact that the dentist was also pushing Invisalign on you screams upselling. He’s full of shit. Find another dentist.
Figgie* September 14, 2019 at 6:48 pm Our former dentist retired and the new dentist is constantly pushing things like deep cleaning and scaling (he charges $500.00 per quadrant for a total of $2,000.00). I was talked into having it done many years ago by a different dentist and it really didn’t do much of anything. So, I keep saying no and refusing. He isn’t happy, but it isn’t like he can force me to have it done. My much loved now retired dentist is the one who taught me how to decrease the size of my pockets. I use a proxy brush (brushes between the teeth). I dip the proxy brush into the foul tasting, high alcohol yellow/brown colored mouthwash (no mint flavor) and then brush between the teeth with the proxy brush. I do it morning and evening and it has prevented me from having any periodontal disease issues. My siblings have and parents had multiple periodontal surgeries with grafts and I have not needed any of that done. The only difference is that I use the proxy brush and mouthwash to clean between my teeth and they only use/used floss. Oh, and the current dentist keeps finding “cavities” that magically disappear by the next visit. I let him fill the first ones he found and have refused to let him fill any others since then. I increase the brushing in that area and somehow, the cavities that he said I had are gone six months later. We have very restricted choices because of our dental insurance, so we pretty much only go to this dentist because the cleanings are covered at 100%.
I draw all day* September 14, 2019 at 8:02 pm Get a second opinion! i never had issues – bleeding gums or anything. my dentist recommend it, $700 after insurance! i switched dentists, told them about other dentist telling me i need a “deep cleaning.” Nope, my gums and teeth are excellent.
Bad teeth* September 14, 2019 at 8:21 pm Like many others, I call bs. I have bad teeth, periodontal issues. My dentist, found several years after mine retired, did “scaling” (which is probably your deep cleaning) ONCE and has me come in for regular cleanings four times per year rather than two. But on the two additional cleanings I only see the hygenist, not the dentist, so they are less expensive. Find a new dentist.
LilySparrow* September 14, 2019 at 11:55 pm This is BS. I am 48 & have never had a cavity or gum disease. I have never had any type of special “deep cleaning” other than a normal dentist office visit 2x per year. Your gums do not expire when you turn 35 This guy is a con artist. Run.
Chaordic One* September 15, 2019 at 2:38 am I had this done many years ago and I’m really not sure if it was something that I needed done or not. The procedure was covered by my dental insurance so I don’t know what it cost. I remember that they scaped and scraped below the gumline with those pointy metal pic things and that the didn’t use any anesthesia. It was only mildly painful, but there were little drops of blood splattering out of my mouth as they scraped. I had worn white top and had to go home and change clothes afterwords because of the blood spots. (Never had that happen before or since.) If I’d known beforehand what it entailed I would have gotten a second opinion.
Overeducated* September 15, 2019 at 9:23 am Thanks for the feedback, everyone! We will look into “scaling,” ask more questions at our next cleanings, and maybe get a second opinion before agreeing to stuff like this.
Kuododi* September 14, 2019 at 8:17 am Well, the final pathology is in and it’s confirmed everything we’ve talked about so far. They got all the breast cancer in the lumpectomy, it was Stage II, and all the lymph nodes were officially clean. That leaves genetic screening on the tumor sample. After that, I have a consult with Dr who is going to be doing my preventative radiation treatment. Im looking at 22-25 sessions. (Depending on the recommendation of the radiologist.) I’m starting a cancer recovery program on Tuesday sponsored by Live Strong through my local YMCA. Among other things, I will have access to a trainer 2x/week who will help me with an exercise program specific to helping me regain strength, breathing etc. Finally feeling a little more “back to normal.” ;) Woohoo!!!
Bibliovore* September 14, 2019 at 8:26 am good to hear the news. Hope your recovery is smooth and you feel normal more and more everyday.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 10:48 am I’m glad to hear all of this, but especially the trainer access, which seems like a great way to improve quality of life.
Sara without an H* September 14, 2019 at 11:51 am Best of luck to you! The exercise program sounds like a wonderful idea.
Overeducated* September 14, 2019 at 12:35 pm I’m glad it’s going well! Best wishes for the next steps!
Wishing You Well* September 14, 2019 at 12:41 pm Thank Goodness for clean lymph nodes! Sending good thoughts!
Breast Solidarity* September 14, 2019 at 12:59 pm Sounds like great news! We have a gym close to my work that offers a special breast cancer exercise program , but unfortunately one has to be completely finished with chemo and radiation before joining, and the programs at the hospital are all during normal business hours :( So lucky you that your Y is more flexible!
Rebecca* September 14, 2019 at 5:42 pm Oh, wishing you well, and glad you’re on the road to recovery!
NoLongerYoung* September 14, 2019 at 6:45 pm Great update! have been rooting for you in this corner of the internet….
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 8:49 pm There’s a light at the end of the tunnel. thank goodness. I love the YMCA idea. Go, you!
Owler* September 15, 2019 at 3:12 am Congrats! My best friend is about a month behind you (she just found the lump; had a needle biopsy to confirm cancer and MRI; waiting on final path). Any advice to me on how to support her? I’m a cancer survivor as well, but it was a different cancer and also… I’ve blocked out much of that first year of multiple surgeries and chemo. She’s already a YMCA member, so I’ll encourage the Livestrong program.
Kuododi* September 15, 2019 at 10:50 pm I hope I’m not responding too late for you to read this post. What I have found most helpful in dealing with the initial stress/anxiety were the friends and family who called, did not share a bunch of what I call “war stories” about this or that person who struggled to recover and experienced such horrible symptoms. I appreciate the people who made specific offers of assistance rather than the generic “let me know if there’s anything you need.”. (ie-During the week I received the diagnosis, my Dad invited me over for a sandwich and salad lunch with the specific qualifier I was welcome to talk as little or as much as I wanted about the diagnosis. He SD he wanted to give me a bit of time where I could put that aside and maybe relax a bit.). I have a friend from a local Meetup group who offered to organize meal delivery, pass the hat if DH and I were in a $$$ emergency. We talked and she’s going to get a rotation of group members to help with transportation issues during my radiation treatments. My sister would periodically text her best friend during her time with cancer and let her know she could call if she felt up to talking but if not to just know she was loved. (They lived across the country from each other or believe me…my sister would have been at their doorstep, locked loaded and ready to clean the house and cook a church potluck worth of yummy goodies.). (I’m going to reference the Bible here for a brief moment.). My pastoral counseling professor told me once that Job’s friends in the Old Testament did a great job being supportive for the 1st seven days. (They didn’t speak, but tore their clothes and sat with Job on the ash heap.). Unfortunately they chose to open their big fat mouths and start talking. Then we are left with 40 some odd chapters of the friends blaming Job for his trouble. Then the Lord had to step in and tell them all to be quiet as none of them were speaking truth. ;) My very best to you and your friend in your journey dealing with this illness. I’ll certainly answer any questions/provide information you may need.
Quandong* September 15, 2019 at 6:46 am This is such good news! I hope your radiation is as comfortable as possible (given the nature of the treatment and side effects) . It’s great that you have access to regular sessions with a trainer! I started exercising with a trainer years after my treatment and it’s made a positive difference even with a delay.
Bibliovore* September 14, 2019 at 8:25 am A resounding yes! to Lager Queens. The book is engaging, brilliant, funny and touching. Family relationships, work, vision, and the midwest all come into play. I don’t drink but I did find a N/A hoppy beer so that I could quench my thirst after reading all about IPA craft beer.
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 8:26 am Lighthearted validation thread! No advice, only affirmation. I’ll start. Today is shaping up to be a beautiful early fall day. I should take advantage of it to do seasonal yard work, but I really just want to read all day. Validate me.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* September 14, 2019 at 8:50 am *flutter flutter flutter* *fairy dust* Enjoy your book! *flutter flutter flutter*
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 9:10 am Thank you! I shall! :) Who else wants validation for indulgent choices, unsophisticated tastes, or what have you?
Nessun* September 14, 2019 at 11:23 am Me me me! I should be cleaning the apartment today and doing meal prep, but I really just want a blanket and a pot of tea and all of Downton Abbey. Tomorrow’s okay for adulting, right?
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 12:03 pm Of course! We can’t skimp on restorative leisure. Leisure is adulting!
YouwantmetodoWHAT?!* September 14, 2019 at 1:19 pm You adult ALL week! Take a day of for that ever so important recharging! I highly suggest scones with the tea. Or shortbread!
Nessun* September 15, 2019 at 12:43 am The restorative properties of scones cannot be overstated. Great addition to the plan! Ita all coming together!
Victoria, Please* September 14, 2019 at 10:46 am I want to sit on the sofa and watch Agents of S.h.i.e.l.d all day. (It is going to be 100 degrees, so staying in is good.) Enjoy your book!
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 12:00 pm High temps are no joke. To ensure your safety you DEFINITELY need to stay inside and limit your exertion!
yeine* September 14, 2019 at 11:46 am in the ad screen in my elevator at the Place Unnamed On The Weekend, they show random surveys and health studies, and one said readers tend to live 2-3 years longer than non-readers. Thus, what you are actually doing is taking care of your body, which is higher value than yardwork. You’re exercising! Congratulations.
LibbyG* September 15, 2019 at 9:11 pm I love this idea! I’ll definitely put athleisure on for long reading jags from now on.
coffee cup* September 14, 2019 at 11:52 am Reading on a beautiful day is the best! Have a nice coffee or whatever your drink of choice is, too, and get comfy and read. Reading makes you awesome! etc etc :) I need some validation too because I had all these grand plans to be productive today and I haven’t been. I’m tired and have my period, so it’s not entirely laziness, but I still feel guilty that I’m rewatching The Good Wife (which I’ve seen twice before) and not working on Life Stuff.
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 12:07 pm Good for you for listening to your body! And let’s all thumb our noses at the hegemony of late-capitalism’s obsession with productivity.
Pam* September 14, 2019 at 11:58 am I’m lying in bed with my feet up. I plan to continue this for several hours.
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 12:16 pm Y’know, we’re always looking down on our feet. (Ha) We really need to elevate them sometimes!
Filosofickle* September 14, 2019 at 12:26 pm I stopped by the library and picked up 5 new books, so if you don’t mind I shall join you in spirit! It’s a perfectly good way to spend a beautiful day. This is new after not having read much in years; I forgot how luxurious and recharging it is to lie around and take in a good story.
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 15, 2019 at 7:24 am Using your library is important too: a small act of community service. Not to be overlooked!
Overeducated* September 15, 2019 at 9:35 am That sounds lovely enough that I want to just copy your plan. Maybe with tea.
NewReadingGlasses* September 15, 2019 at 11:05 am It is currently raining here, and I will be lounging on the couch drinking tea, eating cake, and reading. I wanted to also have the cat sleep on my feet, but he’s not cooperating.
Daphne* September 15, 2019 at 7:08 pm After a kind of heavy week, my small victory was driving to and from my boyfriend’s house 20 miles away, on my own. I hate driving to the point I thought I had developed some phobia – so definitely progress!
LibbyG* September 15, 2019 at 9:09 pm Wow! Rock on! That’s a lot of deep breathing. What a nice, tangible win!
SandrineSmiles (France)* September 14, 2019 at 8:29 am I feel so tired. I’m pretty much breaking up with someone. He wasn’t there went I went to the hospital for my diabetes, he wasn’t there when I broke down, he wasn’t there when I went to the hospital for the second time… and I’m tired of chasing after him. There’s someone else I like but I don’t know what’s going to happen. I’m so tired of being an option. I want to be a choice but it’s hard to feel encouraged right now. I might go see the second person today, since I left a few things at his place but darn it. Also, I adopted a dog name Zelda. She’ll be a year old on October 1st. We fostered her as a puppy and had to “give her back” when we learnt we had to move. We now live in a house with some garden and we’re totally fenced in, so I went back last week and voilà. Her brother was never adopted either so we might adopt him too so she’s not alone. Cutest thing ever. So not everything is bad, because in one week my little dog has understood how much I need her. But it’s still tiring to get up and think about stuff. Oh well :(
Granger Chase* September 14, 2019 at 10:00 am Seconded. Dogs are truly the universe’s greatest gift. If a person is not willing to step up and be a partner when you’re going through tough times, they don’t deserve to be there during the good times or for you to be supporting them through their hard times. You are worth unconditional love and support. Do not settle for less than that. Also if you have the ability to bring her little brother into your family, I’m sure it would be wonderful for both her and you!
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 11:22 am “I’m so tired of being an option. I want to be a choice” It sounds like YOU are taking steps to choose yourself. That’s super important.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 8:54 pm Ya know, I wish I was much younger when I figured out that it’s really important to define what we want in life. Sandrine, hang on to this thought. Stick to you goal here. It will serve you well.
ThatGirl* September 14, 2019 at 12:00 pm Our dog is Link, and would’ve been Zelda had he been a girl. Dogs are the best.
MOAS* September 14, 2019 at 3:15 pm I’m sorry he was such a jerk. Glad ur doing better and taking steps to remove him. Pets are a godsend. I don’t/can’t have any but even listening to cats meow is soothing to me. I have diabetes too. If ur comfortable sharing, I’m an ear to listen <3
Venus* September 14, 2019 at 8:32 am How does your garden grow? Mine is starting to die off, and I can’t believe that it’s so soon in the fall! My tomatoes are starting to ripen on the vine, but it’s a very sad year for them. The only thing that appears to have done well are the sunflowers, and I successfully tried garlic although I only did one bulb with 6 cloves so will need to do more next year. A bit sad to think that this thread will be postponed soon until spring, unless there are australians or other southerners?
Llellayena* September 14, 2019 at 8:38 am Oh Lord the peppers… I have 2 pepper plants (yellow and orange sweet peppers) and they have been prolific! I’ve had about 1 ripening a day for the last 6-8 weeks. I was not expecting this much of a crop out of two plants!
Venus* September 14, 2019 at 9:03 am I’m jealous, as I have tried pepper plants two years in a row and got absolutely nothing. They are right near the tomatoes which do relatively well, so I’m not sure how they can be so problematic.
GoryDetails* September 14, 2019 at 9:15 am While I’ve been very happy with the return of cooler weather, I am sad at the end of garden season, even though mine was pretty dismal. For some reason – possibly the heat – my peppers and eggplant did not set nearly as much fruit as they usually do, and while the tomatoes produced lots of fruit, a hefty percentage of that wound up blighted or moldy (one of the risks of choosing heirloom plants). My best producer has been the cucumbers, and even they are behind previous seasons. Ah, well, there are plenty of farmstands and a weekly farmers market downtown… What I need to do now is dig up all the garden space and cut back the overgrown shrubs around the house, to get the yard in order before snowfall. So much easier to start up again in spring if the prep work was done in the fall!
Just Emily* September 14, 2019 at 9:23 am I have a ton of tomatoes but They are still green. Do i leave them? Pick them and let them ripen inside? (Will they?)
Venus* September 14, 2019 at 9:45 am They will ripen inside, although won’t taste quite as good. But better to be ripened indoors than not at all! You might leave some on the vine just to see if those ripen, but I wouldn’t leave all of them (I’m going through the exact same thing right now).
The Other Dawn* September 14, 2019 at 9:48 am I picked most of mine and left them on a table in the direct sun. They’ll ripen in a few days. It’s been a crappy garden season for me this year. Nothing has done well other than my herbs (they don’t count, though, since they’re perennials) and my habanero pepper plant.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 10:14 am If you can, I’ve found the best flavor comes from pulling the whole plants up by the root, hanging them upside down, and letting them ripen like that!
Penguin* September 14, 2019 at 9:44 am I will certainly be encouraging a plant/garden thread as long as I have vegetation, for whatever that’s worth. And possibly beyond; winter’s a good time to plan next year’s garden, after all. Admittedly, I did see leaves changing color yesterday for the first time this year. But at least I’ve got another month and a half or so before winter likely really sets in.
Venus* September 14, 2019 at 10:45 am I only started the post myself recently, as I think I’m online sooner than whomever else had been making the post previously. So I definitely encourage anyone else who wants to post. In my case I won’t have much to say a month from now, yet I can continue to ask the question and encourage anyone else who happens to be online earlier than I!
Pam* September 14, 2019 at 12:01 pm The dog found one last tiny peach on the ground yesterday. He ate it while walking. I guess his peach-hunting skills will need to retire for a while.
Miss Pantalones en Fuego* September 14, 2019 at 2:06 pm I picked the corn today (I only had four plants) and it was disappointing. Only about half the kernels on each ear developed. I guess if I try it again next year I’ll have to try planting it in a different way. My understanding is that it is wind pollinated so I planted it in a square but obviously that was not sufficient. There are still some chiles on the plant but I forgot to pick them before I left for a trip, so I’ll just have to hope they are edible when I get back. The begonias I got on clearance for 50p for 6 plants are doing well though!
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 2:19 pm I’ve seen 15 plants as a recommended minimum for corn, so I suspect it may have been your small number that caused your problems; a block is the usual recommendation so it doesn’t sound like that was the problem.
Knitter* September 14, 2019 at 9:58 pm Several years ago we had a single corn plant grow in our garden bed. We didn’t plant it. But about a block away a neighborhood had several. No corn grew, unfortunately.
Just Emily* September 14, 2019 at 8:53 am We’ve at painters painting the outside of our house for about 9 full days. It’s a $12k paint job. Do we tip the crew? There were several crews here- power washing, carpentry, painting. The painting crew head has been the point person on the job site, here almost every day all day long, and who I would hand a tip to (if appropriate). There is also a project lead, who is basically the money guy who does the final walk thru to make sure everything is done. I’ve seen him only 3 times throughout the project. 1. Do I tip? 2. Who? 3. How much?
Goose Lavel* September 14, 2019 at 9:41 am Had my house painted two years ago. The team was in and out in 3 days for outside paint. I didn’t tip and didn’t even think about tipping. I don’t tip the plumber or the electrician either. I didn’t tip when I had my roof replaced. I always give my gardener a big yearly tip at year’s end, mainly since he is self employed and I really like him. I say no tip required. But I think tipping 15% for pizza delivery is a good thing.
The Other Dawn* September 14, 2019 at 9:50 am I honestly wouldn’t even think about tipping on things like this, especially not a $12k job. I don’t think you need to tip. Order them lunch on the last day maybe.
Eva and Me* September 14, 2019 at 9:54 am Oh, that is a good question, and I’m sorry I don’t have any advice! But I’ll be following for others’ comments and advice, since we will be doing this next year.
It's a fish, Al* September 14, 2019 at 10:01 am Whenever I’ve had workers in my house, doing a great job, I’ll often show appreciation by getting them lunch on the last day (and let them know ahead of time so they know they don’t have to bring a lunch).
Ree* September 14, 2019 at 10:17 am Having worked as a project manager in construction I would say don’t tip(I’ve worked on everything from high end residential to commercial and never heard of anyone being tipped) BUT I would say if you wanted to do something nice for the crew(s) that everyone likes a snack break! You could have a table setup in the garage/under a tree(out of the way of the work) and provide some snacks and drinks for them to enjoy when they take their breaks. Also, just going out and saying hi occasionally and telling various crew members(not just the one in charge) thank you goes a long way. It’s not something they hear as often as they should!
Just emily* September 14, 2019 at 10:48 am Today is the last day so unfortunately food is not an option.
Dan* September 14, 2019 at 12:26 pm My personal opinion is that if people are receiving at least the non-tipped hourly minimum wage, then you should not tip them. There may be exceptions for people who truly go out of their way for you, but on average, I do not encourage tipping for the sake of it.
Goose Lavel* September 14, 2019 at 12:51 pm I agree Dan. I also don’t like the fact that tip jars are showing up at most food and service stores.
Dan* September 14, 2019 at 5:09 pm So this is where things get weird IMHO… I agree with you 100%, but I simultaneously think it’s totally rational for a business owner to permit the presence of a tip jar for a couple of reasons. (And in this day and age, that includes the tip screen on computerized POS terminals.) Reason 1: Enough Americans want to tip such that making it easy for them isn’t a bad thing. The “wanting to tip” is so bad that even at places where they say “don’t”, people insist on it anyway. Look at the early days of Uber when tipping wasn’t really encouraged by Uber itself. When Lyft came to town, they very quickly let people tip in the app. I actually am glad that Uber allows tips; it used to be that some drivers would mark you down for not having a cash tip. Now, they have to rate me before they know if I tipped or not. Reason 2: As a business owner, more cash in your employees’ pocket = happier employees and less cash out of your pocket. I’ve just decided that we should make it easy for people who want to tip to do so. And I’m happy to say no. I’ll note that I hate this “gig economy” thing where companies are treating their staff as contractors and expecting the consumer to tip them as their form of compensation. Lyft/Uber is the only gig economy thing that I use… everything else, like Uber Eats, Door Dash, Insta Cart and all of that? That’s a nope.
Wishing You Well* September 14, 2019 at 12:53 pm In this case, I wouldn’t tip. There are too many people with an unknown headcount, so I wouldn’t do it. I tip workers at my house when I have an exact headcount. I also provide iced drinks if they are here for the day. The cold drinks seem especially appreciated. For those times when a money tip seems not quite right, I have a supply of small boxed chocolates to give out. I gave chocolates to the electrician and the furnace repair guy. What I’m trying to say is I’m pro-tipping but not when a confusing number of people are there. What you can do is praise their good work to their boss/business and leave a positive online review if you’re pleased with their work.
I'm A Little Teapot* September 14, 2019 at 6:49 pm Nope. Just pay them promptly, and be pleasant and polite.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 9:02 pm I would not tip in this instance. It’s a big job with a big price spread out over a number of days. The most I would do is get them coffee or some donuts. The people I tip are the individuals who help me, then seem not to charge enough. Or if they take on more than I ask for, such as fixing the leaky faucet then checking the drain pipes and tightening them up. I also tipped one time when a person came on an emergency basis and took on a very physical/dangerous task. I gave him extra for the rush work and for the danger. For the most part I do not tip, I provide coffee and/ or finger foods. I pay promptly.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* September 14, 2019 at 8:58 am I am heading home from vacationing in California today, and a tour guide in San Francisco this week was talking about single room occupancy units, where you rent your room and share a bathroom and kitchen with the rest of the floor, kind of like dorm living. I was really curious about the logistics of this in an adult setting without RAs (and I never lived in a dorm anyway, so totally imagining from scratch here). Are there communal dishes? Do you have a cupboard for your cooking stuff or store it in your room? How about your groceries? Is it big enough that I could make cookies without inconveniencing my neighbors? (Theoretical “I” – the rent quoted on these things is more than I pay in monthly mortgage for my four bedroom house back in the Midwest.) Has anyone lived in one of these and knows how it works?
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 11:03 am SROs historically were classic entry-level living for people, especially single men, who didn’t make enough money for a full apartment; there has been some discussion of how their loss of popularity has contributed to the homelessness epidemic, and they’re often caught between the pressures of gentrification and the pressures of dangerous pre-code structures. They’re often just repurposed old hotels, sometimes with rooms subdivided, and kitchen privileges aren’t always included (note that the historic clientele wasn’t necessarily a big cooking crowd); I suspect also that in a lot of them people wouldn’t be comfortable leaving belongings in a commonly accessed area. It sounds like your tour guide may have been putting a bit of a shiny face on them, tbh. There are some efforts at creating better models for them (Wikipedia says Beyoncé gave funding for a nice new SRO build in Houston), but too often they’re less the intentional community she seems to be describing than a marginalized housing.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* September 14, 2019 at 12:07 pm Bleh. I was hoping for better, but your explanation doesn’t really surprise me.
ThatGirl* September 14, 2019 at 4:45 pm I think my original comment got eaten by the spam filter, but there are a fair number still in Chicago and surrounding areas that tend to be the only thing keeping single men out of homelessness. I think they serve a good purpose but definitely not dorm like. There’s one called the Tivoli Hotel in a nearby suburb.
ThatGirl* September 14, 2019 at 12:03 pm There are a lot of SRO “hotels” still in Chicago and the area, though they are primarily for single men who might otherwise be homeless. This place is not too far from us http://www.tivolihotel.net/ In places like California I think it’s more of a response to very high housing prices and a desire for semi communal living and more like microapartments.
MMB* September 14, 2019 at 12:14 pm There used to be a place like this in a city where I lived. It was located downtown and they did weekly and monthly rentals. Someone I knew lived there for a while and there were no communal dishes or anything. No one who lived there ever cleaned up after themselves either and it was disgusting. I think each building is probably going to be a little different based on tenants and management. So there could be some nicer ones out there similar to an old fashioned boarding house.
Jules the First* September 14, 2019 at 12:32 pm I lived in one when I first moved to the UK. Yes, there were shared dishes and such, and yes, if you had nice kitchen kit to protect, you kept it in your room. Groceries in some places have a shared fridge/private cupboards; others have a bank of little fridges where you each keep your own stuff (or you have one in your room). There was plenty of room to make cookies etc, but there were also always plenty of neighbours popping in to say how yummy it smelled and volunteering to eat some. It was nice to have people around to get to know, especially when moving to a new country, but the bathrooms were a challenge (there are never enough if them) and eventually it got a bit too commune-y for my taste. My current building is all self-contained traditional apartments, but there’s a communal dining room/sitting room with a butler’s kitchen (reheating and serving rather than cooking) and an amazing view if you want to throw a dinner party, which is quite handy.
I Go OnAnonAnonAnon* September 14, 2019 at 1:18 pm I live in SF. As fposte said, the SROs here are old hotels and right now they are mainly occupied by people with very low incomes, many of whom are otherwise going to be homeless, and with a significant portion of residents who are struggling with addiction and mental illness and whose government benefits won’t stretch to allow them to live elsewhere. From what I know from friends who work with/among this population, anything left in a communal area would be stolen. The kitchens are rudimentary. Security is lax, though most do have front-door staff who are supposed to check IDs, etc. They tend to not be particularly safe, and people are either locked into their own rooms, or out of the building, as the hallways and communal areas can be iffy. There is a second coming of SROs, of sorts, though these are touted as “dorm living for adults” : https://www.nytimes.com/2018/03/04/technology/dorm-living-grown-ups-san-francisco.html These are a very different experience than the older, traditional SROs, and the costs are definitely higher. I don’t know anyone with first-hand experience at/with this newer incarnation.
Anon Librarian* September 14, 2019 at 1:41 pm I’ve lived in one in SF. I think there might be an effort to remodel and rebrand some of them, but when I was there, they are were what they were historically, and most were pretty run-down. I lived at one of the cleaner ones and we still had a terrible bedbug infestation, and routine Crazy Shyte. It was like what you read about the Chelsea Hotel in NYC. A lot of characters. There’s no RA (most of the time). There’s just the office where you pay your rent. But sometimes, people become unofficial floor managers. The longest term, most stable residents become points of contact. In my building, we had one bathroom per floor. Three total. About 12 rooms per floor. It was a clusterfork. The bathrooms didn’t always work. On some floors, they were kind of dangerous (used syringes, etc). But, because of the circumstances, the more responsible residents kind of helped each other out. I think some have a common kitchen. In mine, there was a sink and a mini fridge in every room. I got a hot plate and toaster. It wasn’t bad. The main problem I faced was attempted criminal nonsense from some of the people who worked at the business on the first floor. The management of that business allowed it to continue. That and the bedbugs were why I left. In some, there’s a lot of violence. My building had routine domestic violence and random fights, but in the Tenderloin, they’re the kind of place where people get murdered. A long time ago, more people with regular working class jobs lived in SRO’s. Now, more of the residents are borderline homeless and in and out of work. People who don’t have a lot of options. Because of that, the companies that manage them tend to neglect basic maintenance and upkeep. I think the idea has a lot of potential, though. Hotel-style rooms with common spaces.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 2:06 pm I lived in one when I first moved to SF and only realized it in retrospect (it was up on Post St. rather than in the Tenderloin proper, so the neighborhood was okay)–it had Hotel in the name so I thought it was a hotel. I’ve later seen it mentioned as a place to escape from, not to, but I was dazzled by the magic of adventure and just thought it was kind of a crappy hotel. (It looks like it now is basically a crappy hotel.)
Anon Librarian* September 14, 2019 at 10:04 pm SF used to have TONS of them. A friend of mine has been a documentary photographer there since the 70’s, focusing on working class life. They’ve been tearing them down in order to build new buildings for a long time. I think the quality is probably all over the place. And they have their ups and downs. I lived in one ten years ago. Numerous friends lived in the same one at different times, and it had its better years and worse years. I hear it was cleaner and safer in the 80’s. I think SRO life took a hit from the COL going up so fast.
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 5:36 pm I lived for a while in a residential hotel in downtown Santa Cruz that used to be a luxury hotel way back in the day. Each room had its own bathroom (mine had an awesome big-ass marble shower), but no kitchens. We were allowed a microwave and a fridge, no toasters or hotplates. Shared washer and dryer on each floor. The place was clean and you had to apply for housing there. It was mostly older people on fixed incomes, so I was lucky to get in. Because of the senior folks, Meals on Wheels would bring over a free turkey dinner plate on Christmas and Thanksgiving and I got that too. :) Overall, living there wasn’t too bad. Apparently, it’s gone downhill since then, according to Yelp, but the managers who worked there at the time were decent people and careful about who they rented to. I can’t speak to any SROs other than that. I’ve seen microapartments being a thing now, but they’re basically an expensive hostel, so I don’t think I’d be either comfortable or happy there.
leukothea* September 14, 2019 at 6:59 pm You might enjoy this Reddit thread on what it’s like to live in a Seattle “aPODment,” where you rent one room with a toilet in the corner, and the kitchen is down the hall. https://www.reddit.com/r/Seattle/comments/3ynz0s/ever_wonder_what_its_like_to_live_in_an_apodment/?utm_medium=android_app&utm_source=share
LCL* September 14, 2019 at 7:53 pm Type the word flophouse into your browser for more info. Wikipedia has a good article. My city had a few; after 2 multi fatality fires the building code was changed so it isn’t profitable to build new.
Grace Less* September 14, 2019 at 8:58 am Starbucks baristas or frequent customers — I need advice about the merchandise. There is a charity raffle in December, and I’m hoping to redeem my Starbucks stars for a couple of actual items to complement the inevitable stack of gift cards. The rewards program details make me think I can redeem 400 stars for a bag of coffee beans or merchandise up to $20. Is that true? If so, what’s popular? What’s my best bang for buck? Is there a holiday exclusive I should be watching to snag?
Not So Little My* September 14, 2019 at 11:14 am It is correct that you can redeem 400 stars for a bag of beans or a merch item priced at $20 or below. You can’t use it for a merch item priced over $20. I’m in tech, not the products department, so I don’t know when the holiday merch is coming out, but it should be soon. There are also some very high-quality travel mugs and travel coffee makers that I’m sure would be popular, but I strongly suspect they are over $20.
Valancy Snaith* September 14, 2019 at 11:46 am It is true. Most popular is usually a nice tumbler or mug if you can find one under $20. Holiday launch will be at the beginning of November if you’re interested in holding out that long.
Purt’s Peas* September 14, 2019 at 2:25 pm A friend of mine runs a blog about Starbucks rewards! She has a really cool calculator tool she made to help figure out what’s a good bang for your buck (and would probably also answer questions if you post them :D ) The URL is StarbucksHacker dot com.
Purt’s Peas* September 14, 2019 at 11:32 pm Hope it helps! Feels weird just responding with a link haha but she’s really good at this stuff.
Lonely at times* September 14, 2019 at 9:00 am I’m in my 40s and female and I have a hard time starting and maintaining friendships. I’m not sure if it is something I am doing (or not doing). It has been like this since I was a teen. I think I’m a very nice person and caring. When I see groups of females hanging out, it does make me sad. Do you have any tips?
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 9:17 am Same. For me, it was finally finding the right group—which formed around one woman in particular who wasn’t me. In the meantime: *waves shyly* Want to be friends?
Tara R.* September 14, 2019 at 10:14 am Up early for a race! I left a little later than I meant to so I am now sitting somewhat anxiously at the bus stop. D: Hoping I get there with enough time to bag check, and that my knee doesn’t bug me too much!
Nessun* September 14, 2019 at 11:27 am I have no ideas, but internet sympathy tea (and hugs, if you like). I’m 42 and I’ve never been good at socializing. My own gender is a mystery to me…women, eh?
Wishing You Well* September 14, 2019 at 12:59 pm Find a local group that shares one of your interests and sign up. Go a few times to see if you like the group. Try another group if the first one doesn’t work out. The advantage is you can always talk about the interest if other topics fail. Think charity groups, hobby groups, political groups, volunteering, etc. It IS harder to make friends when you’re older but it’s certainly possible. Best of luck.
MMB* September 14, 2019 at 12:59 pm I’m an introvert with a very public facing job so I’m constantly surrounded by……friendly aquaintences, but I just thought about it and my only “friend” is probably my sister. (Who I’m not speaking to at the moment {wry grin}.
Sparklingstars* September 14, 2019 at 1:50 pm I’m the same. I feel like I struggle the most with maintaining friendships. I never know how often I should be reaching out to people, and so I tend not to reach out unless I have something specific to say. But then I’m afraid that makes it look like I’m not interested in maintaining the friendship. I have a couple of friends that I’ll text maybe once every two weeks, and several others that weeks can go by with no communication between us. Not sure if there’s something wrong with me and my social skills or if it’s just that making friends as an adult is just plain hard.
Miss Pantalones en Fuego* September 14, 2019 at 2:21 pm Hmm, this sounds exactly like me, but I don’t remember posting it! I have always had a hard time making real friends. People seem to like me and I can get along with just about anyone, but somehow it’s just never sustained. None of my friends ever call me, I am always the one who has to make the effort to call them. I rarely get invited to events. Part of the problem is that I travel from city to city quite a bit, so sometimes I’m not around, but it still hurts to find out that some big event has happened that I could have gone to, but I didn’t know about it. Also, I don’t have kids, and most of my friends do. That’s also a big factor, I think. Any of you friend single people in the UK? We should get coffee sometime.
PX* September 15, 2019 at 6:06 am I am! Mine is sort of based on moving here not knowing anyone, so always happy to make new friends :D
Miss Pantalones en Fuego* September 16, 2019 at 7:56 am I’ve said it before but it didn’t work out, but it would be nice to have a meet up sometime!
Miss Astoria Platenclear* September 14, 2019 at 3:23 pm You’re not alone in feeling this way. I feel awkward in oftten not quite fitting in with other women. I’ve realized over time that I seem to relate better with women who are older than me. Maybe older friends can work for you, too.
TimeTravelR* September 14, 2019 at 7:30 pm Wow. I actually came to the conversation today because I am feeling like this. I am a little older and we’ve moved quite a bit so any friendships I have made have been hard to maintain. And I don’t make friends easily. I was thinking tonight that by the time ppl reach my age they probably have solidified those relationships. Part of the problem is me… I don’t share well. I am so private. Plus I feel judged when I do share some of my “stuff.” But I would like to make a good friend or a few friends (I don’t need a crowd) that I could be yak with and maybe do something occasionally.
Miranda Priestly's Assistant* September 14, 2019 at 10:14 pm Most people tend to bond over shared interests and values. Is there some sort of activity or group you could join? And is it just females you want to befriend? In my experience, women are conversationalists. Most of my friends are other women for this reason. We bond a lot by going out for tea/coffee/drinks and just catching up on our lives. If you’re more into physical activity, you can go hiking or rock climbing or something.
Orange You Glad* September 15, 2019 at 1:05 am I read once that relationships grow through minutiae. That people who share the little everyday stuff are emotionally closer and feel more connected than those that connect on the big stuff less often. It’s the difference between the friend you can say, “I got 5 avocados and 4 of them were bad and can you return cut open avocados?” and have a conversation about it vs the friend you connect with 3x/year and it’s all high level “health = good, work = ok, house = happy with it”. So to make friends, I have intentionally shared more mundane minutiae over and over with people I want to develop closer relationships with. I also have a personal rule of being willing to initiate contact/phone calls/text first/plan getting together 10x in a row before giving up. Like if I initiate 4x and then they initiate 1x? Good. But if it’s ALWAYS me initiating? That’s not an even relationship. So I prioritize sharing mundane and asking them about the mundane in their life and being the brave one who arranges everything for the first while.
PX* September 15, 2019 at 6:10 am I love your tip about the mundane stuff. So true. This came up in another thread a while ago about how to progress from just casual acquaintances to more friends and my tip was not being afraid to share if you’re having a bad day (and want to cancel plans!) I’m really bad about initiating though. My threshold is way lower than yours, probably 2-3 before I give up :/
Derjungerludendorff* September 15, 2019 at 5:44 pm I usually try 2-3 times too. After that, they either can’t respond, don’t want to respond, or don’t care enough to try. If they’re someone I’ve known for longer/better, I usually try again later. For casual aquaintences, I normally stop there.
Lonely at times* September 15, 2019 at 2:40 pm I sincerely thank you all for sharing your experiences and giving me suggestions. They really help a lot, both in feeling that it is not just me and to give me guidance on what I can do more. I posted a similar note on another site months ago when I was feeling down about this. Some of the responses were harsh and not particularly useful. This site has wonderful folks willing to help. Thank you!
The New Wanderer* September 15, 2019 at 9:26 pm I think this is really, really common. I’m on the periphery of a group of women friends who I now think are the exception, not the rule. I’m actually about to opt out of a semi-annual event because I really don’t like the feeling of hearing about all the stuff they do together (in various numbers, but none are me) the rest of the year. I’m not flouncing, just reached the natural end for my participation. I used to be much better about wanting to keep in touch and really motivated to do so, but in the past bunch of years I’ve just backed off and now have no one I can call a good friend. I’ve been to many, many exercise classes and a number of other social type events that other people find friends at but I tend to keep to myself. Lots of good acquaintances though and I get the majority of my social interaction at work. I’ve just come to accept that I’m better at relating to people through work than outside interests.
MOAS* September 14, 2019 at 9:04 am I have so much to share (or nothing really, just feeling super chatty) so I’ll be posting a lot this weekend…. It’s been a tough week. Work and home were ok, so mentally and emotionally fine, but physically tough. Tuesday/Wednesday/Thursday I woke up at 430 each day and went to the gym 2x this week. Wednesday was my appt with my endocrinologist. The gym-idfk what’s going on w me now. I worked out twice and now I just feel bloated, heavy, and tired. I can’t stand for more than 1 minute, and My hips and legs ache from walking half a block and I need to stop. While I know I am not in great shape, NONE OF THIS IS NORMAL FOR ME. This is not exercise pain. I’ve been exercising at least once a week for about 3-4 months now and while I’m DEFINITELY not expecting weight loss, I was NOT expecting to feel worse! My schedule isn’t flexible where I can change my timings so morning is the only time. The Tiredness and pain is so vague that no dr will help other than to shrug and say “lose weight, it’ll be easier on ur body.” Wednesday was my endocrinologist visit. I worried I might have PCOS along with the messed up diabetes so they took blood and urine and ran some tests and I have a follow up in 1 month. Some results came back already and they seem ok? My dr said she’ll discuss them at my visit so i believe it’s safe to assume that nothing in the results requires urgent tending to. I’m back to wanting to be pregnant again, and the desire was strong up until the dr said flat out not yet due to the diabetes. she said losing weight and being consistent with meds will fix the issues I’m having. In my past experience and everything I’ve read it’s to be consistent. Keep at it, get over the hump and then it gets easier. But now, it feels like I’m driving in a dark road with no lights and not knowing when the lights will come on. Not knowing when I’ll feel like myself again. I lost weight and got healthy before. I thought I could do it again but I just can’t seem to get it together.
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 9:15 am How frustrating! Exercise is supposed to pay off, dammit! I hope you get some kind of breakthrough soon, either on the exercise side or the info side.
MOAS* September 14, 2019 at 9:22 am Thank you! It is frustrating—On one hand, I feel “good” that I exercised twice this week, but OTOH I’ve been very sedentary otherwise. I used to wake up early and exercise all the time and lost weight. Before work is the only time that works for me during the week so I can’t switch up my timings.
Wishing You Well* September 14, 2019 at 1:10 pm Are you seeing another doctor besides your endocrinologist? Sounds like you need another set of eyes on this strange new symptom. I’m wondering if you should exercise at the dr’s office and then have your vitals or blood drawn to catch a transient problem. (My spouse has a worrisome transient symptom that the docs just shrug at, too.) Keep trying for answers. I hope you find some soon.
MOAS* September 14, 2019 at 9:56 pm I do have a primary now and she’s been more attentive and willing to listen to me than other drs have been. I can message her but she will say “come in” and my copay is a little high and I’m seeing specialists these coming months. My ins does allow me to see specialists w/o a referral Maybe it’s something I’m eating or not drinking enough water, less sleep making me feel physically sensitive or I gained a few lbs and can feel it or a new way of being aggravated by exercise. It’s such a mystery
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 9:12 pm I wonder if you need a chiro- you sound like me when I have a hip joint acting up. Yeah, it hurts in your legs down to your feet. Exercise will antagonize it.
Anono-me* September 14, 2019 at 11:48 pm It’s so incredibly frustrating not to be heard. Sometimes it even feels worse than the problem. In the interim, have you considered massage or a water massage? It probably won’t solve the underlying issue, but it should help with the tension caused by pain and stress. I hope you get both heard and helped soon.
Iced mocha* September 14, 2019 at 9:18 am I hate being the person that complains about Starbucks but since I can’t/won’t do it in person, I’ll do it in (relative) anonymity. I order my drinks 30m in advance thru mobile order because it’s typically been super crazy busy on Fridays. I get there and as usual it’s super crowded. My drink was ready, but it didn’t have whipped cream as it was supposed to. They fixed my drink but then it was overflowing the cup and dripping all down the cup. The guy handed it to me and I asked (what I felt was in a polite but loud tone since it’s crowded in there) to please clean it up, it’s dripping all down the cup. He just put it in another cup. I took it and said thank you and walked away. It was still dripping. Yes it’s a small thing, it might be petty, but I’m annoyed that it wasn’t made right, and that they gave me a drink that was dripping. (Please no beg comments on the type of drink I got or that it’s Starbucks-this was a treat for me yesterday). This is my usual spot so I won’t go online to complain but just wanted to vent. Thank u.
Goose Lavel* September 14, 2019 at 9:49 am I say vote with your dollars and go to an independent coffee dispensary if you want dependable service. You also keep the cash local instead of helping a giant corporation. FU Howard Shultz. Shout out to Suju’s in Fremont California! Both location are awesome and way more friendly than any Starbucks.
iced mocha* September 14, 2019 at 12:47 pm I’m open to trying that, but the biggest draw for Starbucks & DD is the mobile app ordering. I can be very picky and specific about my drink (yes I’m one of those lol) and I get too much anxiety ordering in person/online. Id freeze up and worry if they got it wrong. Idc if they make fun of me when I’m not around, but I wouldn’t want to hold Up the line or anything else that’ll draw negative attention to me.
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 11:27 am It sucks when your indulgence that you’ve looked forward to is somewhat ruined by poor service. Part of the indulgence is the experience itself, not just the product. I totally understand why you’re irked, and I also understand why you wouldn’t want to escalate it.
OhCanary* September 14, 2019 at 1:15 pm Maybe try reframing this a bit? If your Starbucks location is so busy that you need to mobile order 30 minutes in advance (which is WILD — my ‘bux is in Penn Station — literally inside — and I only need to mobile order about 6-8 mins in advance!) maybe consider what it must be like to work there? Their volume must be incredibly high. The baristas have hundreds of drinks to make. The world is on fire, also, so there’s that. :/
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 1:49 pm I think this is really unfair. First of all, the world will be on fire whether or not the poster’s order is made correctly, so I don’t see that anyone loses out if it is made properly. Second, if your metric for “am I allowed to have feelings about this” is “well, is it better or worse than the destruction of the entire world and all of humanity,” that’s a pretty high bar to clear before you’re allowed to feel anything at all. I wish people wouldn’t play “more like French toast” literally EVERY time someone else grumbles. This reminds me of the letter a while ago about the co-worker who met every complaint with WELL AT LEAST YOU DON’T HAVE CANCER!
Iced mocha* September 14, 2019 at 3:19 pm Thank you. Canary, Yes the world is on fire, bad things are happening and I’ve been through bad things but….. my post was literally not about those things at all. I’m curious, Are you going to go to every single post on this weekend thread and say “the world is on fire”?
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 1:52 pm Also, and then I’ll stop posting about this, I think there’s a lot of privilege in scorning someone else’s apparently trivial complaint. Fancy Starbucks drinks aren’t free – economically or in terms of calories – and if someone has chosen that for their one affordable indulgence that they order ONCE A WEEK ON FRIDAYS and look forward to it, I don’t think it’s nice to tell them that it’s super petty for them to want to enjoy it.
Anonybingo* September 14, 2019 at 3:04 pm I mean, someone made a mistake and slopped a bit of whipped cream. That happens. I’m with O Canary that it’s not a big deal. You can say, “it’s dripping; would you please wipe it off?” and then your problem is solved in the moment. It’s not worth holding onto and venting about after the fact. OP says they have too much anxiety to order this drink in person but had enough ability to ask for one clean up. This employee apparently was not very good and needed two requests to do his job properly.
Iced mocha* September 14, 2019 at 6:25 pm But they didn’t clean it up. That’s what’s bugging me. And seriously, everyone here at some points cents about seemingly minor stuff. Are you going to make this comment on every single post?
Iced mocha* September 14, 2019 at 3:21 pm I’ve had the same thing happen at Dunkin’ for a regular black coffee, liquid overflowing and dripping down the cup. It’s sloppy service. Whether it costs $1 or $13, why should I take sloppy servivr.
Pam* September 14, 2019 at 2:05 pm I recommend calling the store to speak to the manager or Starbucks 800 number. Either way, your complaint should be handled with an apology and most likely a refund or freebie.
LGC* September 14, 2019 at 2:13 pm Eh, it happens! It sounds pretty inconvenient, though – and I’ve had similar issues. I do have a question – you said the store was crowded, but was it loud?
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 9:23 pm You know, sometimes stuff just hits me wrong. I dunno, it’s not big but suddenly it bothers me. One time DD would not give me my penny change. And how many times has this happened. I sat at the drive through waiting for my penny. The person walked away. I guess I have had too many years in retail. I came home an emailed the company. That is the customer’s penny. If they want to throw it in the penny bin that is their choice to make not the employee’s choice. OTH, one day I grabbed a coffee and the lady in front of me drove off without paying the full amount. I asked how much she owed and I paid it. So, clearly, my sense of outrage can run in different directions at different times. As to your cup being such a mess, I have seen people get fired for that. That’s not great service at all.
BRR* September 14, 2019 at 9:31 pm Stuff varies with me as well. One day I would be super mad and the other would just feel bad for them because retail is tough. My go to phrase is “I hate to be that customer” but can you wipe the cup off.
Thursday Next* September 15, 2019 at 11:00 am I think this is a great approach: Acknowledging that it’s extra work while stating your specific request.
Sled dog mama* September 14, 2019 at 9:22 am My daughter started kindergarten a few weeks ago and today we were watching a video of her class that the teacher sent out (school uses an app to regularly update parents using text, pictures and short videos). She pointed out one girl and said she’s the bad girl who doesn’t listen. From the picture (not very clear) it looks like this girl has Down’s syndrome. I’m at a loss how to address this with her. Physical disabilities were easy to talk about with her because we could talk about needing aids like a step stool for her and some people needing an aid like a wheelchair. But how do I address that she isn’t bad she’s just got extra challenges.
Kathenus* September 14, 2019 at 9:38 am Whether or not the girl in question has any disabilities, physical or otherwise, that is so very inappropriate by the teacher to call it out to others. I think this is a situation that should be reported straight to the principal. This teacher needs to be told full stop that this is completely wrong, and to never do anything like this again.
Sled dog mama* September 14, 2019 at 9:43 am Oh no! I’m sorry that was unclear. The video was of the whole class and my daughter pointed out the other student not the teacher.
Granger Chase* September 14, 2019 at 10:10 am It might be worth following up with your daughter though to see if it’s only her observations leading her to say this is a bad girl or if something in the way the teacher is handling the other child’s behavior in class is leaving an impression on your daughter that the other child is bad. Either way, you do need to talk to your daughter, but I agree with Kathenus that if this started with the teacher, it needs to be addressed with the school.
Kathenus* September 14, 2019 at 10:51 am Sorry! I read it wrong. But I have to admit I’m relieved. Much more common for a child to say something like that than a teacher, and as others are noting it’s a good chance for a teachable moment with your daughter.
Granger Chase* September 14, 2019 at 10:19 am I think you can do this in a similar way as you did when you explained how some people need physical assistance to do things. You can tell her that people need aids for help with walking just like people need aids for help with learning in school. It’s tricky because she is young, but I think if you remind her of your original conversation, you can start this off with what you said here, about how her classmate is not bad but has extra challenges ahead of her in order to learn. And how it can be frustrating when you want to learn something, but when you don’t understand or need extra help, it can make you upset. I know that there’s a lot more to it, but as she’s only in kindergarten I know it’s hard because you want to explain it in a way that helps her understand now but that sets you up to expand upon it later. I also want to say thank you for wanting to talk through this with your daughter and that I think it is great you are being so proactive about handling this. I am hoping commenters with young children may be able to give you better suggestions than I can as they may have had similar conversations with their own kids. Good luck!
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 9:33 pm Well said. You can also say that sometimes people have difficulties inside their bodies that we cannot see. You can point out it’s possible for a person to look like everyone else and yet have something going on inside them that makes things hard for them to do. You can also talk about what “bad” means. People are bad, when they know they should not do something but they decide to do it anyway. Not everyone who does something wrong can control their ability to stop themselves.
sequined histories* September 14, 2019 at 11:21 am “Things that are easy for you can be hard other people. Sometimes it’s hard for someone to learn to follow the directions! Calling someone “a bad girl” because she’s having a hard time learning to follow directions will not help her learn faster. It might also hurt her feelings.”
Vanellope* September 14, 2019 at 12:14 pm Kids that age are very perceptive. My daughter just started first grade and last year had a “spirited” little boy as a classmate. Her poor teacher was a saint and never said anything inappropriate, but my daughter was very quick to catch on that Logan didn’t listen and Logan got out of line and Logan was always talking. I don’t think this is necessarily coming from the teacher as some have wondered, but regardless of reason for the other girl’s issues, you can always just say everyone learns these things at different rates and just because she is struggling does not mean she is “bad”. She’ll get there and it might be a good opportunity for your daughter to help her remember things – kids love to be useful and it could help her shift from judgey to helpful. (Not in a bossy way, but kids in my daughters class are always reminding each other of things to help them all stay straight.)
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 1:45 pm It might help to explain to your daughter that one of the things people LEARN in school is how to follow directions and how to interact in a classroom. A lot of kids (and parents too) think of “learning” as things like colors and numbers, or reading. They’re pretty tuned in to the idea that people learn academic subjects at different rates and that you don’t scorn someone for learning more slowly. If you can expand your daughter’s idea of “learning” to things like social skills and classroom readiness, it might be easier for her to understand her classmate’s challenges.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 2:14 pm I think this is a really useful point–that just as she isn’t a “bad girl” for needing to be taught reading and math, her classmate isn’t a bad girl for needing to be taught how to listen. There’s an issue here not just about how she thinks about a disabled classmate but how she thinks about learning, including her own. Not to say that she’s going shockingly wrong or anything–kids start with a crude binary of good and bad and it takes a fair bit of coaching and development before they start to see it’s not that simple. She may be even anxious about the girl’s classroom behavior and be expressing that anxiety through that binary. But I think there’s merit in framing this as being about everybody, including your daughter herself (and maybe you have some examples of your own for her), and not just her classmate.
LilySparrow* September 15, 2019 at 12:22 am This is the way I approached similar situations with my kids. It helped that their report cards at that age had both academic & behavioral goals listed as 1=beginning, 2=progressing, and 3=consistent. So one child might be beginning at following directions, and another might be beginning at counting to 20. Sometimes they really are picking up on a significant gap in another kids’ development. It’s not necessarily the case in OPs situation. But when it is obvious, I personally feel it’s a disservice to deny what they are seeing or pretend it doesn’t matter. In those situations, I try to give them real information, and teach them person-first and respectful language (Jimmy has …, not Jimmy is…) It helped that we had some family friends with different genetic disorders, so that gave a concrete example of what a “developmental delay” is.
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 1:45 pm I’ve tended to avoid focusing on the disability and just use the opportunity to lean into a growth mindset. “Well, maybe she’s still learning to stay focused on school, just like you’re still learning how to tie your shoes.” And then I’d look for a natural opportunity to say something like, “Oh, look! She has a turtle on her shirt. She likes turtles just like you!” Or, “Look at her big smile! She looks like she’d be fun to play with.” I think I sometimes neglect to validate my kids’ feelings though when another kid’s actions frustrate them. I’m working on that.
Ann O.* September 14, 2019 at 4:18 pm IMHO, before you address that the girl has extra challenges, you should talk to your daughter and learn more about both the girl’s actual behavior and how that behavior is impacting the class. If you’re diagnosing based on an unclear picture, you may not even be right. While I think it would still be worth talking to your daughter about the value judgment in “bad”/”good”, how you approach that will probably change a lot depending on whether you’re talking about someone with clearly diagnosed special needs versus whether you’re talking about age-appropriate behavioral issues. You also want to be careful not to invalidate your daughter’s experiences if the girl’s behavior is negatively impacting your daughter’s ability to learn or feel safe in class. I think there’s a different set of issues if you can confirm that the classmate probably does have Down’s Syndrome or other specific needs. I currently teach an integrated class with a special needs student and now that I’ve had that experience, I am much more sympathetic to the difficulties involved than I was when I just read cheerful articles about the benefits of integrated classes. I am absolutely NOT trained in how to do this, and it is much harder than articles make it sound. The strategies that sound so easy when I read about them have proven to be difficult in practical application. Your daughter’s teacher may not have the training the teacher needs either. So again, you want to walk a careful line between encouraging your daughter to be empathetic and respectful of differences while not minimizing the challenges.
Knitter* September 14, 2019 at 10:08 pm Excellent comment. My whole job is coaching general ed teachers to use inclusive teaching practices. I wouldn’t have a job if it was easy. Also, I’d ask the teacher if they use any language to talk about differences. The teacher can’t confirm is the other student has a disability, but it’s much easier to reinforce something already taught.
That Girl from Quinn's House* September 14, 2019 at 11:05 pm Yes, my cousins went to school in a district with radical inclusion and there were challenges to the method. One of them was the “quiet kid who doesn’t complain” who kept being assigned as the seatmate to children with behavioral problems who hit and bit and threw chairs. Make sure your child is safe before you protect the other child!
Tinuviel* September 18, 2019 at 1:03 am Oh man this was my entire childhood. “Put quiet, clever girl next to rambunctious boys, maybe she’ll rub off on them.”
Sled dog mama* September 15, 2019 at 9:07 am Thank you for the great replies! Munchkin’s behavior the past two days has actually led to several good moments to tech bad vs. bad behavior. After several conversations my daughter has articulated that this particular girl doesn’t listen to the teacher well. I had not thought of framing it as she is learning to listen while munckin has already learned that skill but that is a great way to frame this. Munchkin actually listened to that and extented it to a friend who has recently started in her gymnastics class so while being the same age and better at some things she is just beginning to learn others.
Snarflepants* September 15, 2019 at 9:37 am “Her brain is different. People can have different brains, just like we can have different hair colour or eyes.” Basically, it’s a conversation opportunity for how being different is okay. You could also talk about how some kids need help listening. And that needing help is okay.
Meepmeep* September 15, 2019 at 9:00 pm I explained to my three year old that some people have developmental disabilities, which means their brains don’t work the way her brain works, and which means they may do odd things, be unable to talk or walk, or be unable to control themselves every time, and that it’s not their fault – it’s just because they are disabled. (This was after we met a developmentally disabled man on the beach and had a bit of an interaction with him). She seems to get it just fine. Maybe frame it this way?
AlexandrinaVictoria* September 14, 2019 at 9:53 am So how did you know you were in love with someone?
Samsally* September 14, 2019 at 11:33 am We spent our second date putting together Ikea furniture and didn’t want to murder each other when we were done, lol. I was like “dang, that was fun and not stressful?? weird!”
The Gollux, Not a Mere Device* September 14, 2019 at 12:19 pm Probably not useful, but: after a year or so of increasingly close friendship, I looked at him across a football field at marching band practice and it just sort of clicked.
aarti* September 14, 2019 at 12:36 pm When I’d rather be sitting next to him on the couch watching a movie or cooking dinner together than almost anything else. Although we still enjoy solo time!
Eva and Me* September 14, 2019 at 1:23 pm When I realized I could just be myself and not have to worry about coming across as weird or deeply flawed.
Alpha Bravo* September 14, 2019 at 1:45 pm The abject terror. Because I did not want to be in love with someone. It happened anyway. Not sorry. ;)
My Brain Is Exploding* September 14, 2019 at 1:51 pm We were friends and could easily talk and had common interests. Then we kissed and that sealed it!
Mrs. Carmen Sandiego JD* September 14, 2019 at 2:45 pm On day 1: we met 30 min and found out we’d nearly bumped into each other 10 years beforehand. Also he was gentlemanly and didn’t pressure me one way or the other. I had warm & fuzzy feelings vibe-wise and knew we’d be spending more time together. On month 3: when we invited each other to be plus 1’s at respective friends’ weddings and we behaved well (no drunken debauchery) and neither of us got weirded out by weddings.
StudentA* September 14, 2019 at 6:57 pm Omg. That is so freakin sweet. Thank you for sharing for some reason.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 9:35 pm I always felt safe with him where ever we went and whatever we did.
Clever Name* September 15, 2019 at 12:21 pm When I realized that he makes me feel so amazing and I just want to be around him, no matter what we are doing.
Square Root Of Minus One* September 15, 2019 at 3:47 pm On a very, very crappy day at work, everybody I talked to either just annoyed me or made me feel worse. Everybody except him, who made me feel just a tiny bit better. When that bubbled into my conscience (that took a few hours), I also realized that snuggling with him on a couch watching even the stupidest show on the TV was all I wanted for the evening.
Weeping Willow* September 15, 2019 at 10:17 pm When I realized my favorite thing in the entire world is to lay my head on his chest.
Goose Lavel* September 14, 2019 at 9:57 am How’s everyone doing with their chronic illness? Please share your thoughts and please vent your frustrations. This community is very understanding and empathic and has always provided me with encouragment to help me live with my invisible chronic condition (catastrophic tinnitus and hyperacusis).
Pam* September 14, 2019 at 1:58 pm I have Charcot- a disease of neuropathy where the bones in your feet collapse and break. Left for surgery in 2008 was successful. I had surgery on my right foot this year- still finalizing my healing, but I can walk again.
Fikly* September 14, 2019 at 2:01 pm My sugar keeps going too low the last few days, so I’ve been feeling not great. But on the other hand, I’ve been getting to eat carby treats that are normally forbidden. I also found a physical therapist a couple months ago whose entire client base has EDS (as do I) and the difference is just astonishing. I am seeing her for a specific issue caused by the EDS, but I kind of want to just keep seeing her once a week because she’s making my whole body feel better.
LilySparrow* September 15, 2019 at 12:36 am Talked to my doc this week about my pain flares & stiffness, which I hadn’t really brought up with her before. I had been dx’ed years before with my autoimmune disease, and have kinda worked out a regimen that was pretty good most of the time. She knew my diagnosis, but wasn’t really aware how much it affected me on a regular basis. There really aren’t any medical interventions for me. The stuff that exists is for people with degenerative conditions and severe pain, and comes with a lot of downsides. So I never really bothered talking about my constant low-grade suckage. There’s nothing for her to do. She was pretty concerned, and sent me for bloodwork to see if maybe we could tweak something and get some improvement. So, the good news is, my labs are all perfect and I’m doing everything right. Bad news is, this is as good as it gets because I’m already doing everything right. In better news, I went swimming today, which was lovely.
LateBreakfast* September 14, 2019 at 10:04 am I had to be somewhere at 8:00 this morning, and as I was driving through my neighborhood I saw a very young girl walking along the sidewalk alone. I’m not around kids much, but I would say she looked early elementary school age. Basically too young (I think) to be walking somewhere alone. I considered stopping to ask if she needed help or wanted me to walk with her, but I wasn’t sure if that would scare her or if someone might see me and call the cops, so I didn’t. I thought I saw another vehicle stop in her vicinity in my rear view mirror (a white van of course), which worried me. Are there any situations where I should stop and offer to help children? Or is it best to leave them alone unless they ask for help or are obviously hurt or in danger?
Koala dreams* September 14, 2019 at 10:19 am If you find a lost or abandoned child, you can offer to call their parents or the police and stay with them until they arrive. It’s hard to say in the situation you describe, since some parents do send their children walking to school alone. When I was a small kid that was the normal way to go to school, but the world is different now.
LateBreakfast* September 14, 2019 at 10:40 am It did occur to me that she might be walking to a friend’s house (so equivalent to walking to school then), so I guess it was good that I just left her alone. Offering to call parents or the police instead of just asking if they need help is a good idea.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 10:44 am The thing that always kills me though is that objectively, from a crime perspective, kids nowadays are far less likely to be kidnapped than I was growing up in the 80s.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 11:08 am It’s weird, right? The problem for me is that the lowered number of free-roaming kids does mean that there’s a higher chance that this particular kid is AWOL (or underparented). So on the one hand I say “Yay!” to the parent who said “Of course you can walk to Madison’s just a block away” but also would like to know that that’s what happened and not that little Emma has darted out the back when nobody was looking.
Alex* September 14, 2019 at 11:07 am FWIW, I definitely went places alone at age 6-7. I don’t think it is illegal or anything like that to have a 6 year old walk a few blocks by themselves. Some parents do let their kids do that, some don’t, but I think that is a parenting decision and certainly some kids that age can handle it (some can’t). Now, if she looked lost, in distress, not being careful in traffic, etc., that is different. But if she was just walking along looking content and OK, I would leave it alone.
Anon the Third* September 14, 2019 at 11:12 am When I worked for a Very Large Retailer, we would sometimes get runaways or other kids in trouble in the store. The trick we used to tell the difference between kids who needed help and kids who didn’t was to look at their shoes. If they had inappropriate footwear, like slippers or just socks, then we followed up. It was a pretty reliable indicator
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 11:20 am Oh, this is a really good tip, thanks! Probably parents would have thought to look for that, but I wouldn’t.
LateBreakfast* September 14, 2019 at 11:26 am I wouldn’t have thought to look at footwear. Great idea!
CatCat* September 14, 2019 at 12:02 pm When I was a kid… probably around 7… My mom let me walk alone maybe 1/4 mile to the donut shop on Sundays to pick up donuts. Unless you see any actual signs of trouble like the child being injured, wearing clothing inappropriate for the weather, or in visible distress, I’d leave the child alone. Parents have had CPS called on them for letting kids independently do things in public and I think it’s totally bananas. I was actually fearful this would happen to me and my husband when we let the kiddo go out and about on his own.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 12:33 pm Yeah, this is my big fear with intervening. I absolutely do not want to see parents who are letting their kids do totally age-appropriate things, like walking two blocks to grandma’s or up to the park at the corner, have a file opened for them with CPS.
Dan* September 14, 2019 at 12:40 pm I’d leave it alone unless you saw obvious signs of distress. When I was in grade school, I walked/rode my bike all over town and these days, really bemoan the lack of such autonomy that kids have these days. I do think we are doing kids a disservice by not teaching them autonomous skills that are age appropriate. That’s the start of the slippery slope that ends with “my parents attend my job interviews with me.”
Gloucesterina* September 14, 2019 at 10:04 am I am somewhat struggling with the deep cleaning of my new-to-me apartment – specifically understanding what is possible to make clean (or at least make to appear to be clean) and what is not in an old apartment. Here are some examples: – brown gunk at the very bottom of a toilet bowl – gray stains around the top rim of a different toilet bowl (side note: the toilet bowl is tan colored porcelain – why??). I do know the water in this area is hard. – brown stains in caulk behind kitchen sink faucet Ok, I’ll stop regaling you all! Can you suggest any cleaning tips or helpful mindsets to adopt in this cleaning process (or making peace with what cannot be made shiny and sparkling?). Thank you!
ThatGirl* September 14, 2019 at 10:24 am Try CLR in the toilet, just let it sit for an hour or two. If it’s calcium or lime buildup that’ll do the trick. Hydrogen peroxide on the caulk?
Goose Lavel* September 14, 2019 at 11:04 am Buy a Pumi! It’s a soft pumice stone on the stick and it will easily remove the toilet stains.
Gloucesterina* September 14, 2019 at 11:47 am Ooh CRL combined with pumi is helping! In fact, I’ll need to get another pumi, it’s worn down to a nub.
No fan of Chaos* September 14, 2019 at 7:27 pm Do not use a pump-it scrapes off the shiny finish on the porcelain and the stain will reappear again and again. Try barkeepers friend.
Wishing You Well* September 14, 2019 at 1:24 pm The brown stain in the caulk might be IN the caulk. I had mold UNDER clear caulk. Removing the caulk was the only solution. Be careful about what you use on what surface. Some cleaners will permanently damage some surfaces. Sounds like you have hard water like I do.
YouwantmetodoWHAT?!* September 14, 2019 at 1:32 pm Try the Zep products! They work better than anything that I’ve ever used. I used to clean houses, and for awhile I was doing rentals. I’ve done hoarder houses, y’all! We have REALLY bad hard water here, so I try to use the Zep Acidic Toilet Bowl Cleaner once a week overnight yo keep the scale down. Wear gloves! (I am not affiliated with Zep whatsoever, I’m just a fan)
CoffeeforLife* September 14, 2019 at 2:10 pm Yes to the pumice stone (use wet!) and a good industrial degreaser/degunker from a hardware store. Pick up a caulk removal tool (>$5) and a tube of caulk (>$5) and redo that sh*t! It’ll be an hour of work but you will feel so much better. I cleaned tile grout with a mixture of oxiclean and hydrogen peroxide. Fantastic!
Tara R.* September 14, 2019 at 10:18 am Up early for a race! I left a little later than I meant to so I am now sitting somewhat anxiously at the bus stop. D: Hoping I get there with enough time to bag check, and that my knee doesn’t bug me too much!
OyHiOh* September 14, 2019 at 10:27 am So here’s one of the weird things about grief and loss that I’m dealing with right now. One of the defense mechanisms against trauma is intellectualising – the figure out what to do now, and next, and how to keep going and this and that and the other go-go-go that some people do. It’s a useful mechanism, to a degree, like most such copes are, but it’s hard to sustain long term. I did a fabulous job of intellectualizing, for months. Kept it up even when my mental health was crashing and burning in July. The really devastating part of intellectualizing is that it’s easy to think you’re making good decisions for yourself and others, only to realize, as the fog lifts, that no, actually, there were some terrible decisions in there that are going to have long range painful consequences. Going through a friend-breakup this week. It sucks. We’re both hurt by what’s happening. I’m trying very hard not to fling my emotions around, in hopes that one day we might be able to be friends again. Setting boundaries, in the same hope. All’s well with Neptune. Neptune describes himself as “highly creative but no talent” (HAHA!). On Wednesday, he made a beautiful comment to a friend about his memories of going in to work at the World Trade Center – the shopkeepers and vendors he saw every day. It was a terribly simple set of sentences “the coffee cart vendor . . . the Bat Girls . . . the tie shop . . . the jewelry shop . . . the security guard . . . and yet it was so elegant that I could vividly see something like fifteen years of his professional life in five sentences. He’s given me permission to write from those memories. I’m writing a one act play (one acts are generally about 10 to 25 pages, although some are longer or shorter) about what he said. Also, we’re setting up another photo shoot. Third one we’ll have done together. First two were based on songs by the Beatles. This one is pure concept. He wanted to shoot a photo about the intersection of art and violence. I had a fabulous idea for it this week, mentioned. He said it was a great vision and wants to do it. Just need to find a nice backyard to shoot in, with hosts who won’t be freaked out by what we’re going to do, and how. I have a few friends in the art community here who will probably be good with it. Just need to ask.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 11:14 am Oh, your “intellectualizing” paragraph rang so true to me. But I also think you can let yourself off the hook a little there. There’s a reason the common advice of bereavement is “Try not to make any major decisions for a year”; it’s not just that you’re not thinking clearly, it’s that you don’t realize the ways in which you’re not thinking clearly. Yes, it’s frustrating to deal with the effects, but think of it in ADA terms: the ADA covers you not just for the initial disability but for medication side effects and compensatory physical damage and everything else ensuing. So I’d similarly say it’s not really that you made bad decisions as that these things happened as a result of your husband’s death. Because they really did. On another note, Oy, you have inspired me and I am very much enjoying making chalk drawings on my sidewalk. None of them are remotely photo-worthy, and I am glad they get rained away fairly quickly, but I also look forward immensely to doing them.
OyHiOh* September 14, 2019 at 2:58 pm I love that you’re doing chalk! I’d still take photos, even if they’re not “worthy” because you’ll really be surprised by how much progress you make over a year or two and it’s fun to look back. I like looking back at old designs I did and trying them out again with the skills and knowledge I have now. Doing those kinds of side by side comparisons can be really inspiring! Normally, yesterday would have been a therapy day for me but I needed to reschedule to early next week for various Reasons. Really missing that conversation and processing the anger and frustration I’m feeling. On the other hand, I don’t think I’d be feeling like I’m coming out of the fog without the therapy and other hard work I’ve done so, yay :-)
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 11:37 am You can call it intellectualizing or you can call it compartmentalizing. Goodness gracious, OyHiOh, you have children who’ve suffered tremendous trauma. OF COURSE you were trying to plan and manage and fix everything. I’m sorry that some of your decisions weren’t the best. To the extent that other people will experience the consequences of those decisions, I think you can offer a true explanation, which is that a decision needed to be made and you made the best call that you could at the time. Tell them you’re sorry it didn’t work out the way you’d hoped. That’s all. Part of growing up is learning that adults, even the ones who love us very much, aren’t infallible. And maybe provide that same explanation to yourself, so that you can extend yourself some grace. As ever, my thoughts are with you and your family.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 1:11 pm Oh boy, that paragraph about intellectualizing really resonates with me too. Thanks for putting a big circle around that one — I for sure do it as an anxiety-management technique and it has been failing me miserably lately.
NoLongerYoung* September 14, 2019 at 7:22 pm You can only make the decision you can, at that time. Everything looks different in hindsight, of course. Be gentle with yourself. (Sending a hug).
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 10:00 pm Oy, as gently as possible, I want to say we can make crappy decisions with or withOUT grief. In other words, stuff happens. Yes, the fog can definitely interfere with decisions and it’s an added layer. Who needs an added layer- NO ONE!! So just as you have done in non-grief periods, let your disappointing decisions show you something and modify things in the future. Same as the rest of life, there’s not much else we can do. Here is why: Grief is well known for driving bad decisions, lost relationships among those left behind and so on. Grief/death are very powerful mechanisms. Often times, we don’t just lose our person we also lose other things as the story goes along. This is surprisingly normal. Okay, disturbingly normal. I have a theory that if we never had the fog of grief, our world would be a lot less messy. If you can’t mitigate the damage, then let it set for a bit. Sometimes just leaving it alone can be the best choice. You have seen how on a different day things look different. That has happened for you already. What concerns you now, may also go the similar way. There is no way to know right now. I’d say if you have a roof over your head, food on your table and friends, you have done quite well. We can’t catch everything, we just can’t. Sure is humbling, though.
The night begins to shine* September 14, 2019 at 10:38 am I have been on a long hiatus from the “main” social media sites (year+). My anxiety had been really bad, and I found that constantly scrolling my news feed sent me spiraling. I decided to de-activate my account with the enthusiastic support from my husband and therapist. However….in the past month I’ve felt (internal) pressure to reactivate my account. My child’s class has a page (used by parents, not teachers) and our neighborhood does most communication about goings-on through their page. There are also friends I’d like to be back in touch with. Have any of you returned to social media after a long break? Did you take any steps to mitigate anxiety triggers and/or improve your privacy? Some things I’m considering: 1) Cull my friends list way down to those I know as more than aquaintences 2) Unfollow all news feeds and only look at friend/group pages weekly 3) Leave groups that are more drama vs support 4) Make sure that my privacy settings are locked down, remove my last name, possibly remove my profile pics. Any other suggestions for using social media I a healthy way?
Samsally* September 14, 2019 at 11:40 am Is there a hobby or something you find soothing? You could add a few groups dedicated to things that make you happy. Even if it’s just cute kittens or whatever. Adding positive stuff to my timelines along with cutting out the negative really helped me.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* September 14, 2019 at 12:12 pm I didn’t take a break from Facebook, but I flat out unfriended all but my closest friends and family, left all groups, and make aggressive use of the “hide all posts from (wherever)” option when the few people I do have friended share things.
PX* September 14, 2019 at 2:13 pm Your suggestions are great, plus what Samsally suggested of adding positive things. I’ve also left most social media and the one I do maintain basically follows your rules. I also find it helps to be super clear about what the purpose of it is. My social media is a small amount of close friends and family, escapism and happy things specifically, and I have no problem unfollowing any page which is not giving me joy.
Sorcha* September 14, 2019 at 2:58 pm I think those are really good ideas. I also take regular breaks from my social media use – Sundays are a day off from it, and every couple of months I take a week off. I do this to decompress and remind myself that I don’t need it, I’m actively choosing it, and thus it should be about making my life better. This helps me make better choices, I feel.
Miss Astoria Platenclear* September 14, 2019 at 3:42 pm Maybe you’d feel better not using your actual fort and last name . For example, Linda Jones could be Lin Da or Linda Jay.
The night begins to shine* September 14, 2019 at 5:42 pm Yeh, I’m thinking about maybe just making these changes and trying it out for a month or so to see if it makes a difference. I’m also more concerned about privacy this go around since I am an activist in a VERY contentious issue in my area. Others I know have been cyber-stalked by members of the opposition and had advised me to lock down all of my social media after the first high-profile event I attended. But then I started thinking about the fact that people can tag you, etc. Has Facebook come up with a setting that doesn’t allow people to tag you if you haven’t given permission?
OyHiOh* September 14, 2019 at 9:16 pm The best you can do is use the setting where you have to dis/approve posts you’re tagged in before they appear in your timeline. That doesn’t stop your friend and their friends from seeing your name tagged on a post, but it does keep it off your timeline.
Tinuviel* September 18, 2019 at 1:12 am Here’s what I did that has helped: 1) Follow Dogspotting. It’s a group where people share photos of unexpected dog encounters. It’s super cute and joyful and incredibly active so every other picture is cute happy puppy. Replace with catspotting if you prefer 2) Cull friends list down to people you actually consider your friends. If they asked you out for a coffee, or asked you for a favor, would you consider or ignore? If ignore then unfriend. 3) Anyone you “have” to keep around from #2, ie you would do them a favor out of guilt but you don’t actually want to see updates about their life, unfollow. And put them in a group called “limited” or something and set your privacy settings so anything you post or share automatically excludes them unless you manually go in and choose to share with them. 4) Remove anything from Facebook more than 5 years old unless it has strong sentimental value. 5) Liberally mute/unfollow/leave people and groups and pages. You can always “take a break” and never come back, or join back in. 6) Delete the Facebook app from your phone. Make yourself go into a browser and log in each time so it’s less tempting. Just keep the messenger app if you want to contact people individually.
Jessen* September 14, 2019 at 10:53 am Alright, I need to tap into the feline wisdom around here. The furball’s settling in pretty well, but she has had to transition from being an indoor/outdoor cat to indoor only and kind of a small apartment is a big rough. But I’m having a tough time finding toys that she really likes. So far she likes her laser pointer ok and she likes this one toy that’s basically a long strip of fleece on a handle, but she’s not that thrilled with much else. And even those get boring after a while. She’s not typically interested in other toys that are feathers or something on a rod, or in smaller toys unless I’ll throw them for her (she doesn’t fetch them back though). Any ideas about how to get her a bit more engaged? (And yes I’m typing this with her on my lap bothering my hands.)
Ask a Manager* Post authorSeptember 14, 2019 at 10:58 am Have you tried those springs (https://amzn.to/2LugMGA)? If you have any uncarpeted bare floors (so they’ll roll along the floor), she might like chasing those. (Wallace is obsessed with them, although he does fetch them.)
New Normal* September 14, 2019 at 11:13 am My kitten adores those. The other two couldn’t care less but that’s true with most toys and they seem to get enough exercise being chased by kitten. Plus our kitten looks so cute walking around with a spring held in her mouth and little stub of a tail held high.
Jessen* September 14, 2019 at 1:48 pm Nothing uncarpeted, sadly, other than a few square feet of galley kitchen (I’m guessing it’s about a 3×3 space). Perils of the renter around here, everything’s covered in that cheap rental beige carpet. I’m in a 300 square foot studio here, so it is quite small. I feel a bit bad for the kitty; it’s a lot less space than she’s used to and I’m not home nearly as much as would probably be good for her. If I’d gone to the shelter like I’d planned I’d have looked for someone a little calmer – but a friend had an emergency situation where she couldn’t keep the kitty, and I was all set up so she didn’t have to drop off an 8 year old cat who’s scared of strangers at a shelter.
Windchime* September 15, 2019 at 12:45 am I knew what the link would show before I even pulled it up. My 7 year old cat is WILD about those. He crawled his 11-pound body under my VERY low tv stand the other day to retrieve one that he spied under there. Another game he loves: Hide the Object in the Tissue Paper. Doesn’t really matter what the object is; it can be anything small. But I show him the object and then put it under the paper. Once we do that a few times, the hiding gets more advanced and he loves undoing the paper to find the object.
Aphrodite* September 14, 2019 at 12:49 pm You might tune into TinyKittens live videos showing the kittens and cats playing –https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iuu6OoCP4Yw –because Shelly finds all kinds of new toys and you can ask the mods about any you see.
Grace* September 14, 2019 at 1:39 pm I’m not sure how old your cat is (probably not a kitten if she’s resenting being kept inside after being used to having her freedom) but plenty of cats, once they get past a couple of years old, will have a mad five minutes every now and then but don’t really want to play madly at every opportunity. Much more interested in sleeping or getting fusses. Some sort of kitty TV (I think it was Jackson Galaxy that coined that one?) will stimulate her brain and keep her from being bored. A fish tank is a lot of effort and space just to make a cat happy, but you can get tabletop ones with fake fish that swim around. Does she have birds to watch? A cat who is used to being able to chase them will probably get a bit frustrated at first, but my cat – currently being kept inside at a relative’s house while we have building work done, which is probably going to be the worst three months of her last ten years – is still very happy to watch birds. If there’s some way to put a bird feeder outside the window, she’d love it. It seems like she’s not a cat that is wired to hunt birds and butterflies – they’re the ones that like rod toys. If she likes chasing toys that you throw for her, she probably liked to chase mice and other small/fast creatures, but has no interest in things that are sitting still. An electronic toy that mimics that movement, maybe? Also, things that smell like the outdoors. My Kizzy is currently being kept sweet with a constant supply of feathers found outdoors for her to shred, and as a bonus, they do fun twirly things when dropped. Pinecones to chase and shred also seem to be very satisfying. Also also, food-based toys. Cats can learn to use them just like dogs. A ball that you put treats in makes them work for it, and it’s a way to entertain themselves (with an inbuilt incentive to do so) when there’s no-one in the house. Puzzle feeders where they have to scoop food out with their paws also work well.
Jessen* September 14, 2019 at 2:37 pm She’s 8 or 9 years old right now. My one window is very badly placed – it faces out onto a covered walkway, so you can pretty much watch a brick wall. I’ve considered a birdfeeder but it might be a bit awkward given the location. I could also maybe dedicate an old laptop to her? I have an ancient cheap one that’s been stripped down to run linux, and I honestly could use a new one now too. But I could consider putting videos on for her to watch, she might like that. Probably pick up an old screen for her to watch. She’s been really glad that I put a cat perch next to my computer niche. You’re right that cats do like just sitting sometimes.
Sprechen Sie Talk?* September 16, 2019 at 1:34 am There’s a bunch of great Cat Tv programming (ha!) on YouTube. Our boy loves to ask for his TV shows to be turned on, by jumping up on the settee and pawing at the PS4 remote for us to access YouTube. He has, however, broken one monitor that way in trying to capture the string/bird/butterfly zipping across the screen, so if you have a crap laptop, go that way! (and thats a great idea, I wonder if we have one we can do that with)
Sorcha* September 14, 2019 at 2:53 pm Maybe one of the ball on track toys would interest her, if she likes things that move low to the ground? Like the Catit Senses Speed Circuit, or something similar. Maybe even just ping pong balls – mine loves a ping pong ball dropped in the bath for him to “hunt”. And the puzzle feeders are good for cats that need stimulation but don’t like many toys – I have one of the food dishes that my cat has to paw at to get his dry food out, plus one that dispenses treats if he interacts with it.
MuttIsMyCopilot* September 14, 2019 at 4:06 pm Maybe those motorized ball toys? There are some that light up and a couple that even have little furry tails. They have a very different motion than the dangley toys and will still bounce around on carpet.
cat socks* September 14, 2019 at 4:59 pm I have the Flingama cat toy. You attach it to a door and it has a moving string. It usually put it on the pantry door and it keeps them occupied while I’m cooking. Check out the Neko Flies brand. They have wand toys with attachments that look like insects. There is one that looks like a dragonfly that I will make “fly” through the air. Or just try a really long piece of string or maybe crumpled up paper.
cat socks* September 14, 2019 at 5:00 pm And if she likes catnip, Yeoww brand has some fun stuffed toys.
The night begins to shine* September 14, 2019 at 5:48 pm If you have the space, a cat tree (or two), would increase her vertical space and also give her a surface to scratch.
Jessen* September 14, 2019 at 6:52 pm I should also mention she’s not allowed access to any string unsupervised. Not after she barfed up a bunch of packing string from my new furniture delivery.
Grace* September 14, 2019 at 8:15 pm That’s sensible! It’s normally unsupervised kittens that strangle themselves in string toys – that’s not a sight any cat owner wants to come home and find – but adult cats have done it as well. It’s dangerous. Put string toys away in drawers when you’re done playing with them, people.
Jessen* September 15, 2019 at 12:15 am I’m more wondering about the cat’s sense. Like, where in that little feline brain was chewing off the packing string and then swallowing it the best thing to do?
Sprechen Sie Talk?* September 16, 2019 at 1:36 am THIS – I had a buddy whose cat loves to eat string… until one day the string wrapped itself around the intestines and the kitty had to have emergency surgery. Good thing they had insurance because it was a $7K bill. Ours can play with Rope or String but always supervised and it is always put away end of play time. Same with rubber bands to chase. Better safe than sorry.
Clarissa* September 14, 2019 at 10:31 pm All my cats have liked different toys. And none were from the cat toy department 1. Little terry cloth hair holders 2. Large bobby pins 3. Pencils 4. Ribbons and strings 5. My toes and fingers Everything but #5 ends up under the fridge. I’ve only had one cat that continued to play much after the age of 3. Once I adopted an overweight cat of about 5. My vet said he had to lose weight and to get him to exercise by playing with him. Ha! That cat was NOT going to exercise. I guess he was like me. Then I cut down on his food and he lost weight. . So I cut down on his food and he lost weight.
Jessen* September 15, 2019 at 1:52 pm I mean, so far the best toys seem to be cords. Not the thick power cords, but headphone cords, phone charger cords, etc…
A Person* September 15, 2019 at 1:32 am Have you tried a cat dancer? Super basic and cheap to try, available at most pet stores: https://www.amazon.com/Cat-Dancer-101-Interactive-Toy/dp/B0006N9I68
Pliant Platapus* September 15, 2019 at 7:30 am My cat will frequently go through different rotations of toys. And only he knows what toys will work at any point in time. He generally loves those felt mice with tails, the crinkly loud foil balls, adores the balls that look like they sprouted tinsel. Try seeing if you can get a pack assortment somewhere. His toybox lives in the corner stair so he can go in and help himself, but the best toys are always the free ones. Straws in a paper wrapper, bits of paper from a packing slip, hair ties he LOVES to steal.
Dancing Otter* September 15, 2019 at 4:39 pm This isn’t a toy, precisely, but my cats like the self-grooming loops. They look like a cross between a bottle brush and a croquet wicket, and the cats walk through it or rub against it. Feels like being brushed or petted, apparently, and it can collect a remarkable amount of loose fur (reducing hairballs and dust kittens). To clarify, am I the only one to call masses of shed fur “dust kittens”? I figure anything that gets the cats up and moving is exercise. Your kitty probably ate grass outside, which helps their digestion cope with fur they swallow while grooming. You might consider a pot of cat grass.
Dancing Otter* September 15, 2019 at 4:48 pm Oh, and I almost forgot. A button or penny in an empty pill bottle or plastic jar is cheap and entertaining, if you can stand the noise. Much safer than when Gracie got the actual bottle of pills to pat around. Screw the lid on firmly. You know, just because kitty gets tired of playing with something, or isn’t in the mood when it’s first introduced, doesn’t mean she won’t find it later and play some more.
Lyudie* September 16, 2019 at 10:23 am Does she react to catnip? We have a couple of these toys https://www.amazon.com/OurPets-100-Percent-Catnip-Filled-Annette/dp/B005BP8NVM/ref=sr_1_1?keywords=annette+the+fish&qid=1568643668&s=pet-supplies&sr=1-1 and they must have a really good catnip in them…very popular in our house haha. Cardboard boxes and crinkly paper (like you get in packages sometimes) are also fun for cats. Pull off the packaging tape if she likes to chew on it, though.
Mrs. Carmen Sandiego JD* September 14, 2019 at 11:04 am -Dealing with weird sinus pressure (back molar pressure turning to jaw ache then headache). Pressed middle of forehead to drain sinuses which worked some. Maybe it’s due to weather change? -Closing is in 16 days. Giving away a piano in as-is condition that would’ve destroyed the hardwood floor (very heavy, hard to tune, 2 semi-non working keys, missing a wheel). Making a watercolor today based on senaruna Instagram art. The piano carried me through crazy times for past 5 years…do you ever memorialize things? -For homeowners: What did you do 2 weeks before closing? It feels like a waiting period. Most everything has been signed. I’ve been neurotic, withdrawing a bit of $ in person from the bank since I fear card skimming etc. Any tips to relax? Stay sane?
Llellayena* September 14, 2019 at 4:41 pm Yep, that would be a change in the weather. I tend to get those exact same symptoms in reverse when a weather change is about 24 hours away. I also get a stiff neck. Excedrin is excellent in getting rid of it, and an ice pack on the neck or temples will help too.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 10:05 pm I dove into packing, just fully focused on that. And I also worked out how I wanted the loads of stuff to go over. Basically that boiled down to, what do I need to go to bed the first night and what do I need to make breakfast the next morning. That stuff had to stay out away from the madness, so I could find it.
Dancing Otter* September 15, 2019 at 5:40 pm The jaw/back molars thing might be from gritting or grinding your teeth. Not like you have any stress going on, right? You can get an inexpensive bite guard at the local drugstore. Might be worth trying for a few nights. I have a custom one that I’ve worn since my “job from hell” days, but the cheap version definitely helped when mine had to be repaired. Good luck with the move. Do you take possession on the day of closing? (Or are you the seller? I don’t recall.) There should be a final walk-through inspection before the closing. We found several problems (broken window, closet door stuck shut, kitchen water supply turned off when they unhooked the ice maker) on ours, despite an earlier professional inspection and village occupancy inspection. If you’re the seller, do everything you can to prevent any issues; if something happens, either repair it posthaste or get a quote from a repair service. If you’re the buyer, let your realtor or the attorney know in advance that you WILL hold up the closing if necessary. Don’t accept a promise to repair that they may or may not keep; insist on the cost being included in the settlement calculation. (Or cash in hand.) It took us six months and a lawyer’s letter to get the window repaired at the sellers’ expense, and we had to eat the other two repairs. If you’re the seller, plan your last day to include a lot of last minute cleaning, e.g. under/behind where your furniture was, and a final vacuuming or sweeping where the boxes were stacked. Does the carpet need shampooing? Plan ahead, if so. If you’re the buyer, leave yourself a couple of days before the movers deliver, so you can paint, wax floors, shampoo carpets, scrub cupboards, and so forth without furniture and belongings in the way. Keep the cleaning supplies with you, the same way you would your overnight needs, including some form of lighting. I’ve heard of sellers so petty they took all the lightbulbs.
Mrs. Carmen Sandiego JD* September 15, 2019 at 8:58 pm Thanks for all the tips! I started wearing a mouth guard a few days ago though my jaw is a bit tense possibly due to hubs starting a new job tomorrow and closing in 15 days(!!!) We’ve gotten 1 of 3 repair invoices from the seller. 2 more to go. Next up: figuring out when to change the locks and get tight security (eg. Garage deadbolt, motion sensing floodlights, security system like ADT which the sellers had) In the meantime, playing music and watching Versailles on Netflix to unwind…
Penny* September 14, 2019 at 11:06 am How often do you (and your family) eat out at a restaurant? I’m a single person so no family that I eat with but I eat out once or twice a week.
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 11:43 am We’ve been working on this for the past year or so. Sometimes we used to eat out just because we hadn’t really planned dinner, we’d worked up all the way up until “hungry time,” and we couldn’t be bothered to make a plan. When I started keeping a careful budget, it turned out that we were spending a lot of discretionary money on meals that we didn’t really value that much. (This mostly happened after our youngest was old enough that he wasn’t home for family meals much anyway, and then after he left for college.) So now we try to be a lot better about doing some meal planning and prep in advance, and only eating out for the actual experience of eating out. I’d say that now we probably eat out once every couple of weeks, unless we’re traveling. BUT… I think it’s much harder to consistently cook meals for one person. If I were single, I think I’d eat out more frequently.
Filosofickle* September 14, 2019 at 12:35 pm My goal has been to eat one lunch and one dinner out, mostly for the reason of supporting neighborhood restaurants. We usually do get the one dinner, on the weekend as date night or post-hike refuel. Lunch for me is hit or miss though.
banana mango smoothie* September 14, 2019 at 12:41 pm we are two adults + child. when two adults had professional full-time jobs: about once per week. Now that there’s only one adult working …. once per month or less.
Dan* September 14, 2019 at 12:49 pm When I was married, we cooked in all week but then went out once a week as treat night. For two of us, I would always make double portions so we weren’t cooking every night, pretty much everything was eaten twice in a row. As a single person who likes food, I find two things to be true: 1) Leftovers last a heck of a lot longer, so I often end up eating the same thing for most of the week (which I hate, but I hate wasting food more) and 2) Fast casual places are marginally more expensive (if that) than cooking for myself. So basically my rule for eating out is if I can do it for less than $15 or so, I can eat out as much as I want and budget wise, it’s comparative to eating in. Don’t get me wrong, I can cook really cheap if I am sufficiently motivated, but that’s not the point of this post… just that the way I cook, eating out for no more than $15 is equivalent to cooking in. To directly answer your question, I think I more or less have settled into a pattern where I cook in one week (as in, one meal that lasts most of the week) and rotate through my fast casual places the next.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 1:17 pm I’m a stay-at-home mum with one kid and another on the way, my husband works a paying job. I probably grab fast food every other week (sometimes more if it’s a hectic season), and my husband the same. We eat dinner out every other week or every three weeks.
Llellayena* September 14, 2019 at 4:48 pm I’m solo too. I eat out (as in sit in a restaurant) about once every week to two weeks. However, I do quite a bit of takeout, both standard takeout fare and getting something from a restaurant to go (mmm, sushi…). I’d say making dinner at home happens about once a week (and may or may not have leftovers). Lunches are almost all from home, not out, so that helps.
cat socks* September 14, 2019 at 4:53 pm Married, no kids. Actually going out to a restaurant only happens a few times a month. We’ll get carryout and eat at home far more often. Usually 8-10 times.
coffee cup* September 14, 2019 at 4:58 pm A friend and I eat out semi regularly. Last autumn/winter we went about once a month on a midweek evening. We wanted to make sure we did something fun during the week after work. We haven’t done it over summer much but I think we’re going again next week. I often go for lunch myself at the weekend but not very often for dinner. I need to get braver at doing that solo.
Clisby* September 14, 2019 at 5:04 pm For us, it’s my husband and I, and our teen-aged son (and sometimes my graduate-school daughter, if it happens to be one of her holiday times). We usually eat out on Friday evening to celebrate the end of the regular work/school week, and then eat out once or twice on Saturday/Sunday (depends on how much we feel like cooking those days.)
The night begins to shine* September 14, 2019 at 5:51 pm Probably about twice a month. I’d like to do a little more often, but dining out with small children is….not enjoyable.
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 5:54 pm I rarely eat, but I have coffee with my Buddhist group once a week. That’s usually the extent of it. I have gone out with new-ish friends a few times recently–we checked out an Indian place downtown I didn’t know about (it was very good). I do not like going out alone. It’s boring. Around here, people take their whole posse with them everywhere they go, so you get crappier service or people stare at you like, “Why are you by yourself? Weirdo!” There’s only one restaurant here with good enough service for me not to mind, and I can’t really afford it right now.
Elspeth Mcgillicuddy* September 14, 2019 at 6:21 pm Rarely. Like, I ate out once this week, and once in July, a few times on my vacation in February. I think I also had a cheap Taco Bell burrito once this year too. And I might be forgetting one more. I’m too cheap to spend $10+ bucks for a meal when I can make perfectly good food at home. So I basically only eat out with other people.
Alex* September 14, 2019 at 7:38 pm Depends what “eating out” means to you. Eating in a restaurant where I sit down and eat? Maybe…once every other month, plus more if I go on a trip or something. Eating take-out or some kind of fast food, like pizza, thai, Chipotle, or some such? Maybe 1-2 times per month. Getting some premade food at the grocery store? Maybe an additional 1-2 times per month. Getting a coffee or latte at a coffee shop? (I do consider this “eating out” since it comes from my “eating out” budget) Maybe once a week. Getting a drink with a friend at a bar, no food? (again, I take this from my “eating out” budget even though it isn’t really eating out). Maybe once a month. Generally I try to spend no more than $100 per month on all these things combined, although sometimes premade food from the grocery store comes from my “groceries” budget. Oh, and I’m single and live alone.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 10:07 pm Single person here. Probably a few times a year. If I do anything, I prefer to buy something premade at the grocery store and take it home. That is my splurge.
MinotJ* September 14, 2019 at 10:27 pm Wow, I’m surprised to be so far out of the norm. We go out to a restaurant for dinner at least once per week, and occasionally we go out for breakfast or brunch. My partner and I don’t have kids and we have pretty low living expenses so we spend our money on stuff like this. There’s currently a list on the fridge of a dozen new restaurants in town that we have to visit before we can go back to one we’ve been to before. We both grew up in very frugal families that were smug about never spending money on restaurants, and it took a while to shake off the guilt.
Chocolate Teapot* September 15, 2019 at 8:13 am I tend to eat out when I am travelling, and not so much at home. Plus, I live in a fairly expensive place, so a meal can cost around EUR 20 with drinks on top. There are some good restaurants, but I tend to only go to them as a special treat.
Shay* September 14, 2019 at 11:23 am Still moving, still cleaning. I found some more really, really gross stuff. But it’s taken care of now. I feel so accomplished. I’m writing down all the unusual places to clean that I might not remember, so I can do them at least once a year. No matter how long I get here I don’t want any of the nooks and crannies to get this bad. I’m enjoying listening to books while I work, but concentrating has been hard.
Shay* September 14, 2019 at 9:41 pm Okay: My washer and drier might be a bit particular. wipe down outside to prevent dust and dirt from becoming caked on. Disassemble the lid to the washing machine to clean it and the nook where it connects to the rest of the machine. Clean the top of the drum by removing the place bleach is put and turning drum while holding a cloth to that spot. Also clean out the place you pour fabric softener (It’s in the center column of the drum, it was 2 inches deep, 1.5 inches wide, and half filled with very compact dog hair when I first moved in). I’d also pull the machines out and sweep behind them but the basement is half finished and I just don’t know how to deal with the mess that’s back there until we have a professional come out and close off the pipes and nonsense off in a wall. Clean the cabinet hinges, dog hair gets stuck in there. Generally wipe down the inside and tops of the cabinets. (Holy shit, the top of the cabinets.) Also the doors and sides of the doors, I don’t know what the build up was on the top of the molding on the doors, but it was hard to remove Remove all parts of the freezer (and fridge) and clean out. Make sure to wipe, like, the top and sides of things, not just the big flat surfaces. This also had a lot of dog hair. And crumbs The drawers in the fridge looked like they could be taken apart, but that they were not meant to be taken apart. But they also had junk stuck in the places the parts joined and smelled. I don’t know if I’ll repeat this yearly, but I’ll definitely keep an eye on it. Also I broke a drawer. There’s a lot of gross building materials, trash, and other BS under the deck. I’ll only have to haul it out once, so that’s nice. There are a lot of things that are just dusty. I think it might be important to run Murphy’s oil soap over the furniture once a year? (I got a beautiful roll top desk for $50 of facebook market place! It’s a little worse for wear but it is my pride and joy.) Clean the top of all the door frames. I am seeing how gross they are while cleaning the cabinets. Clean the stove top. Take the burners apart and clean inside them. Under the fridge. Behind the fridge. That’s everything I’ve done since moving in. I mean, we also painted the closets. It also seems like the basement floor has never been mopped. Even on the finished half. Also on of the cabinets has this lazy susan that can not be taken out of it and is assembled in the most difficult way possible. And previous people spilled something under it, like an entire bottle of something, and just ignored it. I gagged cleaning that out. I worked so hard. Once things are tidied up in the kitchen and I mopped to floor again, it will officially be 100% done. Yay. Don’t buy light fixtures that are just bowls holding a lightbulb, bugs die in them and it’s gross.
CL Cox* September 15, 2019 at 1:44 pm Dang, that reminds me that the cat barfed up on top of my (tall) kitchen cabinets. I need to get my ladder and go clean it up. The fuzzy butthead.
Everything is aweful* September 14, 2019 at 11:26 am I’m pretty sure I have bed bugs. I had to report it to my apartment building who said they’d never had any reports in the last 3 years. I haven’t traveled, I haven’t had travelers in my place (or much of anyone), I don’t go anywhere or do anything but work and my local coffee shop really. I am fairly clean and don’t have a lot of stuff. But I spent 4 hours last night and another 3 today cleaning and washing and cleaning again. I am TERRIFIED that I’m going to be evicted over this. The building told me they’d have their pest guy come out and look at it on Monday and tell me what to do from there. I got mattress and box-spring encasements and put them on and stuck the few items I found that seemed to be infected in a bag (another encasement because that was easy). But all I can think is that I’m going to be kicked out. And someone at work was attacked last week and between the beg bugs and the nightmares I can’t sleep at all. Any bed bug stories would be welcome, especially if they don’t result in eviction and homelessness.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 11:53 am Oh, that sounds like everything is just cranked up to 11 for you; I’m sorry. I don’t know you live, but it’s pretty unusual in the U.S. to be evicted merely for suffering bedbugs, and in some jurisdictions it wouldn’t be legal unless it was specifically written into your lease. I’d also like to know more about why you think it’s bedbugs specifically–there are a lot of creepy crawlies, especially this time of year, that can bite you and/or get into your house and infest stuff. From a peace of mind standpoint, I also like the bedbug interceptors that you can put under furniture legs; that’s a good way to monitor population movements, as it were, as well as keeping them out of furniture they haven’t already gotten into.
Everything is aweful* September 14, 2019 at 12:06 pm I think it’s bed bugs because it looks like them, it looks like there was an infestation on the back of my headboard, each of the corners had little clusters of what looked like sheddings and bugs both. Plus bites, plus my pillow has the little blood pocks that seems to be a marker. It could totally be something else, I hope that would be better and not worse! :) They only come out at night (the last 2 nights I’ve seen them climbing up the wall and crushed them. After the cleaning last night I only saw 2. The night before I saw and crushed about 8. I’m mostly laying in bed staring at the wall and feeling like I’m losing my mind. I did get the interceptors for my bed, I’m not sure if I should get it for the other furniture in my home, I don’t actually have a lot of furniture and a lot of what I have is metal. I don’t have carpet, and only like 2 rugs and none under the bed. I’m really hopeful that what ever it is can be crushed and I can eventually sleep again. Thank you for the note about it being written into the lease. Mine has a section that requires me to report any bed bugs to the building that is required by my city. I’d bet that it says something about not retaliating in it, I’ll check on that when I get home.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 12:17 pm Ah, that does sound bed-buggy, I’m afraid. But I bet you’re right that it’s forbidden to retaliate for a bedbug report. And bedbugs are a pain, but I think the stigma is overblown. They turn up in all kinds of places, and mostly the problem is the annoying logistics of dealing with them. That’s true of all kinds of infestations, and my carpet beetle experience was much more destructive and expensive and draining. Oh, and when I had bedbugs, my pest control guy supplied me with pheromone glue traps of an unbelievable glueyness well above what was available to me locally. If you get those, keep them away from your clothes :-).
Everything is aweful* September 14, 2019 at 12:46 pm My sister said that now that I KNOW what the problem is, it is solvable and I”m trying to focus on that. The logistics are definitely annoying so far, but hopefully I’m making progress on it. My best hope would be when the pest guy comes in they say that it’s been contained. (Also moments like this are the hardest moments to be single for me. I don’t have anyone to help and moving the queen sized mattress around on my own is rough.)
Lulubell* September 14, 2019 at 12:28 pm If you do have them, and you haven’t been traveling or having travelers come in, it’s EXTREMELY likely that your neighbors have them as well, and that’s how they spread to your apartment. I would not worry about eviction regardless, as that seems highly unlikely, and even more unlikely in the case that they would then have to evict all the tenants that suffer them. Crossing my fingers and wishing you luck that it is something else, in any case.
Everything is aweful* September 14, 2019 at 12:43 pm Yeah, I would be really surprised if I was the only person in the building who had them. The only thing is the wall where I got them isn’t adjacent to another unit, but it is where I am and apparently they are attracted to the human body so…it could make sense, especially since the headboard is the thing that I didn’t actually wash routinely. All the rest I’d wash enough to notice sooner. I hope that if it isn’t just me that me flagging it helps it get found in the other apartments that have it. That no one else has reported it doesn’t surprise me, but if no one else had them I would be surprised. (And where on earth did I pick them up? I seriously don’t do anything exciting enough to have been around an infestation. The closest would be riding public transportation for 10 minutes occasionally, but that did not seem to be high on the list of how people pick them up.)
Jaid* September 14, 2019 at 2:25 pm Someone took a video of bedbugs appearing on a seat on their bus, in Philadelphia. Seriously, those things can go anywhere there are humans.
Llellayena* September 14, 2019 at 4:59 pm Please be kind to your friends and warn them so they can take precautions to avoid getting them from you. I’ve got a friend who told me she had them in her bedroom. I told her she can’t get in my car until they’re gone (MY lease says I pay for the mitigation). A few weeks later she said they were gone from her room, so I let up on the car restriction. Last week, after I drove her somewhere, she says “Oh, mom found an infestation in their bedroom so they’re dealing with that this week” (she lives at home). I’m annoyed…
LQ* September 14, 2019 at 5:23 pm Already told the only folks who have been in my home and who I have been in their cars. Luckily I’m very crazy busy at work so that’s basically no-one. I’ve also come up with a strategy for ensuring I leave the house clean every day.
Jaid* September 14, 2019 at 2:23 pm I’ve had to deal with them twice. It’s not you, they can go anywhere. So don’t blame yourself. And don’t imagine your landlord kicking you out. I don’t think they will. Now. They’re sending a guy out on Monday and he will confirm if you have them or not. When I had them, they gave me a couple of weeks to deal with prep. To treat for bedbugs they will have you start with your soft items, clothing, bedding, towels etc. Wash everything and put it in the dryer for 60 minutes, high heat. That will kill any bugs. Then put that stuff in plastic bags (I’d recommend the heavy duty construction kind), tie them up and put tape around the openings. Set aside. Get plastic bins, lots of them. Your hard stuff will go into these bins. My pest control people have bug killer things that look like what folks hang up in closets to keep moths out. These will go into the bins for however many hours and release bug killer. They will give you a list of things. I’m pretty sure I didn’t have to put my kitchen dishes/cookware away. I had to take the pictures off the wall so they could treat the holes… Your furniture will be taken apart, moved, etc and each piece should be sprayed individually. I walked into my apartment after treatment and walked right back out to sit in my car and cry. Oy. Then I walked back in and started putting shit back together. I’m fat and have sciatica, so it was so damn uncomfortable, but it had to be done. I know I spent a couple of grand on the service and for the laundry, bins and stuff to replace what was too squeamish to keep. This was a one bedroom apartment, imagine a whole damn house! It’ll be OK, I promise.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 2:48 pm I’d add one slight tweak, as somebody who had to process clothes: do the dryer on high heat *first* before the washer. That’s what kills the bugs, and it’ll be easier on the clothes to deal with that temperature on dry. Kill ’em with heat first, then wash them out of the clothes.
Everything is aweful* September 14, 2019 at 3:27 pm Oh this is a really good point. I can switch this up. I’ve been laundring the crap out of everything. Literally changing my sheets every night because until it’s done it’s not done. I’m SO glad I have in-unit washer and dryer so that I can make my way through most of this.
Filosofickle* September 15, 2019 at 4:53 pm That is such a great tip, thank you! Lots of my clothing and bedding ideally can’t/shouldn’t be washed and dried on high and that feels like a better way to heat treat them as gently as possible. I don’t have bed bugs, but had a really big scare (and wash-fest) after coming home from an overseas trip with bites. My brother had them and it took 6 months to eradicate. But they did win! If you live somewhere hot & sunny, I was also told that putting things you didn’t want to wash/dry in a black garbage bag (tied tight to keep in the heat) and leaving them in sun for a few days would likely work in lieu of the dryer. It needs to get around 120°, which requires high temps, aided by heat gain of the black bag.
Everything is aweful* September 14, 2019 at 3:26 pm This is so incredibly helpful thank you so much. The cost is scary for me. But hopefully I can make it through. I keep wavering between I don’t even have that much stuff and oh no I have so much stuff. I’ve been trying to think about what just goes into the screw it and get rid of it category. (A few things like headboard and art that seemed to have an active infestation are already in the going away category.) I’ve just got a studio apartment and a lot of the furniture I have is metal and not a lot of fabric pieces, but the few wooden pieces are custom made for me so I’d be pretty heartbroken to have to get rid of them. The bed is obviously a really big one. Did you keep yours or replace it?
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 3:55 pm How big are the wooden pieces? Do you have any friends with a standalone freezer? If you put them at 0 or below for several days (Terminix says 4) that would be enough to kill them, but a fridge freezer isn’t likely to be reliable on that. I have a chest freezer in my basement and I used that for non-washable or stuff that I was reluctant to dry on high (structured jackets and coats, that kind of thing).
LQ* September 14, 2019 at 5:25 pm Big, though they might fit in a freezer I don’t know anyone with one. The coats thing I am a bit worried about. I’ll have to dig into possible options for that. My best hope right now is my closet is a vast boring laminate floor of wasteland away from the bed? I don’t suppose that’ll actually help much and I ought to go through it tonight as well. Pffff.
Jaid* September 14, 2019 at 4:05 pm They will douse EVERTHING in the bug spray. Mattress, box spring, bed frame. The wood things will be treated, too. Just make sure you have decent circulation/ventilation when you get back home. Hold off on tossing the art, put it in a plastic bag. They may be able to treat that, too. Unless you think you’re gonna get the willies looking at it from now on… With a studio, you shouldn’t have as much to worry about. *cross fingers*
Reba* September 15, 2019 at 7:05 pm Diatomaceous earth!!! you have to get diatomaceous earth. With some spray treatment and that stuff. I did not have to lose any of my belongings.
mreasy* September 14, 2019 at 11:39 am Does anyone have ideas on getting rid of German cockroaches? We don’t know why they’ve suddenly sprung up but they’re really bad! We’re very clean and already don’t let dishes pile up or leave food outside of airtight containers. We did a bug bomb which killed a lot of them but there are just as many as there ever were. Help!
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 11:45 am It could be your neighbors. We had cockroaches one year and it turned out our condo neighbors weren’t taking out their garbage. In any event, your best bet at this point is probably a professional exterminator.
Eva and Me* September 14, 2019 at 1:13 pm Yes, if you live in an apartment/condo, it can definitely be your neighbors. Also, one building I lived in had a garbage chute, and some residents didn’t bag their garbage up well (or at all!) and the bags could also tear on the way down. The slimed sides of the chute made for a feast for the roaches. I complained A LOT and finally an exterminator came thru and put some kind of paste in areas like under sinks, where the plumbing comes through the wall (and so do the roaches). The paste would be taken by the roaches back to the others, so it wasn’t just killing the ones you could see. It took some months to where I didn’t see them anymore, but it did work. I definitely feel for you — it’s an awful way to live!
Glasses* September 14, 2019 at 1:15 pm Unfortunately in my experience we just had to have an expensive exterminator service come in and spray on a regular basis for a while. Then we also moved and had an exterminator come to the new place, too, for a while. They get into everything. We had to throw out a clock because they were in the clock. I’m so sorry!
Eva and Me* September 14, 2019 at 1:45 pm Ugh! I’m sorry about your clock! I was so paranoid that I sprayed all of my moving boxes with roach spray as I was packing to move out of that apartment. I was moving into a two-flat and didn’t want to bring any with me, especially since the timing of their appearance would make it obvious where they came from! I even paid the rent for the last 2 months of my lease when I’d already moved out because I knew that they probably weren’t ever completely gone and might be planning a grand comeback. That was an awful 10 months!
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 6:06 pm UGH I HATE THESE You can definitely get them if your neighbors have them or if they’ve infested the building and no one has treated the entire thing. It happened to me in the apartment I rented when I first moved here. The only thing that kept them out of my place was Bengal Roach Spray. It’s a dry spray rather than a wet one. I used it on all the baseboards, around my AC, and everywhere else I could think of in that apartment. They stayed out. I used it once every six months to make sure they noped off, lol. It’s more expensive than off-the-shelf Raid or Hot Shot, but it works much better. That or a professional exterminator, but if you can’t afford the latter, the Bengal will hold you until you can. I managed not to take them with me thanks to that stuff.
mreasy* September 14, 2019 at 9:23 pm Thanks everyone! I’ll try the Bengal but steel myself for inevitably having to get an exterminator. Argh!!
LilySparrow* September 15, 2019 at 12:50 am Google the Cockroach Assassin website. Lots of useful tips on killing them and stopping new ones coming in. They tend to be more active in spring & fall when the weather is changing. They seek moisture, so any leaks or condensation on pipes will attract them. Never squish them with a shoe or leave dead ones in the indoor garbage cans – they carry their eggs on their body, and you will spread them.
Paralegal Part Deux* September 14, 2019 at 11:50 am So, I went in morning Monday for the nerve block for the migraine, and the doctor did an IV push of fluids tordal, compazine, and magnesium. Six hours later, migraine is back. Tuesday, it’s another IV push plus imitrex and FINALLY the nerve block. OMG. It’s been the best thing ever. It was uncomfortable during the procedure to put the 30 shots in my face/scalp/neck/shoulders, but it’s been worth it in the long run. I have been migraine free ever since, and it’s been amazing! I hope it lasts a few weeks, but there’s no way to know for sure know how long it’ll last. Still doing the meditation that was suggested since the doctor said I was super tense, but it’s really been amazing to go from migraines that were a 7/8 on the pain scale to 0.
MMB* September 14, 2019 at 12:38 pm I used to be able to get those shots from my Dr., before I moved. They were life changing. Glad you found someone who knows how to do them!
Roz Doyle* September 14, 2019 at 11:50 am Just wanted to complain. My washing machine is literally at the end of its life..it’s about 14 years old, I ‘inherited’ from the previous owner of my condo. I was hoping it will last till Christmas so I can maybe cash in on some Boxing Day deals, but it’s looking bleak. I noticed mini brown dots on my clothes after they were washed and I draw the line at having to rewash newly washed clothes. It also leaks during every wash cycle so I have to put paper towels underneath it to prevent a mini flood. It’ll cost 3 grand, no way around it, I did my research at all the major stores – Home Depot, Lowes, Best Buy etc.. My folks offered to help me pay for it, because I don’t have this cash readily available, which is nice, but I hate having to accept this money. Condo-size stacked washer dryer sets get expensive, because they need disassembly of the old one and reassembly/stacking when getting the new one; they are surprisingly more expensive than standard sized washers/dryers. The store will do it all, but all costs, and nope, I got no super strong men or women nearby who can lift a washer or a dryer. The store will likely offer 0% financing too, but more debts in addition to having to still paying school loans ain’t my ideal scenario. That’s it, vent over.
Pam* September 14, 2019 at 12:05 pm When our washer died, we decided that the easiest path was to use laundromats for a while. We also found that a laundry service was reasonably affordable, particularly when my sister and I had health issues.
Laura H.* September 14, 2019 at 12:35 pm Seconding Laundromats- also good for when you have leaks/ plumbing issues. Earlier this summer, we had an issue with master shower and washer couldn’t be run simultaneously (at least- I don’t think we ever figured out if it was solely the washer having the issue) but thankfully there’s a laundromat close by. I was NOT gonna risk the master carpet getting wet again.
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 12:09 pm Your mention of Boxing Day makes me think you’re not in the US. Are there any major sales days prior to that? In the US we have a lot of sales around Thanksgiving. IDK if you can get any of those sale prices from US-based companies on the internet. Three grand seems like so much money. If you can hold out for a month or two and get a better deal, maybe that’s worth it.
Asenath* September 14, 2019 at 12:26 pm Canada, probably, especially give the names of the stores. It’s a pain. I found a solution in that my building has some laundry rooms from the days before all the units were re-done to have their own laundry. The board is taking them out as they break down, but some washers and dryers remain. That’s not a situation most buildings will have, although really, it’s a sensible extra! Anyway, I was able to get my machine repaired, which, while not cheap, did open my eyes to the greater expense involved in stackable units. Laundromats – although they’re not nearly as common or conveniently located as they used to be – or borrowing a friend’s washer are the only alternatives I can think of.
Worked in IT forever* September 14, 2019 at 12:26 pm If you are in Canada, do you know about the new government-sponsored rebate on EnergyStar-certified appliances: https://www.canada.ca/en/environment-climate-change/news/2019/08/energy-savings-rebate-program.html? It just started. We just used it to get a 25% discount on a dryer from Lowe’s, in Ontario. The discount is right at purchase time, so you don’t have to mail the receipt and wait for a cheque. Just make sure that the retailer is participating in the program and that you buy an eligible model.
Worked in IT forever* September 14, 2019 at 12:33 pm I think my comment about a government rebate on energy-efficient appliances in Canada is in moderation because of the link, but I should have mentioned that it’s for Ontario only. So that might not work for you. Maybe there will be something similar for other provinces, like through the provincial governments.
Roz Doyle* September 15, 2019 at 2:08 pm Yup, Canadian gal from Ontario here, haha. Thanks so very much for the tip!!! I did not know about this program and that sounds amazing, esp. the ease of it, i.e. that it’s not a mail-in rebate. Seems the timing of my washer getting to its end of life coincides well with this program. Will start looking around for sales as well, so hopefully I can get a really good deal with the 25% off too.
Anono-me* September 14, 2019 at 12:43 pm I know most of the cost will be labor, but you might want to see if you can find an appliance outlet store. (Places that offer scratch and dent and odds and ends and last year’s model of appliance etc.) I got a nice dishwasher at an outlet that was NIB, but 2 model years old for about 1/2 of what the current model year cost. The silverware basket is a little different and the new model has an 8 hour hold and wash option where mine only can hold for up to 6 hours. No other differences as far as I can tell. Also if you only have light laundry needs, you might want to look at some of the super small electric washer and dryers. They are about the size of a dorm fridge. (Mostly used in tiny houses or by people with bad knees trying to stay in houses with no room to move the basement laundry to the first floor.) They usually have less demanding hookups and could get you through until you save up the cash and find a sale. (Bonus points if you find and resell it used.)
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 1:15 pm So this is totally a shot in the dark, but a Canadian store called Rona seems to be having a 20% off sale this weekend?
Reba* September 14, 2019 at 1:57 pm Ugh ugh ugh. We are getting a similar set (compact, European make) soon and yes, the costs are eye-watering. We went to a local retailer and they were able to find unboxed/floor model ones for us, so we had a little relief there. But yeah. At least you will have clean clothes. I have to say I am psyched about my machines! It will be a huge upgrade. Re the gift, think of it as a large Christmas or other holiday present? Or let them buy one machine and you get the other?
Clisby* September 14, 2019 at 5:20 pm 3K for a washing machine? That sounds incredibly high. You mention Boxing Day, so maybe you’re not in the US? I’d expect to pay less than 1K.
Princess Cimorene* September 15, 2019 at 6:24 am 3k sounds wildly expensive. How about finding someone on thumbtack to disassemble and haul the old unit?? (Is Thumbtack avail in CA?) Sounds like they are killing you for labor! Or maybe Craigslist or through church or work? Idk. But I’m sure, since you’re not trying to save the old ones, someone taking it apart, even doing a hack job, could be much cheaper than paying a store. $3k just sounds like a lot. Good luck.
Not So NewReader* September 14, 2019 at 10:19 pm Are you open to buying used or scratch and dents? Around me I see substantial savings by going that route. I have also used points on my credit card to get gift cards to use at the store. If you have building supply outlets that sell heavily discounted stuff, you might get lucky there. If you get stuck having to figure out how to move your purchase, I have had luck hiring a small moving company to just move a few things. It was not as expensive as I thought it would be. This company was a local company with few employees. They did not mind doing small jobs.
Roz Doyle* September 15, 2019 at 2:19 pm Thanks everyone for the superhelpful tips!!! You guessed right, I am in Canada. I did not realize that Boxing Day is not a thing in the US, despite working with US companies on several projects. Annoyingly the laundry service in my area is either outrageously expensive or has terrible reviews, but there is a laundromat I’ve been using for bigger items, it’s not very conveniently located, but if the washer craps out, it is a solid backup. Outlet stores are also a good option, though that govt rebate sounds good too. Gotta start shopping around and see what deals I find. Annddd possibly tell my folks about the early xmas present/half a present I will be needing. Have a good Sunday everyone!
Shay* September 15, 2019 at 5:19 pm Scratch and dent? Oooph, I just read the bit about how you need the stacking kind.
Dr. KMnO4* September 14, 2019 at 11:51 am I’m only about halfway through, but I have to recommend this book. It is incredibly insightful, powerful, and empowering. The title is The Body Is Not An Apology: The Power Of Radical Self-love, and the author’s name is Sonya Renee Taylor. I found it because Amazon recommended it to me based on other Kindle books I’ve read recently. Lately I’ve been working with my therapist on body image and gender identity. This book is validating a lot of what she and I have worked on. It goes beyond self-esteem and self-acceptance and body positivity into self-love. Honestly, I think everyone should read this book. I can only think of one other book that has affected me like this one has, and that was Mindset by Carol Dweck. And even though I haven’t finished it yet, I feel like The Body Is Not An Apology will probably have an even deeper impact on my life.
Filosofickle* September 14, 2019 at 12:51 pm I’ll take a look, thanks! This is something I’ve been actively working on, and have a long way to go.
Nessun* September 15, 2019 at 12:45 am That sounds incredible. Thanks for the recc, will definitely have to look it up!
Shay* September 15, 2019 at 5:20 pm Thanks for sharing! I’ll add it to my list. I’m currently working through “Radical Acceptance”.
CatCat* September 14, 2019 at 12:22 pm I’m interested in learning more about fermenting foods. Does anyone have any links to sites that are particularly helpful on this subject? Or book recommendations?
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 12:39 pm The Art of Fermentation: An In-Depth Exploration of Essential Concepts and Processes from Around the World, by Sandor Ellix Katz.
AvonLady Barksdale* September 14, 2019 at 6:51 pm I second this recommendation. I ferment and pickle quite a bit, and Sandor Katz is the best resource.
CatCat* September 15, 2019 at 10:30 am Thanks for the suggestion! It looks like an amazing book! I have requested it from the library and can’t wait to check it out :-)
Just S* September 14, 2019 at 2:18 pm It’s Alive with Brad has some videos on fermenting. All of his and others from Bon Appetit are interesting and informative.
CatCat* September 15, 2019 at 10:31 am Thank you! I didn’t even think of videos, but that sounds like a great way to learn. I will look for them!
Rebecca* September 14, 2019 at 12:32 pm Mom Update, she’s home! She passed the in home evaluation with flying colors on Thursday, huge turn around for her. We had a good night last night. I did sleep in the front bedroom downstairs just in case, but she didn’t need anything, was able to go to the bathroom by herself (with the walker), got ready for bed, it took a long time, but she did it herself, and for now, I’m the sherpa – getting groceries, mail, doing laundry, helping to carry things, that type of thing. And she cried last night and thanked me for bringing her home. She’s doing the hand exercises, and when she isn’t specific or snarky, I ask her to be more clear. For example, if she waves her hand and starts in about “I tried to do that but thing isn’t…” I ask her to use nouns and descriptive words, then I wait. So, it’s OK, you can’t reach the outlet to plug in your heating pad, here, let me do it. So far, so good. Please send good vibes and thoughts and prayers my way! Truthfully, I was dreading this, but she seems to be doing OK for now. Fleas are better, still seeing a few, but this too shall pass. Game cam, still trying to get the right settings – the deer are funny, and the bucks like to taunt each other. I’m going to move it as I have a lot of butt pictures :) so I’m going to try a different tree near the apple trees, not on the apple tree itself. I picked up a Roku+ today, and have decided to drop Xfinity from triple play to TV only. Their internet is slower than Verizon’s (Mom has verizon internet, and it actually works better, so I’ll be able to stream on my TV and use the computers). Roku+ is to add the Xfinity app and get rid of the cable box/remote on my TV in the basement. I’m keeping the little box and Comcast remote on Mom’s TV as she is still baffled by it after all these years, and I can’t imagine trying to teach her how to use a Roku. In other money saving measures, I dropped Audible and Netflix, keeping Hulu though, and Tracfone has $20/month for unlimited talk and text, with 1 Gig data, so I signed up for that. So far, so good, and I’ve been talking a lot more than usual due to the Mom thing, so this is actually cheaper. Next weekend, I’m going to use the Walmart grocery pickup service for the first time. Not a fan of Walmart, but, all of our stores are gone now, like Kmart, and Walmart’s grocery prices are easily 30-40% cheaper than the other grocery store. We have a SaveALot but it has very limited options. I think this will save me time on the weekends, at least I hope so. I talked to a manager and asked questions, and he was very thorough in explaining how it all worked, and they’ve added some staff to do it, and hope to add more as more people use the service. Hope everything is going good for everyone else! Thank you again for listening through all of this!
LQ* September 14, 2019 at 1:39 pm Just wanted to mention that a good alternative to Audible is your local public library. Lots of libraries have audio books available through their online apps like hoopla/libby. They vary a bit from library to library but totally worth it to replace audible.
Rebecca* September 14, 2019 at 5:50 pm I like that! I use eBranch2Go from my library, and learned that Google Play has audio books too, and for some reason I have $4.00 credits. I haven’t gotten a book yet, but their prices on new books are similar to Audible membership, so with a $4.00 credit, some of them would be in the $10 range.
Observer* September 15, 2019 at 2:26 am By the way, Google has a “rewards” app where they send you surveys and they pay you for it in Play credit. It’s not a lot of money, but it can get you a few books over time.
Venus* September 14, 2019 at 11:54 pm I have been listening to Levar Burton short story podcasts for free and am loving his varied choices and voice.
Jaid* September 14, 2019 at 1:55 pm Glad to see your update! I’m wishing you both well. Oh, and Hoopla is on the Roku!
Mimmy* September 14, 2019 at 3:25 pm So glad your mom is home and doing reasonably well! Also glad to see everything going well too, especially the flea situation.
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 4:13 pm Fantastic! All around! I hope this is the start of a good, sustainable routine.
Pam* September 14, 2019 at 6:19 pm I haven’t used Walmart’s pickup, but have used Instacart shopping/delivery. Very helpful when both my sister and I had surgery.
NoLongerYoung* September 14, 2019 at 7:39 pm Sending you a high five… last I read, you had paid off that final installment, now Mom is home… you are on a roll. I’m so happy that it is going well with Mom (and that is above expectations!). (hug) and keep pressing forward. You are strong and this is a good week.
Observer* September 15, 2019 at 2:25 am That’s amazing. I’m so glad things are going well so far. How do things stand with getting someone in during the day for a bit?
Dancing Otter* September 15, 2019 at 4:24 pm Grocery pickup service, oh, yeah. Our Target offers pickup service for groceries, well some groceries. They only offer shelf-stable items, nothing that has to be kept chilled. I understand why: they don’t have a way to keep it cold between putting together an order and the customer arriving to receive it. Maybe someday they’ll add a cooler. Still, it beats struggling to lift cat litter and bottled water. One annoyance is that you can put something in your cart, supposedly in stock, and not find out until after you pay that, no, somebody else took the last one. If they added an option to substitute, that would be convenient.
Doctor is In* September 15, 2019 at 8:36 pm There is a great app called Libby that is great for browsing and downloading books and audiobooks from your library.
aarti* September 14, 2019 at 12:33 pm Any comments, suggestions, commiseration on crying jags that I suspect are linked to hormonal/period issues. Some background. I was diagnosed with dengue about six weeks ago. I had my period just before the diagnosis and just after (only about 10 days apart!) And then haven’t had it since. So my period is really late but I’m not pregnant. For the past two weeks I’ve been having big mood swings and crying jags. I sometimes get a milder version of this before my period starts but my period isn’t starting! Has anyone experienced something similar? TIA
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 12:41 pm So I had a thought and checked, and indeed, dengue fever can apparently leave people with mood swings or depression for a while. It seems like it might be worthwhile raising this as well as the hormonal possibility to a doctor, especially a dengue-knowledgeable one if you’re near one, to see if there’s any suggestion about management.
Reba* September 14, 2019 at 2:13 pm Yes, both anxiety and depression are reported by many people as longer term effects of dengue. Pure anecdata, but a colleague used a low-inflammation type diet and felt it helped their recovery from the illness. Sorry you’re dealing with this!
Clever Name* September 15, 2019 at 12:41 pm OMG. Apparently I cry for no reason just before I get my period. It’s really annoying and every time I’m like “I have no idea why I’m crying!!!” And then I get my period like a day later and I’m like “ohhhh”. It happens every time. Derp
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 1:05 pm It might be worthwhile to look into having your vitamin/mineral levels checked. If some thing in that group drops down it can lead to crying jags. Serious crying jags.
Ashland, Oregon* September 14, 2019 at 12:55 pm My SO and I are considering moving to Ashland, Oregon for a potential job opportunity that I have. I had a chance to visit there for my in-person interview and had some free time to explore the town. Meeting a few people there, I learned most of them originally came from California, like ourselves. It seems like a beautiful town, and I think our interests in the outdoorsy lifestyle would be great. We know it’s a really small town and would be a huge change in lifestyle, but we are accepting this fact. Talking to some people there, most of them mentioned the high COL in Ashland. They recommended checking out Talent and Medford but more so Talent. Anyone live in this area/Talent/Medford? We’d love to know pros and cons of your city. Any other cities nearby to check out?
TimeTravelR* September 14, 2019 at 7:38 pm My sister lives in Phoenix, OR which is just up the road from Ashland. She absolutely loves the whole area I was out to visit and I can see why they like it. From my limited perspective, Phoenix is nice and pretty accessible to the Medford airport.
ThursdaysGeek* September 16, 2019 at 5:00 pm I grew up in Ashland and it was a nice and small town, safe, decent weather, all around a good place to live. The COL has gone way up since then, and my parents moved from Ashland to Medford, which is much cheaper. Talent and Phoenix are between, probably with increasing costs as you get closer to Ashland. Jacksonville is probably not much cheaper. Medford isn’t as nice, but it’s bigger, cheaper, and has more options. And it isn’t that far to drive. There are a lot of rural areas around, but even those are getting pricey. A sister lives in rural Central Point, another in Medford on Roxy Ann, and even their land prices have gone way up.
RMNPgirl* September 14, 2019 at 12:56 pm My new house has what I call a wild area in the back. It’s a hill covered in natural grasses/plants and then a mature tree line. My house itself is new construction so my yard is sod and I have young trees. I’ve noticed some frogs in my window wells, but from what I could tell with googling they’re tree frogs so can climb in and out. Is there anything I should be watching out for with them? Also, I have a lot of mosquitoes so I’m wanting to build or buy a bat box. From what I’ve gathered, I’ll need to mount it on a tall pole in my backyard. Has anyone done this and if so, how tall does it need to be?
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 1:48 pm Congrats on the new house! I don’t know a lot about bats, but maybe your county or state Extension or state environmental agency can offer guidance on prevalent species and their preferences?
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 6:12 pm This is a good suggestion. They might know more about the frogs, too.
Anono-me* September 14, 2019 at 11:25 pm Swallows also eat quite lots mosquitos. I think they are more sturdy, but picky. There should be somebody at the county or state level able to help you. Also there are lots of birders around that love to help people provide better environments for the birds It sounds like the tree frogs should be okay, but in the spring please watch out for baby rabbits and other youngins that might get stuck in the window wells. Congratulations on your new home.
Venus* September 14, 2019 at 11:59 pm I was told that bat boxes do not bring bats, so if you have not seen any then there is no point in having one. So I agree to ask local experts, and maybe ask what would be best (suggestions here about swallows and other birds are promising).
Recreational Moderation* September 14, 2019 at 8:58 pm Congratulations from me too on the new house. Bats: A bunch of years ago, when I lived in the mountains, I spent many evenings at dusk-into-darkness watching the bats that zoomed around my little cabin, and quickly understood why the word “aerobatics” has “bat” at its center. Like you, I wanted to put up a bat house, and a local bat expert offered the requirements. The bat house: 1. had to be high enough up that the bats could find it, 2. had to be in all-day shade (direct sunlight means baked bats), and 3. couldn’t be too close to pine trees or other sharp-edged plants (pointy foliage can tear or gouge a bat’s fragile wings and thus doom the bat). I was never able to find a site that met all three requirements—my shaded sites had too many pines too close, and the no-sharp-edges sites had too much sun. I would imagine that by now, though, somebody has invented a well insulated bat house so the daily sun exposure might not be a problem. I never did get my own bat box, but I still enjoyed ending each day by sitting outside the cabin door, cheering as I watched the abundant bats around the cabin devour gajillions of mosquitoes. Good luck and much encouragement to both you and the bats.
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 2:00 pm I’m not too up to speed on tree frogs but I have observed that things seem to run in cycles. One year we will have a lot of x then next year a lot of y. This year I don’t think I saw any Japanese Beetle and they are usually all over the darn place. A nearby nursery might be able to discuss the tree frog situation with you. They are usually very aware of what is going on in the area with plants/bugs/wildlife.
Trying to Save the Planet One Towel at a Time* September 14, 2019 at 12:59 pm I am all for reusing bath towels for a few days at home, but how the heck am I supposed to do it at a hotel? All of the hotels have a notice that to conserve water, just hang your towels up and they won’t wash them. Hang them on what? There is only one towel rack and it has the fresh towels in it. There is absolutely no place to hang up the 2 or 3 towels we’ve used so they can dry enough to be reused. Most hotels have glass doors on the shower so there isn’t even a shower curtain rod to hang them on. Plus, if there is, any towels hung there get in the way of the cleaning crew.
wingmaster* September 14, 2019 at 1:11 pm Maybe the closet where you have that bar with the hangers or using the ironing table? Does the hotel have that clothes drying rack thingy?
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 1:15 pm Hook behind the door, side of the bathtub, over the showerhead/bath controls? I wouldn’t worry about towels getting in the way of the cleaning crew–they may well not be scrubbing down the doors every night, just between stays, and they can move the towels if need be. But I do think that this is more of a template these days than something a hotel thinks through, so I think you may be right that they don’t have a good plan.
MuttIsMyCopilot* September 14, 2019 at 4:14 pm I can’t even remember the last time I stayed in a hotel so this may be a useless suggestion, but can you just decline the cleaning service entirely while you’re there? I assume you don’t want them changing the sheets or replacing nearly empty trash bags daily either. Is there something I’m not thinking of that really needs to be done? Or, for a longer stay, just leave the Do Not Disturb sign out until you actually do need fresh linens, then hang it back up again after that.
cat socks* September 14, 2019 at 4:49 pm At the last hotel I stayed at for work they had a card in the room with a promo that you got points in their reward program if you declined housekeeping services for the length of your stay. I was only there Monday evening through Friday morning so I declined the services.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* September 14, 2019 at 9:54 pm Some of the Disney resorts (Orlando) do similar – if you waive housekeeping with the front desk they email you a gift card for ten bucks per night of your stay. I don’t want strangers in my room anyway, so I will totally let them pay me to not go in there.
That Girl from Quinn's House* September 14, 2019 at 11:00 pm Disney just changed their rules after the Las Vegas shooting, you cannot prevent employees from entering your room. There was a big news thing about it.
MuttIsMyCopilot* September 15, 2019 at 8:07 am You can probably still opt out of housekeeping service, even if they maintain the authority to enter rooms for potential safety reasons or to address complaints. I would’ve assumed that was always the case anyway. I can’t imagine that a Do Not Disturb sign overrides their right to access their own property. It’s likely just spelled out more directly now.
fposte* September 15, 2019 at 10:01 am At least one forum says you’ll get daily security checks if you opt out of housekeeping. Which may not be a problem who just want to hang onto their towels.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* September 15, 2019 at 11:00 am I see that on a forum or two as well, but I dunno if it’s a guarantee or a “we have the option to do so” thing. I’ve stayed on-property and used this deal (which was implemented some time after the Las Vegas attack – middle of 2018?) at least six times so far — if there is someone coming into my room during the day, there has never been any indication of it at all. ¯\_(ツ)_/¯
fposte* September 15, 2019 at 12:18 pm @RRAF–Yeah, and I have no idea if there’s a protocol where they’d leave a note or something or if you’re not supposed to see a sign. I think I’d prefer a little card left so I didn’t have to wonder.
KR* September 14, 2019 at 5:53 pm This – I just put up my Do Not Disturb sign. I don’t clean my house every day at home, I don’t need it done when I’m travelling.
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 6:15 pm Yeah, I always do this. I can always call if I need something. But since I’m rarely in a hotel for more than a couple of nights at a time, I can get by with the towels they give me.
BYOH* September 14, 2019 at 4:24 pm I’ve not yet tried this myself but I heard a recommendation to bring an over-the-door hook (one of the small plastic ones) in your suitcase for this purpose. I have a bunch of them that we use on our doors at home; they cost a few dollars at Target or similar.
vanillacookies* September 14, 2019 at 8:19 pm Usually the room has a closet w/ some hangers in it, and I’ll hang my towel on a hanger. I usually ask that the cleaners just not come during my stay, but either way I imagine towels in the closet wouldn’t be in their way.
fhqwhgads* September 14, 2019 at 10:13 pm All hotels I’ve been in that say that have a shelf-thing or standard towel rack where the clean towels are and a hook somewhere in the bathroom- on the back of the door, or on the wall sometimes on the wall within the tub-shower area. It’s possible you’ve been in some bad hotels that don’t actually have a hook, but it might be that it’s in a not obvious location and you missed it? If not, I’d say move the clean towels to a shelf somewhere, like in the closet if there is one? And then use the rack for the to-be-reused.
Aphrodite* September 14, 2019 at 1:04 pm I love the upcoming holidays so the online stores having some items out is nice for me. I don’t go to stores much in person–spending a day “shopping” is my idea of hell–but I find it fun to see what various websites have. I have been looking at pumpkins and on Etsy I found a black glass one about a month ago. I bookmarked it but last week went back and bought it. It arrived yesterday. I am already planning for the month of October to make a small Halloween-ish display on the round table in my office with the black pumpkin, some black tapers and candles in (spray-painted) black candlesticks from the thrift store) that I will drip red candle wax on to resemble blood drops, running down, and some black torn cheesecloth. I also have a white fake pumpkin that I plan to drip black pain down in its crevices to create a creepy black-and-white one. Maybe something else if I think of it. I’d love to put something on the door but the women’s bathroom is close by and not everyone puts the toilet lid down nor closes the door after leaving so I always keep my door closed. So I usually use something on paper I can print out from online, which is easy to dispose of, because I am not keeping anything that germ-y around in storage the rest of the year. But too bad. I’d love to create a kind of narrow but three-dimensional graveyard with skeletons on the door. That stuff will come down on November 1 and all my autumn decorations will go up. I love different pumpkins and for some reason am starting to get more: glass, ceramic, twig and real ones. The latter are in the stores now–Trader Joe’s already has a big selection but it’s a bit early for me. At home, I’d do even more but I am currently living in a studio–transitional housing until I get my new place–so decorations for all three months are in storage. Still, I do have a few things around just to remind me how much I love to celebrate autumn /Thanksgiving and Christmas/winter.
Vanellope* September 14, 2019 at 9:22 pm If you have a HomeGoods near you they had a lot of cool glass/ceramic pumpkins the last time I was there. I love fall decorations too!
Shay* September 15, 2019 at 5:28 pm Ooh! I’m a glass major (BFA) and we make an incredible amount of glass pumpkins every year. People love them! Our sales go to scholarship opportunities for our students, but other studios and artist can cover the rest of their studio practice by selling them once a year. Aren’t they just the best?! I love photographing them and laying them all out on our craft fare table. It’s a great little pumpkin patch.
Aurora Leigh* September 14, 2019 at 1:49 pm This has been my vacation week and it has been lovely! Working on lots of home renovation projects and seeing real progress! Made a day trip to visit the folks, did a 3 day visit to Chicago (2 museums and the aquarium on free days!). Museum of Science and Industry is free for IL residents all weekdays in September and was totally worth the trip if you’ve never been. Hands down our favorite! Field was quite boring in comparison — we really just went for Sue.
Sara(h)* September 14, 2019 at 3:28 pm The Sci-I is such an incredible museum! It was free all day every day when I was a kid. Did you do the coal mine and the submarine? The renovated submarine exhibit is phenomenal.
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 4:33 pm Home reno progress! Yeah! And that museum makes me want to plan a vacation to Chicago.
Dancing Otter* September 15, 2019 at 5:00 pm Congrats on progress! Major reno is a pain. Next time you’re in town, try the Oriental Institute (think U of Chicago archaeology loot) and the Art Institute. I used to love their display of medieval armor and weaponry, though I never quite understood why it was at an ART museum.
Shadow Monster Man* September 14, 2019 at 1:51 pm Any Petscop fans out there? What are your thoughts on eps 22-24? Do you think Paul is still alive?
URLs* September 14, 2019 at 1:54 pm Does anyone have experience or tips regarding making an offer on a claimed (but not in use) URL? I’ve been wanting a specific domain for a while, and it’s being squatted on by a D-list celebrity with the same name. She seems to be out of “the biz” for a few years now, but keeps renewing the URL. (I don’t want to get too identifying, but alternate-yet-similar options won’t work as well. The domain type creates a pun that relates to my profession, so I’m really set on this particular URL.)
MissDisplaced* September 15, 2019 at 10:42 am You can go through a service and make an anonymous offer to purchase the domain from the owner. You’ll tell the service the maximum you’re willing to offer, and they can also give you a valuation for what it’s worth. I successfully did this for my work, where we wanted to secure a product name URL that was owned by a foreign entity but not being used. I think we paid $500 and my maximum bid was $1000. On a side note my company never did get the Twitter handle they wanted, even though the handle wasn’t used for 5+ years. On a personal freelance URL I got lucky. The .com was taken so I used the same .biz version. But I setup an alert, and the .com eventually expired and I grabbed it!
Washi* September 14, 2019 at 1:54 pm Inspired by a conversation on last weekend’s open thread: what are some fun/enjoyable/satisfying things about parenting? I feel like I want kids, but so much of what I hear from other parents starts with “it’s so hard” and a litany of unpleasant situations – bodily fluids everywhere, screaming, lack of sleep, constant stress and interruptions…and I’m like, if it’s that bad, why does anyone have kids? Why do people who already have a kid continue having more? When I do hear positives, they are often very vague, stuff like “I love her so much” and “it’s worth it anyway,” while the negatives are extremely concrete and specific. So…what specifically, if anything, makes parenting fun for you?
Anona* September 14, 2019 at 2:05 pm I have a 1 year old. She’s really cute. It’s weird and cool that she came into the world knowing nothing, and it’s our job to help her learn. Right now we’re working on holding a spoon the right way (so stuff in the spoon won’t fall off). I like it when she gets excited seeing me. I like introducing her to fun music- I used to dance with her to Ice Ice Baby every Saturday morning. She’s just really tiny and adorable. The lack of time to do things to relax is hard. She only takes one nap a day now, so on weekends (both of us work), it’s a blur of chores and watching her create messes and cleaning up. I used to love lazily watching the food Network and eating breakfast on Saturday mornings. Those days are done. But I guess part of the reason people have a hard time describing what they like is that a lot of it is intangible. Like I love holding her when she wakes up in the middle of the night. I love her little baby thigh rolls. I love the intense look she gets when she’s concentrating on something new.
Anona* September 14, 2019 at 2:29 pm I’ll also say that before my kid, I did have a similarly intense love for one of my dogs. Not both of them, just the one who loved me most (vs the one who prefers my husband). I got her right around when I had a miscarriage, and she was kinda like a kid to me. She took a lot of attention, but obvi much less than a kid. Lifespan was also much shorter. But I loved her deeply. Not everyone will agree with that, I’m sure!
small town dr* September 15, 2019 at 10:37 pm This reply is way late but I’m coming in with the perspective of having 16 and 21 y/o sons. Yep, the hard parts are hard. Who knew that cutting a grilled cheese sandwich the wrong way could end the world as we know it? The great stuff is watching little ones who truly just live in the moment. Construction equipment is way cool! Dirt is amazing! Bodies make ridiculous noises! Having them learn kindness. I remember my first son, age 3, who had seen The Little Mermaid before, make sure he sat by me during the final battle with Ursula the Sea Witch. He told me that it was going to be scary so he needed to hold my hand and make sure I was not too scared. Our younger son would always make a point before we played a board game of being sure that we “remembered the destructions” (instructions). It is still a family joke whenever anything is put together. Watching them develop relationships and life skills. My older son broke up with a girlfriend after the realization that he “could not be her emotional support animal”. Not all requests are reasonable. Children also stretch our gifts for empathy, organization, sleep, and kindness to the limit. There is no Edwardian butler more rigid than and toddler and no boss more variable than a teenager. The great joy (and heartbreak) is seeing them launch as young adults. No regrets.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 2:52 pm My son just turned two. His vocabulary seems to expand daily, and the sentences he puts together land between adorable and hilarious. He wanders all over the house singing the songs he’s learned at his 2-day preschool in his sweet little piping voice, and most nights he sings himself to sleep. He loves to sing Old MacDonald, but every animal says “moo moo” when he sings it. He makes up jokes, mostly about people being called the wrong name or cars making animal noises or vice versa. He’s currently obsessed with puzzles and wants to put them together multiple times a day. He’s just started saying “I love you,” but “I love you, Mumma/Dada/Grandpa,” will often become a litany of other things he loves, including cheese and baths and juice. He definitely has his own personality, and sometimes I’ll look at him and it’ll hit me that this is a little person! It’s just FUN. Yes, we have good and bad days, but that’s true of every stage of life. I’m also pregnant with our second, a girl. We’ve always wanted more than one kid, and are SO excited to add to our family. I know it’ll bring a different kind of crazy to have two kids, but having experienced it once, I’m genuinely looking forward to doing those stages again! Snuggly, snuffly newborns with such simple needs become smily little lap babies, who become curious, mobile, chewing-on-everything crawlers, who become silly, crazy, determined toddlers with blossoming personalities. It’s GREAT. I think one of the reasons so many parents lead with “it’s so hard” is because of the weird point in history where we’re raising our kids — we’ve got so many expectations put on us that past generations didn’t have (my granny sure didn’t worry about her kids’ gut health!), our parenting and decisions are so public because of social media, and we are constantly bombarded with conflicting messages about the “right” way to do things. All while we live in a society that is super fragmented and lacks genuine community. Plus those of us who live in the US also have medical bills to worry about, no guaranteed (much less paid!) maternity/family leave, dwindling social mobility… It’s a recipe for stress. And the truth is, some of the things that are rewarding about parenting ARE really hard to describe — they’re moments of delight and joy and euphoria that somehow make up for the tiredness and stress. It doesn’t make them less real, just harder to pin down. “I haven’t washed my hair in a week” is pretty easy to point to. Or “little Ava spat up 10 times a day for her first 6 months.” But the feeling at the end of the 2 am feed when your tiny infant son finishes eating, takes a deep breath, and sighs a sigh of perfect contentment, snuggled safely in your arms, and you can smell the warm milk and the smell of his hair and feel his little heart beating? That feeling that maybe the world isn’t completely shit, but that you’ve got this one perfect moment to look back on for the rest of your life? That’s… just… a lot harder to articulate, you know? And it’s deeper and perhaps less immediate than the hard things, but it’s what keeps parents coming back for more.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 3:37 pm I remember a conversation years ago between Stephen Colbert and, I think, a psychologist who’d written a book about happiness. And the psychologist noted that people with children didn’t tend to score happier and actually tended to score slightly less happy. And Colbert asked, “But what about the sublime?” And I thought that was a fascinating, heartfelt, and thoughtful response–that he was asking about those awe-inspiring moments of being connected to another being that maybe weren’t encompassed by “happiness.”
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 3:55 pm This is going to sound melodramatic, but I will never be as “happy” again now that I have had children. My happiness is always tempered by knowing that their future is largely unpredictable – and uncontrollable by me. I want to stress that I don’t think I’m describing a pathology. I’m not an anxious person, I don’t prevent them from doing age-appropriate things, I don’t catastrophize every little event… but in an existential sense, I know that my children are hostages to time. I will never be “happy” in the contented, carefree sense that I was before children. But I feel something different. Maybe that’s what Colbert calls “the sublime.”
myug* September 15, 2019 at 2:42 am I can’t really disagree with the way you are feeling but maybe I can offer some consolation? You, of course, never stop worrying about your kids (or other loved ones) but seeing them grow into individuals who can make their own choices and take care of themselves is reassuring. It’s not your job to control their future (as much as it feel like it) but to give them the tools to be able to navigate that uncertainty and feel ok knowing they aren’t dependent on you and will be okay even when you pass on. Of course, easier said than done!
Not A Manager* September 14, 2019 at 3:15 pm I think this is a GREAT question. The reality is, that in adult relationships we look for a kind of reciprocity. I might say, “it’s so hard to have a partner living with me, I have to coordinate schedules and meals, and I don’t get to choose the TV show all the time, and oh my god the socks,” but I can also say, “I love having someone to talk to about my day, he brings me little treats when he comes home, we enjoy traveling together,” etc. With kids, it’s not always like that. People above me talked about the satisfaction of watching them grow and develop, but for me, while I did love that with my own kids, it’s not something I would value on my own. Like, even if I didn’t have a partner I would value having people to talk to and travel with, etc. But if I didn’t have kids, I wouldn’t especially want to spend all my time helping some other kid learn to name their colors. So for me, in fact, a lot of the inconveniences were tangible things I could name, while the things that made it worthwhile really boiled down to I LOVE THEM SO MUCH. And that love made me want to comfort them when they were fussy, or play mind-numbingly boring games with them, even though the underlying activities weren’t really things that I separately enjoyed. (Unlike, again, having a nice meal out with an adult who’s fun to talk to.) The other side of it was that they also LOVED ME SO MUCH. The love and trust of a reasonably well-cared-for child really is unlike anything else.
myug* September 14, 2019 at 3:44 pm If you ask me, most people have kids because it’s expected of them – like a job or an item of a check-list. For others, it’s a selfish pursuit – vanity or keeping up with the Joneses/FOMO. And for the others, it’s because they want a person who will love them like no other – seeking fulfillment (others can disagree but I do not think anyone should seek fulfillment in someone else [or in their work, for that matter] – that’s a huge expectation to place of something outside yourself). This sort of saccharine speech from the 1950s TV show ‘Father Knows Best’ kind of sums up my opinion of parenthood. It’s dated, obviously but gets the point across. It’s about raising the people you want to see in the world – people who are a little better than you because you let them learn from your mistakes, you let them make their mistakes, and in turn, keep learning/growing as a person from their mistakes. Context: Margaret, the mom of the show, is reassuring a terrified expectant mother (and yes, I did pop in the DVD I had to transcribe this for you, lol): “There are times when you feel like disowning them. We might as well face it, raising a family is no simple bed of roses. It takes a lot of hard work. But tell me this, Mrs. Darving, can you name one thing, one worth-while thing, that doesn’t take a lot of hard work? And believe me, I can think of nothing more worth-while than a family. Oh, you can get irritated having to pick up your boy’s jacket a thousand times. But what if you didn’t have that boy to pick up a jacket for? . . . . All these little irritations are forgotten during those wonderful moments when you see your children begin to develop into, well, people. The kind of people you want them to be. Their triumphs at school, awkward gestures of affection, their demonstrations of moral courage and fairness and goodwill…the warm felling that fills your heart at those times, you couldn’t buy for a billion dollars. There will be good times, and bad times, but you’ll need them both. It’s from the bad times that you’ll learn. And you’ll find your family has good points and bad points, and you’ll love them for both. In fact, I think it’s people’s short-comings, not their strengths, that bind them together. So the thing to do, Mrs. Darving, is to muster up all your faith and energy and courage, and everything you have, into the head-long into the demanding, difficult, but the most fulfilling and wonderful job in the world.”
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 4:31 pm Another cliche come to life is about seeing thr world anew. When my kids were toddlers, it was fun standing around gawking at construction equipment at work. Now it’s fun making up stories and watching them learn how humor works. And things like a meme that’s going around lately: “My 8 year old asked if Bingo is the name of the dog or the farmer and now I’m questioning everything in my life.” And I like holidays and arranging banana pieces on a plate with three chocolate chips to look like a doggie. I teach in higher ed, and I really enjoy the cheeky humor of my younger students, similar to how I enjoy the childish antics of my kids and their friends. I guess mostly, I like the daily rhythms of a family of four.
Ann O.* September 14, 2019 at 4:40 pm I didn’t expect it to be so hard to put the best positives into specifics, but it really is! Here’s my attempt at specifics: seeing someone master a new skill they previously didn’t have (like a baby gain control of their limbs or a toddler’s early sentences), feeling the pure love of hugs, getting really silly and playful together, comforting someone and realizing your love can be powerful enough to help support someone else, BEING comforted and realizing your child is developing into a compassionate person, enjoying knock knock jokes and bad puns all over again. Most of the unpleasant situations are from the newborn/early baby phase. In US culture at least, that is a really difficult time because we don’t have a lot of support for getting through it. But it’s also short. Bodily fluids are not regularly everywhere for 2 year olds much less 8 year olds. Most babies learn to sleep through the night between 4 months and a year. Kids quickly learn how to respect parent time and privacy, so there aren’t regular interruptions when it matters.
Overeducated* September 14, 2019 at 4:49 pm Kids are actually fun a lot of the time! They laugh easily. They love to play. They like stories and dancing. You get to introduce them to toys and books and movies you loved as a kid. It’s different than adult fun, and unfortunately most of adult life is more work/logistics than fun in terms of sheer time commitments, but it is still legitimately fun!
Lady Kelvin* September 14, 2019 at 7:12 pm I’m a bit of an outlier because while I love my 6 month old son, I don’t particularly like being a mom. I just get worn out so easily when he is fussy and my husband has so much more patience dealing with an unhappy child. However, my favorite time of the day first thing in the morning when we bring him into bed with us for play/snuggle time. He loves lying between us and interacting with both of us and he is incredibly happy during that time. Also, when he’s sick in the middle of the night and I pick him up and he snuggles into my shoulder and calms down. It’s hard to describe but knowing that I was exactly what he needed then and he feels safe when I have him, it’s not happiness per say, it’s just strong positive feelings. We’ve always planned on two, but neither of us love being parents and are thinking maybe one is enough. It’s such a hard thing because there is no changing your mind.
Anon for medical discussion* September 15, 2019 at 7:53 am Just want to make sure you know that it’s super common not to love parenting in one particular stage. I was so not a baby person and I love parenting my toddler. Like, actively really love it and fight to spend as much time with her as possible, while honestly when she was a baby I was doing my best for her but not really loving it. That being said, if you don’t ever really enjoy spending time with your kid, sometimes that’s postpartum depression (which I also had) so it’s worth keeping an eye on.
Acornia* September 14, 2019 at 8:33 pm I have LOVED seeing my kids grow, learn, figure out the world and figure out who they are. The teen and young adult years have been especially good, as they’ve really started thinking critically, exploring new hobbies and figuring out who they want to be and finding their place in the world. Yep, it’s true. I love the teen years. (But then I’ve never been a terribly controlling parent and didn’t try to mold them at all. I suspect that helped.)
Vanellope* September 14, 2019 at 10:30 pm You’ve gotten a lot of details about younger children, but they get even more fun as they get older. My 10 year old daughter has a Fitbit and we compete on who gets more steps every day. My 6 year old daughter has started playing soccer and is KILLING IT. It’s so much fun to watch her play, she’s a tiny Alex Morgan. And listening to the older one and her BFF dance along off beat to Lizzo in the backseat of my car is adorable. Watching them become their own people with their own personalities is amazing, and much harder to put into words than “Ohhhh, baby kept me up all night”. Also it seems the bad parts are universal (exhaustion, messes, no free time etc) but the good parts are all unique to each kid.
LilySparrow* September 15, 2019 at 1:27 am Giving a baby a hunk of avocado or banana as their first solid food is one of the most hilarious things you will ever see. But truly, the reasons you get vague answers about the joys of parenthood is that the poop is easy to talk about, but talking about the love is very difficult: 1) Most of the emotions are much too intense and complex to articulate. You quite literally have emotions that you could not contemplate before, and have no way to describe to someone who doesn’t share the experience. (That’s not unique to parenting, it is common to “threshold” experiences like tragic loss or falling in love). 2) It is no longer socially acceptable or socially safe in many areas of our culture for parents (especially women) to fully express the satisfaction and delight they receive through their children -at least to non-parents. Women who are unreservedly joyful about their kids are often regarded with contempt. Focusing on the short-term unpleasantness or being jokey and dismissive are defense mechanisms. 3) Guilt and/or superstition. Sometimes it feels profoundly unfair to enjoy such sweetness in your own house every day, knowing that so many who want to, can’t. Or were scarred by loss or trauma. Or are struggling. Talking about your happiness feels like bragging. Having children also makes you vulnerable and keenly aware of your own & their mortality. There is a deep vein of superstition in all of us, that if we brag about the joys of children, we may invite tragedy. But since you wanted specifics: the best knock-knock jokes in the world come from 4 year olds who have no clue how humor works. Infinite snuggles. Baby head smell. When they plan elaborate surprises for you. When they want to show you what they made, or the thing they learned to do. When you realize that nothing else you do in your life could be as important as making a person – and they are awesome.
London Calling* September 15, 2019 at 4:04 am *Women who are unreservedly joyful about their kids are often regarded with contempt. Focusing on the short-term unpleasantness or being jokey and dismissive are defense mechanisms.* As a child free woman by choice I find it heart-warming and joyous to see how some parents clearly have a strong loving bond with their children and are not afraid to show it; and the reverse of the coin is being grieved and upset by how some people abuse and dislike these wonderful little human beings. The contempt you refer to in the presence of non-parents comes from those of us who are not parents being told by those of you who are over the years that until and unless you have this bond and experience this love you are, in many specific and definite ways, somehow lacking and *less than* as a human being.
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 2:30 pm A hard agree on the “lacking and less than as a human being”. There are many, many experiences in life that unless we experience them first hand we do not truly know. This applies across the board in life, not just to one or two specific types of life events. Just because a person has not experienced X does not mean they are less than. Conversely, just because a person has experienced Y does not make them “more than”. It just is their experience, not a measure of their worth as a human being. The second society starts describing some people as greater and some as lesser we (society) have a huge problem.
Parenthetically* September 15, 2019 at 2:43 pm “The contempt you refer to in the presence of non-parents comes from…” Yeah, I don’t think this is always true. I think it’s probably true for some people who express contempt toward enthusiastic parents, but not all. I’ve known parents who mock other parents for being pumped to spend time with their own kids.
LilySparrow* September 15, 2019 at 7:51 pm 1) I’ve never in my life considered or called anyone lacking for not having children, voluntarily or not. And I did not do so now. There are many things a person could do in life that are arguably more important than raising a child. But I, personally, don’t have any such skills or abilities. 2) Perhaps I should have said “hostility” instead of “contempt.” As you have admirably illustrated my point. OP, if you want to know why happy parents don’t talk about it, here’s your answer on a plate.
YetAnotherUsername* September 15, 2019 at 10:03 pm +1000000 to everything you said here. I wanted to say this but I didn’t know how to express it. Thank you for putting it into words. OP, I hope that by the time you have kids the pendulum has swung back and you will be allowed to acknowledge how awesome parenthood is without being accused of acting like you are better than others or looking down on others.
Agnodike* September 15, 2019 at 8:53 am I think the idea that women should always be content to fulfil their traditional social role is still really present in our culture, so there’s been a strong backlash against it that I think has pushed some people to swing too far in the other direction. But since that pressure to be perfectly happy and fulfilled just by being a spouse and a parent also still exists, people often feel guilty or like they’re not happy ENOUGH when they hear someone else talk about happiness in those roles (“Am I that happy? Should I be happier? Am I doing a good enough job?”). The idea that people (again, especially women) who express that they love being parents are somehow “faking it” is a defence mechanism against the insecurity that every parent feels at some point because everyone, no matter how much they love parenting overall, has days where they think WHAT HAVE I DONE? CAN I RETURN THIS KID SOMEHOW? I also think we’re living in a moment where there’s an especially strong expectation/need for social and cultural acknowledgment of the particularity of people’s experiences, which really amplifies the issue for both non-parents and for parents. The collapsing of public and private makes it hard to navigate what social roles mean, and I think also brings extra immediacy to the public performance of roles and the idea of authenticity. Basically, I think our culture has a terrible time with the idea that there’s a lot of different ways to live a good life: lots of relationship structures, parenting approaches (including taking the approach to parenting that it’s not for you), ways of generating income or spending one’s time that are diverse and equally good.
CL Cox* September 15, 2019 at 2:13 pm For my middle one, it was (and is) puns. SO MANY PUNS! When he ran out of puns to read, he started making up his own. I’ve been told that they outgrow that phase, but I’m not sure when – he’s 19 now and still going strong.
Agnodike* September 15, 2019 at 8:04 am OH MAN. There’s so much. My kid is almost 3 and what I really enjoy the most right now is watching her develop conversational skills. Where our interactions used to be more logistical (“Do you want to go to the park?” “What do you want for snack?”) now we can talk about how beautiful the sunflowers in our garden are, or wonder where birds go when they fly out of sight, or talk about what she thinks about her friends at daycare. It’s very cool watching her build a cohesive picture of the world she lives in and begin to have the language to express it. Spending time with my kid is kind of like spending time with my spouse – things are more fun when you share them with someone you love, and someone whose perspectives complement your own. I also have a super affectionate kid and it’s indescribably nice to be on the receiving end of her endless snuggles. Little kids can love in a way that’s really vulnerable and genuine and unrestrained, which is amazing to be on the receiving end of. Also, watching an almost three year old try to use adult phrases in conversation or do adult language stuff like tell jokes is HILARIOUS. Her thing right now is “funny stories,” which all go something like “Hey Mummy I have a really funny story! Once afon a time there was a…CATERPILLAR and his name was…JAMES!!!” followed by uproarious laughter. The surreal humour produced by observing the form of something but not 100% being clear on how you generate its content is extremely funny. I have more. I could go on for a long time. Being a parent does sometimes suck very much (reallllllly enjoying the traditional back to school cold right now) but it’s brought so many things, large and small, into my life that make me really happy every day.
YetAnotherUsername* September 15, 2019 at 4:47 pm Kids are hard work sure, but most things worth having are hard work. I have lots od fun with my kids. We sing silly songs and dance and play together and just hang out and watch TV and movies together. Having a family means having more people you love who love you too. When I come home from work they scream “mama!” and come running for cuddles. They give me random kisses and cuddles all day long and tell me they love me. It’s great. In society there is a lot of pressure right now not to talk as if kids are awesome. You’re made to feel like a bad feminist if you acknowledge that you actually enjoy your children. The cultural story of this century is that kids are awful and pregnancy is a nightmare, birth is horrific and breastfeeding is really hard. Truth is I loved being pregnsnt, I had pretty easy births, I loved breastfeeding and I enjoy spending time with my kids. I think most people do enjoy spending time with their kids but the culture nowadays means it’s considered rude to acknowledge that.
Patty Mayonnaise* September 15, 2019 at 6:45 pm My son just turned four, and he is a blast (also I’ve worked with kids of all ages and four is the best age – they are old enough to do a lot of things independently but still have no filter, so they say a lot of crazy stuff!). I love watching him experience things for the first time, and feel a LOT of joy when we end up liking the same things (recent examples are geodes and the parachute ride at an amusement park). I get to do things like play on playgrounds and go to kid-specific arts activities that other adults don’t get to do – we live in a city that has tons of unique stuff for kids and I get to share it with him. He has interests that are different from mine and my husband’s, and it’s fun learning more about the world (and late 70s new wave/punk music) through him. And it’s cute how he tries to be like us. He recently started “reading” the (adult) books I get out of the library, which means he goes through each page of the book pretending to read it. We compare how much we’ve “read” and we talk about whether the book is “a little happy and a little sad” or “a little scary” or whatever. And I feel very proud when he does something kind for someone. He is definitely kinder than me, so I can’t take credit for that, and I love him for it! I agree with the others who have said it’s easier to commiserate over the common challenges of parenting, because the joys can be pretty individual. Great question!
Washi* September 15, 2019 at 9:05 pm Thanks so much everyone! This was very reassuring. Like, if I were considering somewhere for vacation and most of the reviews said “The beach was dirty, there were mosquitoes everywhere, and the water was teeming with jellyfish, but it was a great vacation and I plan to come back next year!” I definitely wouldn’t go, and so sometimes I get kind of freaked out about wanting kids when I hear so much negativity about the day to day experience of having them. So thank you!
Fikly* September 14, 2019 at 2:12 pm I’ve had kind of amazing breakthrough in my internal thoughts. Without going into too many details, I’ve dealt with intense self-hatred for most of my life, and have been working on healing from that for a long time. Due to some chronic illnesses, when I’m trying to sleep, I often end up needing to change positions several (or more) times to find a position where I’m not in pain. The way I get myself to do that is to tell myself that if I don’t do that, it’ll take me longer to fall asleep, and then I won’t be as productive the next day, and that’ll impact the thing we don’t talk about on weekends, and that impacts my financial security. And even with that, I’ll often put off turning over for 10 minutes or so. The other day, as I was trying to fall asleep, I thought to myself, I deserve to not be in pain. And that was honestly the most positive thought I’ve ever had about myself. And I turned right over to try and find a better position. I’ve been thinking about that change in perspective ever since. I’ve certainly wanted to not be in pain before, but I’ve never thought that I deserved to not be in pain before. It’s pretty shocking.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 2:32 pm It’s so strange, isn’t it? I’m sure you’d have staunchly believed that your friends and loved ones deserved not to be in pain, but somehow it’s harder to apply that to ourselves. I’m so glad you did.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 2:59 pm I love moments like that. What a good gift to yourself. <3
Jdc* September 14, 2019 at 4:01 pm Wait. So just turn over. Why is that a debate or something to avoid? Maybe I’m confused.
Parenthetically* September 14, 2019 at 7:38 pm A person who has struggled with self-loathing having the revelation that they deserve not to be in pain is a big deal. That’s all.
Fikly* September 14, 2019 at 11:54 pm Because in my head, I deserve the pain, so why should I do something to relieve it?
Jdc* September 15, 2019 at 7:21 am Oh goodness no no dear. No one deserves pain. I get the tossing and turning being uncomfortable. I was run over 22 years ago and still have a lot of pain. Need new hips and knees and I’m not even 40. I totally get it sucking. But no way no how. It isn’t in your head it’s your body and you deserve to sleep well and feel good.
Jen Erik* September 14, 2019 at 5:47 pm It sounds so simple, but such a revelation. Just, congratulations for believing it, and thank you for sharing something so personal. I hope the pain isn’t too bad tonight.
Just a supportive answer* September 15, 2019 at 11:47 am Hey, I totally get it. That is a breakthrough most people could never understand. Like you, I’ve suffered this intense self-hatred, and I could never uncover the roots of why.
Katefish* September 15, 2019 at 12:44 pm The circumstances behind my difficulties this week were different, but please know your kind comment toward yourself really helped me process today. And yes, absolutely, you deserve not to be in pain and to sleep well!
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 2:56 pm Once we find this, it’s a gift that keeps on giving. I remember when I was growing up, I said to my father, “Daddy, there are monsters in my dreams at night!” He said, “That is because you let them in.” I said, “But I did not say, ‘here, monster, here’.” He was silent for a minute. Then he slowly and carefully he said, “No. You didn’t. But you did not tell them to go away either.” OHHHH. This is about taking back your power. Something happened and you received a message that your power (your autonomy) is GONE. But that’s a lie. It’s not gone. It might be different somehow but it’s not gone. As life went on, I grew fascinated with the idea of using affirmations. Someone introduced me to the idea of using affirmations to reduce pain. They told me a radical-to-me thing. When you use the correct affirmation you can blow out your own pain. My response was “Yeah. Right.” So I dabbled with this concept for at least 20 years. I tried various affirmations that I thought meshed well with gaps in my life. One day I had the worst pain. I was soaked in sweat and could not even navigate to the phone. There was nothing else to do but start with the affirmations. I said one particular affirmation and this incredible pain STOPPED. Cold hard, stop. I went from not even being able to move a few feet to being able to walk anywhere in my house with in seconds. It’s amazing what our own crappy thinking can do to us. Yeah, we can have real physical damage in our bodies, medically documented even. But if the thinking is in the latrine, the pain can ramp way up. Just because some one or something beat us up psychologically, that does not mean we have to continue the mental beatings for years later. I am continuously amazed by all the different ways we can beat ourselves up. We are really good at it. Most of us can benefit from listing to the tapes that replay in our minds and questioning, “Is that message actually TRUE? What are my own thoughts on this particular message?” Separating out our own thoughts from other peoples’ (other events) can be very hard. It’s hard to hear our own voice when our brains are jammed up with other voices. It’s worth the effort to go step-by-step and find our own thoughts on things.
Free Meerkats* September 14, 2019 at 2:13 pm In the thread where Jamie showed up and I shared the costume photo, I realized I’ve only shared a couple of photos. So here’s an album. I hope Jamie is here. https://photos.app.goo.gl/UAxNy7X3AEpFSrKD7
acmx* September 14, 2019 at 6:08 pm Great costume! Love the bow. Did you dye your boots or buy them pink? You’re doing something with chain mail this year, right? How’s that going?
Free Meerkats* September 15, 2019 at 6:42 pm I borrowed the boots from a coworker. And they came from the factory that color. He’s a clothes horse; I asked him where I could buy some pink shoes and he popped up a tab on his computer that was already open to a page where I could. Then he asked what size I wear and offered. He brought in 5 pair of pink shoes to choose from. These had never been worn, they still had tags on. The chain mail costume is targeted for 2021 and has been slow. I got sidetracked making some chain mail floggers as gifts.
acmx* September 16, 2019 at 8:17 am Wow, your coworker has a shoe problem lol I’d be afraid to know how many unworn pairs he had overall! But that worked out great for you. Nobody wears my size. Sidetracked by chain mail floggers lol :) Good luck! You have a year still.
Free Meerkats* September 16, 2019 at 3:24 pm He says he has 275 pair. Here’s one of the floggers, an anniversary gift for some friends. https://www.instagram.com/p/B2e9DDLHDBw/
Shiny alolan raichu* September 14, 2019 at 2:36 pm No Pokémon Go thread yet? I saw a friend this morning and had offered her a shiny natu weeks back. She traded me a spare shiny diglett and IT WENT LUCKY AND MY SHINY DIGLETT IS 100%. A shiny lucky 100%. We both squealed, hehe. I haven’t hatched any shiny regionals (I already had all the gen 1 regionals from last time they were in eggs) but after hatching FOUR (!!) unowns last week I’m ok with that! Oh and I got the excellent curveballs well before my 7 day streak of pokéstops so that’s good too. How are you all doing?
KayEss* September 14, 2019 at 3:09 pm I just hit level 37 the other day, so now I’m in stardust-scrambling mode to power up all my best ‘mons to their new highest level. Hatched a shiny cleffa the other day, which is… interesting. Evolved it all the way up and honestly do not like the way any of the stages looked. Oh, well. My BFF and I are going out tomorrow for turtwig day to get stardust and hatch eggs. We got three unowns between us last week, so we’ll see if we get any regional shinies. I’m not set on any of them but I want the dust. By the way, anyone know how to get sinnoh stones these days? My friend needs them bad and I could use a couple more, myself.
Shiny alolan raichu* September 14, 2019 at 3:54 pm Ooh I didn’t know cleffa could be shiny! I can’t keep up with the shinies tbh. I just click everything. I got a sinnoh stone battling a friend the other day and one from a 7 day research box but I hardly get them any more. I believe battling friends and team leaders is the most reliable way to get them – at least you have 4 chances a day. But would love to hear other ways if there are any!
KayEss* September 14, 2019 at 4:21 pm Is there a chance once a day at each league level when you battle a friend? We’ve been trying to battle daily but only one level. I don’t know a ton about the battles because we’re each other’s only local friend.
Shiny alolan raichu* September 14, 2019 at 5:46 pm You can get one reward a day for battling a team leader but up to three for battling friends in the game! Fwiw I usually get better rewards for losing than for winning. Once you’re ultra or best friends you can battle from any distance and it’s definitely worth battling 3x a day with a friend and once a day with the team leader.
Shiny alolan raichu* September 14, 2019 at 5:48 pm Sinnoh stones: https://www.eurogamer.net/articles/2019-02-12-pokemon-go-sinnoh-stone-5392 PvP battles: https://www.eurogamer.net/articles/2019-01-08-pokemon-go-pvp-trainer-battles-rewards-5392
GingerNinge11* September 14, 2019 at 3:50 pm I got lucky and evolved my Feebas this week, and finished my three great throws in a row fairly quickly, so I’m at the stage of catching 50 psychic/steel.
Quiznakit* September 14, 2019 at 6:15 pm I haven’t managed to hatch a single danged regional yet, but I’ve picked up a couple of shiny pokemon more or less at random. I wish I had someone local I could battle with to get this research task taken care of, but I don’t know anyone who plays pokego and none of my ultra friends ever take up the offer to battle. Anyone in Australia want a friend in the States? 0462 3571 1865
Elspeth Mcgillicuddy* September 14, 2019 at 7:41 pm I just want to say, as an utter non-player of Pokemon, this thread amuses me each week. Invariably I scroll down and see a new comment out of context and am like, “??? Cleffa? What in the world are they talking about?” Then I realize it’s you guys, and it all makes sense.
Shiny alolan raichu* September 15, 2019 at 4:38 am Hehe yeah we must sounds like we’re talking in code!
Southern Metalsmith* September 15, 2019 at 11:20 am I know! Every now and then, when playing this game and talking about it with friends, I get a kind of deja Vu feeling and realize it’s just remembering my son when he was 12 years old and he and his friends would huddle around their Gameboys sounding SO serious….. And I have to laugh.
Geezercat* September 14, 2019 at 9:16 pm Didn’t hatch a single unown, unfortunately. Got my last battle completed on Friday, and managed to get all 3 excellent curve balls Friday afternoon, so now I’m 5 days away from finishing the Thousand Year slumber. No shiny anything in a while, so community day will provide a nice change of pace (I hope).
Curly sue* September 15, 2019 at 6:50 am One Unown last week and I felt lucky, but now I’m sitting on seven farfetch’d, six Mr. Mimes, way too many Tauros, and none of them shiny. Phooey. I’m still collecting Feebas candy, so I haven’t gotten very far in the Jirachi research yet either, but I did find a shiny Feebas in the wild last week, so shiny Milotic feels worth the wait!
GingerNinge11* September 15, 2019 at 1:37 pm I have zero Mr Mimes so I would love to hatch one! I did hatch an Unown last week though.
Shiny alolan raichu* September 15, 2019 at 2:51 pm Ha I’m in Europe so they are everywhere here. Wish we could trade long distance! I just hatched a shiny larvitar, which would be great except I have all the evolutions shiny and normal from the community Day. Oh well, it’s hopefully good for a trade at some point.
Shay* September 15, 2019 at 5:34 pm My pokemon go account disappeared. (?) I know that this was A Thing but I could never figure out if it was recoverable. I keep thinking I might like to start again, but just haven’t. When I play, there are a fair few things I wish were different. The shinnies are new to me, so maybe they are different? Link about the feel of the type of game I’d like to follow, as well as more description. I don’t know, should I get back into it.
Shay* September 15, 2019 at 5:36 pm https://vaspider.tumblr.com/post/187681180656/maxiesatanofficial-jumpingjacktrash I’d like a more chill game where I can have a pokemon like Ashe’s pikachu where we just chill together and go on little adventure and it’s all very fluffy and cute. But like, the hole trade your pokemon in for points and then their base level keeps increasing as your level increasing and then you want the right moves combos for the gym battles… Erk
Mimmy* September 14, 2019 at 3:23 pm This question may be too broad but I’m annoyed, so here goes… Microsoft Office products: Mac or Windows? I use Windows at work and had Windows at home for years. Then, about 5 years ago, I decided I wanted my desktop stuff to line up with my iPhone and iPad, so I got an iMac desktop computer. So yes, I am using both–the mild confusion around that is for another thread lol. Microsoft has Office suites for both Windows and Mac computers. So, rather than using Apple’s native productivity software, I got Office for Mac because that’s what I’ve always used. Honestly, I don’t think it’s as good at Windows. For example, Outlook is missing features in the Mac version that I like in the Windows version, such as being able to automatically delete things in the Trash upon closing the program. I know, first world problems, but I want to hear your thoughts!
KayEss* September 14, 2019 at 3:31 pm I don’t know if the differences are as pronounced for stuff like Word or Excel, but Outlook and PowerPoint are both definitely, demonstrably sub-par on Mac. IMO the only reason to use either on a Mac is if you have cross-platform collaboration requirements for a business or academic environment. To add my own fuel to the OS-wars fire: people claim, or used to, that Adobe software works better on a Mac. That is absolutely not true, outside of possibly video editing (which I have admittedly little experience with).
BRR* September 14, 2019 at 3:33 pm My version of office for Mac is old and my Mac is old but I found office on Mac really subpar. It takes forever to open and seems to be missing stuff.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 3:51 pm I’ve only used the Mac version for years, and we’ve just shifted to Office 365, which I find painfully slow. So if you already don’t like the Mac version, I’d say try to avoid 365.
I edit everything* September 14, 2019 at 4:05 pm I use both, as well. Windows for work, Mac as my personal machine. And yeah, as an editor, the Windows versions of Word just work better. In fact, that’s the main reason I have a Windows machine at all.
Goldfinch* September 14, 2019 at 4:12 pm I have a mixed OS household, and we use Open Office. It transitions seamlessly, so you can use files across the divide without problems. Office for Mac is never going to be as good as Office for PC, and that’s intentional on Microsoft’s part. I much prefer actual publishing software, but when I’m forced to use Office, I revert to the open-source Open Office whenever feasible.
LQ* September 14, 2019 at 4:13 pm Office suite…I think that the MS Office vs Mac suite (Pages/Keynote/Sheets) is a little false dichotomy? There are other suites of tools out there, I used the google suite for a while and still do personally for a lot of stuff. (I have a mac at home and windows for work.) You are 100% right about Outlook for Mac having fewer features than it does for Windows, which really stinks. I keep hearing people say the ios version of outlook is much stronger. I decided that personally I don’t need to have my email tied to the rest of the productivity suite. Right now I’m using Spark and liking it a lot. The new version of Mail (Mac) coming with the update next week (I believe) is much better than the older version of Mail, which I always found a bit lacking. I am very much wishing for a snooze/boomerang feature on Outlook for windows these days and don’t know that I’ll move to another mail tool that doesn’t offer it willingly. I think that splitting email from the rest of the productivity suite can be useful. Word/Excel/PPT work great and you don’t need the ties into outlook for them to continue to work great. Same with the mac set. (Or open office, or google, or whatever else I’m missing.)
KayEss* September 14, 2019 at 3:24 pm Athletic-ish shoes! How do I choose the right ones? So I’ve started working out at a very low level, like just 20-ish minutes twice a week on an elliptical at a brisk walk speed, and have already managed to develop plantar fasciitis. I got myself some shoe inserts, which pretty much eliminate the pain when I wear my day-to-day shoes, but while working out and honestly even just when wearing my “athletic” shoes I have a lot of pain toward the back of my arches and heel area. The shoes are a solid 10 years old and I see when examining them that they’re starting to fall apart, so POSSIBLY they are the problem. I would like to get new ones, but I have no idea what to look for in shoes for brisk walking workout activities (I am deeply unlikely to ever attain running). What should I be looking for? (I don’t know if women’s vs. men’s shoes makes a difference in this area, but FWIW I am a woman definitely open to wearing men’s shoes because my women’s size is like 12EE which is a giant pain in the ass to find.)
ThatGirl* September 14, 2019 at 3:38 pm So, I definitely recommend a running store, they will also be able to help you pick a good shoe for brisk walking, look at your gait and give you options. Worth it to avoid pain. Generally athletic shoes only last a year or two, even if they look ok the support is reduced with wear.
Jules the First* September 14, 2019 at 5:09 pm Your shoes are definitely the problem. Even at 20 min 2x per week, you need to replace your athletic shoes every couple of years as the materials degrade. You could go to a specialist running store, but to be honest, at the level you’re doing, something from a general sports store should be fine. I would look for a “fitness” shoe rather than a “running” shoe if you primarily wear them on the elliptical – its less chunky and has a smoother sole for indoor traction. They also are frequently cheaper – I generally pay about $25 a pair for mine.
Llellayena* September 14, 2019 at 5:15 pm Head into a sporting goods store. The shoe section tends to have display headings like “walking”, “running”, “field sports.” And the staff will be able to help explain the difference.
Ktelzbeth* September 14, 2019 at 5:36 pm I agree with starting with new shoes as the first solution. Don’t even go for anything crazy fancy and expensive. New and not worn out makes a big difference. I can always tell when my running shoes start wearing out because I have a couple pains that come back. One pair of new shoes later, I’m fine. As far as men’s vs women’s shoes, look at men’s if your women’s size is 12EE. I’m genetically female and wear men’s running shoes because they are so much more comfortable for my wide feet.
LGC* September 14, 2019 at 6:19 pm Your shoes are DEFINITELY the problem, I think! If they’re ten years old and visibly falling apart, then – yeah – that’s an issue. And in fact, worn out shoes are a risk factor for plantar fasciitis. For a short term fix, I’d try getting stability shoes (basically, shoes that have more support). Running shoes are fine, but walking or general fitness would also work. You’ll definitely want arch support. There are slight differences between some men’s and women’s shoes – the obvious main one is sizing (where you’re a 10.5 men’s), but there are also small differences in last design sometimes. But you should be fine in a men’s shoe.
LGC* September 15, 2019 at 8:46 am Okay, a couple more notes since I’m a bit of a shoe nerd (my email inbox is at least 40% ads from running shoe brands): – OK, so I might be a bit fast and loose with the size conversions. I think I was right, but I’d suggest trying both a 10 and an 11 in men’s. (Especially the latter.) – $125-$150 is about what the latest versions cost (more or less – it depends on the brand), but older models can and do drop in price. And sometimes by quite a bit. This is good to keep in mind for future purchases – if you like a shoe, buy the next one after an update. – Generally, only wear your shoes to work out in, and you’ll get a lot more life out of them. I’m not sure if you do this already, but it’s something to consider. – DO NOT BE SCARED OF YOUR LOCAL RUNNING STORE. Seriously, it’s not just for jerks who run fast marathons. You’ll be fine – just tell them what you need.
The Doctor is In* September 14, 2019 at 8:43 pm Absolutely find a running shoe store, not just a sporting goods store. Expect to spend in the range of $125 or so for decent shoes. Worth every penny.
Anona* September 15, 2019 at 7:23 am I second going to a running store. They should watch you run, and can recommend shoes. If they don’t do that, find a new store. It’s a great service.
acmx* September 15, 2019 at 11:36 am I think if you’re only using the elliptical (so you’re physically staying in place) you don’t need to go to the running store and pay $120+ for running shoes. You just need a pair of new shoes that are comfortable and fit correctly. Make sure you have about a thumb’s width between your big toe and the shoe. You may need to use your inserts in the athletics shoes, too but maybe not. Good luck!
Blue Horizon* September 15, 2019 at 7:49 pm Normally I would agree with this, but the fact that plantar fasciitis is now in the picture would probably tip me back toward the running store. Of all the options for treating plantar fasciitis, having the right pair of shoes (confirmed by someone with the right tools who knows what they are doing) is one of the most effective and certainly one of the cheapest. Any decent running store will be able to oblige.
Llama Face!* September 14, 2019 at 3:37 pm Anyone out there have problems with overpronation but also have high arches? Everything I read seems to claim that people with this problem have low or fallen arches but I definitely do not. I was thinking of seeing a physical therapist to see if I could get some exercises or stretches that would help my stance. Has anybody done that and found it helpful? My workplace would cover a fair bit of the cost towards orthotics but I would prefer to avoid those if possible since shoe finding is already a challenge (long narrow feet but need wider toe box).
Jules the First* September 14, 2019 at 5:15 pm Are you me? My physio has had me working on consciously aligning my feet (think about putting weight into the outside edge of your foot when you walk) and lots and lots and lots of heel raises and calf stretches, focusing on alignment. The podiatrist really wanted to put me in orthotics six months ago, but my physio was confident we could do without, and he was right. My physio says I tend to grab at the floor (or my shoe) with my big toe, which causes my foot to roll in, but that this is learned behaviour compensating for poor rehab after a million ankle sprains and is therefore fixable.
Llama Face!* September 14, 2019 at 7:39 pm I’m pretty sure I do the toe grab also- and I have arthritis which shows up in my big toes on occasion so it’s extra unhelpful. :( Glad to hear exercises/stretches may be a possibility. I have some coverage through work for a physical therapist but I’m not sure if I need a doctor’s referral. Guess that’s the next task for me!
General von Klinkerhoffen* September 14, 2019 at 5:22 pm In addition to Jules’ comment, I had some good pointers from my old yoga instructor for exercises to improve my alignment and I’m sure it’s made a difference.
Llama Face!* September 14, 2019 at 7:41 pm I hadn’t thought of yoga (not something I’ve practiced) although I do see stretching advice online from weightlifting coaches & ballet teachers. It sounds like I have a few places I can look for advice. :)
Elspeth Mcgillicuddy* September 14, 2019 at 6:48 pm I have overpronation and really high arches, but no problems yet (fingers crossed). I think the overpronation is fairly minor though? No advice, just a data point.
Llama Face!* September 14, 2019 at 7:48 pm Glad yours isn’t causing you any problems! Apparently some pronation is normal but I think in my case it’s tipped too far (pun intended). I regularly wear out the inside edges of my shoes and it’s affecting my ability to practice my martial art and possibly making my arthritis flare up so I figured it was time to do something about it.
Fikly* September 14, 2019 at 11:59 pm I have had surgery to correct my pronation. I had the classic flat feet, but I just wanted to say that I have totally come across people who have had this with high arches. It’s definitely the minority, but it does happen.
MsChanandlerBong* September 14, 2019 at 3:51 pm We spent the whole day together without getting annoyed. Ten years later, I know I’m still in love with him because I still get butterflies in my stomach when he comes home after work.
valentine* September 14, 2019 at 5:17 pm I still get butterflies in my stomach when he comes home after work. Awww.
Anon Librarian* September 14, 2019 at 3:56 pm It’s a weekend of meat and sobriety. A week ago, I switched my driver’s license from one state to another. The DMV took my old license and gave me a temporary one – a piece of paper with my contact info but no picture. The new license gets mailed out on Tuesday (you can look it up). So it’ll probably arrive next weekend. Until then, I have no photo ID. My passport is expired and in a storage unit far away. So I can’t purchase alcohol or go to places with age restrictions. I don’t feel like drinking, but a good portion of my life involves music and art projects that often take place in 18+ or 21+ places. Not really a big deal – there’s more out there. But it’s weird to have this restriction all of a sudden at my age! In other news, I started eating meat after being vegetarian for about 25 years. I’m not sure if it’s about getting older or not having the budget to eat super healthy, but I seemed to be deficient in some nutrients. Adding meat to my diet has made me feel a lot healthier. I think it might have been a B12 issue (nerve pain, anxiety, depression). I think my body just doesn’t absorb B12 from other sources as well as it used to. So I’m enjoying eating meat and feeling better than in recent years. Also gardening, seeking improvement in the Friday thread area of life, and bonding with the dog.
LibbyG* September 14, 2019 at 4:42 pm Wow, I wasn’t sure where you were going with meat and sobriety. A cattle drive, maybe? I ate vegetarian for 11 years, and like you I really benefitted from adding meat back in. I’m glad that I learned to cook as a vegetarian. Definitely kept me in a plant-centered mindset.
Not enough coffee* September 15, 2019 at 4:39 am My state does this too. Idk how far from 21 you are- but if it’s obvious, I’ve ha click brinignmy expired passport or drivers license + a copy of my paper drivers license. An expired passport or license won’t be valid for driving or travel but it is still photo ID. This won’t work if you are 22, but I’ve been fine with this approach since my late 20s when checking ID is a formality vs necessity.
Anon Librarian* September 15, 2019 at 2:27 pm I wish that was an option! The DMV took my previous license and my expired passport is in a storage unit on the other side of the U.S. The best I can do is show them a photograph of my previous license with the paper temporary one. That might work. HOWEVER, I’m not going to these places for purely social reasons. I intend to do business with them or similar businesses who they are in contact with and may share employees with (small world). I have to present myself professionally and avoid doing things that would demonstrate a lack of understanding of how their business works. Having been a door person before, and having friends in all aspects of the business, I know how much of a risk these places take on when they let people in without sufficient ID. It would be fine if I had been there before and they knew me. But I don’t want to ask them to take that kind of risk and then try to build a professional relationship, starting there. You only get one chance to make a first impression. *This might seem Fridayish, but it’s not my main job. Just a side thing that is fun yet important to me.
Glomarization, Esq.* September 15, 2019 at 9:29 am I was ovo-lacto vegetarian for almost 20 years. Sometime shortly after I turned 40, though, I started feeling that something was missing, and animal protein just scratches that itch. I’m certain it has to do with perimenopause. So I’ve added a piece of ham or bacon with my breakfast every day, we have poultry every once in a while, and I’ll keep cans of tuna on hand and order fish sometimes when we go out to eat. When I do eat meat, I notice that I’m good with a pretty small portion, nowhere near what I would have served myself before I was vegetarian. But even with just a little bit of meat, I do feel better on a deep-down level that’s hard to describe.
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 3:01 pm I only lasted two years without meat. I ended up with protein deficiencies and all kinds of stuff going on. I would prefer not to eat meat but I can’t function. You’re right about the smaller portions. I think I do have a better sense of how much I need.
Jaid* September 14, 2019 at 4:09 pm I told my mom that I was being a bum on the weekend and she was nooo, you’re being a lady of means. Being a bum implies that I don’t do any work to justify resting on the weekend. Anyone else being a person of means this weekend?
Goldfinch* September 14, 2019 at 7:37 pm My husband is sick as a dog, which is very unlike him, so I’m doing what I call “frantically resting” to make sure I don’t catch his crud.
Duckie* September 14, 2019 at 6:18 pm How do you know when you really want to start dating? I’ve been single my whole life and sometimes feel that ache of wanting a partner to do things with. Everyone I know is married, so being the single third wheel gets pretty old. I’m just not sure if I actually want to commit to finding someone. I’m so used to my identity as being only me that I don’t know who I would be with someone else. I am also under constant pressure from family and friends to find someone. I don’t know if I really want someone to share my life, or if I just want to stop the nagging. Does anyone else have similar experiences?
Pharmgirl* September 14, 2019 at 6:24 pm I know exactly how you feel! I’ve always been single and usually love being alone. I have no idea how to adapt to sharing my life with someone. But sometimes I worry that I avoid dating not because I don’t want to, but because I’m afraid of change. And on the other hand – your last line really resonates. When I do date it seems to be to get family off my back. So, no advice, but I get it.
yeine* September 15, 2019 at 12:34 am As a personal who is usually single but sometimes feel a wierd pang for partnership, I’d recommend just signing up for a dating app – I use Hinge, which is a little more personable and feels like you’re meeting a potential partner and not a one-night stand. a first date is only like 60-90 minutes of your time. Then decide if you wanted to talk to this person more than other activity in your life, and after every date, ask. If you ever think “You know what, I think i’d rather play world of warcraft than hang out with this person,” then nicely say it’s not a match. Done! You don’t have to start giving up stuff other than time immediately – if a potential person is pressuring you into that, it’s not the right fit. just communicate your needs and wants – a good partner will go at your pace.
Agnodike* September 15, 2019 at 8:15 am Honestly? I was single and happy to be single until I met my spouse. For me, I wasn’t really interested in being partnered, but I was really interested in him. I also got a lot of “shouldn’t you have a boyfriend by now?” nagging that pushed me into a lot of awkward and unsatisfying dates with perfectly nice people I didn’t really want to be dating, but nothing about being with someone else every felt right or sensible until I met my spouse.
Shay* September 15, 2019 at 5:42 pm Relatable. I think ideally I’d like to be the polyamorous kind of third wheel. Being in a relationship is a lot of pressure and I don’t want to be in the “spot light” of a romantic relationship. I do have a partner, and my partner has a partner. And the two of them are moving out of state. My partner and I, even though we lived in the same city area, only met up twice a year and internet-ed often. But in the past year or so we haven’t seen each other at all. When we first got involved, we agreed that being in a relationship just meant a mutual acknowledgement of romantic feelings. But… is it?
YouwantmetodoWHAT?!* September 14, 2019 at 6:24 pm I know that quite a few of you have either recently bought a house (condo etc), or are currently looking. Can you share any tips or ‘I wish I’d known about’? My NotSon is looking (in Colorado), and was jut saying how hard it is and that it’s practically a ft job. Thanks in advance
RMNPgirl* September 14, 2019 at 7:13 pm Find a realtor; that’s the best advice I can offer. I didn’t really know anyone here but started going to open houses and met a realtor I clicked with. She then set up an automatic email that would send me homes that fit into a criteria we developed. That was great because I could see the listing and then let her know if I wanted a showing. I did keep looking on my own and every couple weeks checking out open houses or driving to new areas around the city to see if I’d want to live in that area. It took me a year to find my house, but I’m so happy I took that long to look. I knew this was the one almost right away and after I saw it, could not stop thinking about it. I was so excited to put in the offer and every day I drive up now I am so happy I bought it. Just remember the place is out there, but it can take a while but look for a bit and then a take a break for a few weeks and then go back to looking. I will say open houses are great because they help you figure out what you like and don’t like. However, the best thing is finding a good realtor. They help make looking for a house more fun than like a job.
I'm A Little Teapot* September 14, 2019 at 8:39 pm Meet multiple neighbors. Meet the neighbors on each side of what whatever place you’re considering. And ask each of them about the other.
Pharmgirl* September 15, 2019 at 9:05 am This is a really good point. I’d only met one neighbor before I bought my condo (the market here is crazy and offers were due the next day). After moving in I learned some things about neighbors that I wish I’d learned before. I don’t know that it would have affected my purchasing the place, but it’s good to know what you’re getting neighbor-wise!
Goldfinch* September 14, 2019 at 9:05 pm Try your commute from the house. In an old house I was only eight miles from work, but the drive was a nightmare of dump trucks and joy-riding elderly people doing 15 under the limit. My new commute is three times as long and half as stressful. Learn the geology of the area. Some areas around me are old mining towns, so sinkholes are prevalent. You wouldn’t know from a glance, and nobody will sell you sinkhole insurance in certain zip codes.
Gatomon* September 15, 2019 at 3:27 am Yes on the commute! I moved right to the heart of a massive bridge construction and road widening project, and I fantasize about flicking cars out into the river every morning and evening. I know there’s only a year or so left on the project and it’s for the better… but pretty much everyone is cranky and driving aggressively. It feels like we’re slowly turning into an urban Mad Max, or a music video for “Bad Habit.”
Gatomon* September 15, 2019 at 3:20 am I took a homebuyer’s ed course before I really got started, so that cleared up some things for me, and gave me some good info about buying locally. We heard from a Realtor, a loan officer, a title agent, a home inspector and the housing counselor. I strongly recommend doing this for any first-time buyers! There are online versions, but there’s a local nonprofit who does it in my area for much less if you’re willing to show up. One of the things they pointed out that I didn’t know was that a mortgage is post-paid, whereas rent is prepaid, so you actually get a “free” month when you move from renting to owning! For me, I paid rent for July, closed mid-July but made my first payment on September 1. It gave me a little piece of mind during the moving process to know that I had time to settle in a bit before I had to make the new, higher payments. I actually only spent a week looking before finding “the one,” but yes I had to jump on any listings I liked ASAP. My Realtor made me drive by before we did a showing, so I usually did it right after work. I completely crossed one neighborhood off my list after driving through and finding it was full of big diesel pickups speeding around rolling coal on my little sedan – not my jam. Also you want to consider how the neighborhood might change long term. Are there larger, older lots or vacant lots that might be targeted by developers for denser development? Does that bother you? Is the area outside the city but a possible target for annexation soon, and how would that affect your tax burden? (I’m very pro funding our government services for the record, but in my area the difference between city and county-only tax rates is more than double, so it’s impossible to ignore.) Also if you have neighborhood councils, there may be info posted online about their concerns. The area I was renting in had ongoing discussions about issues with drug use, crime and homeless encampments. I’d say that was accurate, part of the reason I moved was because of the crime occurring right outside my doorstep. The area I moved to is really concerned about snow plowing and getting more parks in place, and preserving dark skies at night.
Cheesesteak in Paradise* September 15, 2019 at 5:37 am If the condo is in a multi unit building, he might want to (can’t say if this would be possible if it’s occupied) have a friend stomp around in the unit above the one he’s considering to assess for noise transmission. Also HOA fees and how the HOA is organized (builder seats versus homeowner seats). Financial solvency documents of the HOA.
rubyrose* September 15, 2019 at 10:37 am Everything Cheesesteak says! I ended up in a condo where the people above me stomped all the time. It was especially bad on game days. I put up with it for several months, until the stomping started at 6:00 am. I took my crutch and banged on my ceiling. It got better after that. Same condo – most everything had been owned by a realty company and they decided to get out. This meant that there were a large number of units on the market all at once. Once the realty company was out, we discovered that the HOA had not been taking care of business, like routine maintenance and putting money back for future major work. We were about to be hit for major sewer replacement for which each unit was going to be assessed around $5000. I fortunately was able to get out before that happened.
Reba* September 15, 2019 at 8:34 am I think I would say, to not be in a rush to find the place…. but when you’ve found the place, be ready to act and don’t hesitate! We took several breaks during the looking phase this year and I’m SO glad that we did.
tamarack and fireweed* September 16, 2019 at 1:46 pm We closed on a house purchase three weeks ago after a way-too-long process delayed by the fact that there was a large, unchecked wildfire burning in an area that posed no imminent danger for our location, but was too close for comfort for the local insurance carriers to issue homeowner’s insurance. It was my first time (my spouse has owned several, including the one I moved in with). Plus, I’m a Green Card holder and not versed in all aspects of US bureaucracy. We kept our eyes open low-key for over a year (we knew what we wanted and that it was kinda rare), and when friends of ours put their beautiful place up for sale, we went in quickly with an offer. Their asking price looked fair to us so we made an offer at full-price. Neither side ever got a realtor or even real estate attorney (it’s not required in our state), instead we worked with a large title company who turned out to be fully competent. They had a “for sale by owner” package that covered all eventualities. And we got the mortgage from one of our local credit unions, the one we both have accounts with AND I got an earlier auto loan from. Honestly, if you’re lucky enough to have a base level of trust in the former owners and are aware of potential pitfalls in your area (in ours it’s stuff like permafrost, internet availability…) I can only recommend this. The one thing I was stressing out over unneccessarily was the correctness of all the documents on signing day. In fact, if errors are found later, they can be corrected and refunds issued. There’s actually a piece of paper you sign that’s about correcting any minor mistakes! (There was an ~$400 error on the $VERYLARGESUM we were due to pay at closing, in our favor, and my partner just wanted to get the whole thing over with and let it slide. But the former owner, who is an accountant, spied it and had it corrected, so the title company issued a refund check for us.)
Elizabeth West* September 14, 2019 at 6:37 pm Helloooo, just because a house has a for-sale sign in front does not mean you can just park in the driveway and go wherever you want on the property! I was on the phone with my brother earlier this week, and you know how you sort of walk around when you’re talking on the phone? I was doing that, and I happened to look out the window, and saw a vehicle parked in front of my car. I thought maybe someone had pulled in to look at their GPS or something, and I couldn’t see anyone from inside, so I went out (still on the phone). As I came down the steps, an old couple walked out from behind my house! I said, “Can I help you?!” The woman said they’d seen the realtor sign in front of my house and wanted to check out the backyard! WHO DOES THAT?????? How do you know the homeowner isn’t some paranoid weirdo with a shotgun?! If they’d knocked on the door and ASKED to see the yard, I might have said, “Sure, go ahead,” and then referred them to the agent if they wanted to arrange a viewing of the inside. But this is private property! The entitled bullshit pissed me off, so I kinda scolded them and they left. My brother was on the phone the whole time and he said, “WTF!” I told my realtor about it when she called me on Thursday (we dropped the price a little; hopefully that will get more bites) and she said, “People are nuts.” She told me they had a buyer once, a doctor, who would go look at these really nice listed homes (still occupied) and wander all over people’s property. She had to tell him, no, you cannot do that.
fposte* September 14, 2019 at 7:07 pm Do you know the lovely Adult Swim show Joe Pera Talks with You? He’s a soft-mannered upper Midwestern teacher, and in one episode somebody puts up a For Sale sign in front of his house, so when people walk in and look around he assumes he’s obliged to let them and to sell it.
MuttIsMyCopilot* September 14, 2019 at 7:45 pm People are crazy and will totally do that. They’ll also stomp through your flower beds to look in the windows, open all your gates and set your dogs free, knock on the door at weird hours and expect to be let in for a tour, and try too negotiate prices and repairs without contacting your agent or having one of their own. Ask me how I know. I refuse to put up a yard sign now. Realtors know how to check listings, and people who don’t have realtor tend to not be serious buyers, not understand the process, and have very unrealistic demands.
Elizabeth West* September 15, 2019 at 12:30 am I usually keep the curtains shut, but I guess I’ll have to wear a towel when I get out of the shower until I sell it or get out of here!
anonagain* September 14, 2019 at 7:58 pm I am internally screaming so loudly you can probably hear me.
Cookie Monster* September 14, 2019 at 7:34 pm Hi Allison! I love all of your book recs, most of them end up on my reading list. Would you ever consider linking to a site like IndieBound that supports independent bookstores instead of Amazon when you recommend books? It has the book description and reviews and an option to search its availability at your closest independent bookstore by zipcode. Here’s an example of the link for The Lager Queen of Minnesota: https://www.indiebound.org/book/9780399563058
Agnodike* September 15, 2019 at 8:58 am Does IndieBound do affiliate marketing? I assume the reason Allison uses Amazon is because it’s one of the ways the site generates income. (I am 100% with you on avoiding Amazon, by the way; I don’t shop on Amazon, including clicking affiliate links.)
Cookie Monster* September 15, 2019 at 11:14 am I just checked and it looks like they do have an Affiliate Program!
Justme, the OG* September 14, 2019 at 8:17 pm I heard an interview with J Ryan Stadal and he sounded like a really pleasant person. I’ll add the book to my TBR pile.
LuJessMin* September 14, 2019 at 8:18 pm My sister’s husband passed away this week (Stage 4 pancreatic cancer), while going through his stuff my sister has found out that he bought his ex-wife a new car, and he has a girlfriend in Australia that he’s been sending money too. I never really liked the guy, and my opinion of him just sunk lower.
The Doctor is In* September 14, 2019 at 8:45 pm So sorry you are dealing with that. My mother in law’s husband died a few years ago and we found out he was supporting a girlfriend in the next town. He was in his 70’s.
Auntie Social* September 15, 2019 at 12:01 am Is it wrong to ask which one wants to pay for his funeral services, the ex-wife or the girlfriend??
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 3:09 pm I have been reading about financial infidelity. It’s considered on a par with sexual infidelity. I can see why, is such a huge breach of trust. I am very sorry this happened to your sis.
NoLongerYoung* September 15, 2019 at 9:41 pm Been there. It’s horrible to look through documents and cancelled checks, and understand how unfaithful someone was. Sending comforting thoughts.
MOAS* September 14, 2019 at 9:11 pm Watching friends for the 90th go around and clicked on a random episode for background noise. It was the one where phoebe thought her recently deceased mother was reincarnated in to a cat. I never really paid attention to that character but….. Y’all I was NOT expecting to bawl so much while watching Friends. It was presented in a silly way but really touched upon how people can grieve.
Patty Mayonnaise* September 15, 2019 at 7:03 pm I love that storyline! And I also loved that Ross was the one who was like “this is not okay” and in conflict over Pheobe about it. The writers didn’t do a ton of Ross/Pheobe in conflict stories but it was always interesting to see their very different world views pitted against each other.
KristinaL* September 14, 2019 at 11:11 pm I’ve written and illustrated a few children’s books that so far haven’t been accepted by a publisher. I’m beginning to think about self-publishing. Has anyone here tried self publishing, and how did it work? One big concern I have is that I’ve never thought of myself as someone who’s good at marketing, so somehow I need to get people to actually notice my books.
Bibliovore* September 15, 2019 at 2:26 am There is a lot that goes into publishing children’s books especially illustrated ones. For example, do you know what an art director does? I would recommend becoming a member of the Society of Children’s Book Writers and Illustrators and seeking out meetings of local chapters to get an idea of what is involved with children’s book publishings. For example- professional illustrators often begin their careers illustrated a well-known author then begin to get contracts to illustrate their own writing after they have established a track record. A conference like Highlights is a good intensive experience to gain knowledge and discover if your work is competitive in the market place. Good Luck.
Weegie* September 15, 2019 at 4:02 am Echoing Bibliovore to say that you need to do a lot of research before thinking of doing this. I don’t want to go in to huge amounts of detail, as this is the non-work thread, but I do have experience of publishing both e-books and physical books, and marketing is, as you suggest, an issue. If you want to self-publish mostly for your own satisfaction, and/or to learn about the process of making a book, and are content to mostly give away the books, it can be a very enjoyable journey.
Anona* September 15, 2019 at 7:18 am Yeah, I’m not from this industry, but my impression that self publishing is essentially just for “fun.” An ebook may be cheaper for you, I’m guessing, but I wouldn’t expect it to have many sales. It would be more for the experience.
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 3:13 pm Friends will do in-person sessions at local bookstores. They have a table and lay out their books and do autographs. It’s work to do this and there’s lots of talking with people.
LilySparrow* September 15, 2019 at 8:12 pm I have a few indiepubbed books out, and I highly recommend the free resources in Iain Rob Wright’s Self-Publishing Mastery course. Thing is, every published author I know is marketing their books all the time -whether tradpub or indie. Unless you are a HUGE name with a HUGE backlist, books don’t sell themselves. Publishing advances are much less than you think, and publishers just drop authors whose books don’t sell. Granted, marketing under a prestigious imprint is going to involve nicer, larger venues, etc. But the author is still doing a lot of effort, and a lot of talking about their work. So either way, if you want to sell books you will have to do some marketing. But there are a lot of ways to go about it, and I’m sure you can find some that suit you (even if they are a bit outside your comfort zone). I’d recomnend talking to the children’s librarian at your local school and library branch, and perhaps at an indie bookstore. The biggest market and easiest way to publish indie books is online. Schools and libraries are major connection points for kids books – they could probably give you good info on how practical indie is for the kids market.
Pied Piper* September 15, 2019 at 12:02 am Has anyone here used an online/mail order invisible braces company, such as Smile Direct or Smile Love? I want to straighten my teeth but I can’t really afford regular or invisible braces through an orthodontist or dental office. I have seen ads and rave reviews for these online and all over social media and I am curious. They look like a more affordable way to straighten my teeth. If anyone has experiences to share I would appreciate it.
NoLongerYoung* September 15, 2019 at 9:47 pm I haven’t but what I did do on my tight budget, was go to the regional dental school graduate orthodontics practice. They were just 2/3 the cost, and took payments. I was also able to use my health savings account from work, so after I made the first payment, I turned it in for reimbursement, and used that to make the second payment, and so forth. I was compliant enough that they began sending me home with a months worth at a time (I had to commute in and use my flex work time to do it… ). If you have an HSA through work, check out the coverage. As it turned out, I wound up having to get “real” braces as I had one tooth that was twisted sideways. I should have just gotten the (cheaper) wire ones and put up with them to start with – it would have been faster. But happy I did it – it ended my grinding and clenching (I still wear the retainers) and having the teeth aligned is helping me keep them as I grow older. No unusual wear patterns.
brushandfloss* September 15, 2019 at 12:50 am As a dental hygienist, I would stay away from them. There are some things that should not be DIY. Shifting teeth improperly and too quickly can cause bone loss, gum recession, tooth loss, bite problems and jaw pain. Also while I don’t know your exact situation, SDC is not meant for seriously misaligned teeth.
Not enough coffee* September 15, 2019 at 4:32 am My daughter (3) has a problem with sleep. She’s scheduled for a sleep study in Nov, and we have an appointment with a sleep clinic in two weeks. In the meantime, I’m desperate for any tips or tricks you might have as it is ruining the sleep if everyone in this house (including my other two kids) and we are going to break. She goes to bed fine. She wakes up between 1 and 3am like clockwork and cannot fall back asleep for HOURS. Starting in the spring, it was once every few nights. Since the end of the summer, it is every.single.night. Our ped suggested she may have sleep apnea, and referred us to an ENT who said it’s not likely given her symptoms but it may be something like RLS waking her up, and ordered a sleep study. ENT also said apnea and RLS don’t *keep* you up, just make your sleep quality poor. It is NOT a need to go to the bathroom (we thought that for a while). I think it’s some combo of inability to self settle and anxiety. But whatever it is, having an adult lay with her doesn’t help. She just stares at the wall saying she cannot sleep. If we make her stay in bed, she just stares at the wall for 30 min or so then gets up to tell us she still can’t sleep. This goes on for several hours. Usually 1-3 or 3-5. She’s always been a not great sleeper, but not…so clearly disordered. Any advice or suggestions? When she had a cold we gave her benardyl (ok’d By the ped) and hoped it would both clear her allergy induced cold and help with sleep. All it did was seem to shift wakeups from 1am to 2:30am. I’ve considered giving her second dose overnight but that seems extreme. Melatonin? My research says that’s more forgetting to sleep. Any advise at all would be so so welcome.
Fikly* September 15, 2019 at 6:39 am Have you tried a pediatric sleep specialist? They focus more on the behavioral aspects, rather than the physical aspects, though I agree it’s a good idea to make sure that it’s not a physical problem triggering the wake up. Once she’s awake, it may be behavioral, but if you can eliminate the waking, problem solved.
Not enough coffee* September 15, 2019 at 2:50 pm That’s the type of proviser we are seeing at our sleep clinic appt in a few weeks. It was the earliest appt.
Koala dreams* September 15, 2019 at 7:34 am Give her something to do when getting up in the middle of the night. Listen to music in earphones (if you trust her to not have too high volume), play with quiet toys, brush the teddy bear. Often when you can’t sleep it helps to do something else for twenty minutes or so, then you can go back to bed and sleep again. If you stay in bed and look at the wall (or the wall clock) it just makes you more worried and it gets harder to sleep.
Not enough coffee* September 15, 2019 at 2:52 pm This is a great idea. I will try it tonight! Thank you. We definitely have been pushing the sleeping part and not allowing the wakefulness as it only seems to make it worse- but this makes total sense.
Blue Horizon* September 16, 2019 at 12:05 am You could also try leaving her to do that for 20 minutes or so, then checking in again and (if she is still up) going through the bedtime routine again – or an abbreviated version of it, if it’s long – to try and get the sleep cues going. If it doesn’t work then repeat from the start as needed. Part of the issue in these situations is that everyone gets really stressed and the child picks up on it and they’re lying there feeling stressed as well, and of course they can’t sleep. I used to try to mentally make my peace with the idea that I might be up all night repeating the routine, and frame it as pleasant bonding time with the child. When I pulled that off (not as easy as it sounds) it did seem to help deescalate the situation and meant that everyone was more relaxed. Best of luck. We dealt with enough of this kind of thing to know that there is no one right answer and no suggestion is guaranteed to work, but hopefully you can find something that will work for you.
Llellayena* September 15, 2019 at 8:32 am Does her being up for a time in the middle of the night affect her ability to stay awake and not fussy during the day? It sound like she does go back to sleep eventually. If it doesn’t cause daytime problems, maybe it’s just her natural sleep cycle. I have a friend who uses a similar cycle, up for 2hrs in the middle of the night. Maybe give her some things she’s allowed to do to play quietly when she wakes up that won’t wake the rest of the house and see if it settles into a workable routine?
Red Sky* September 15, 2019 at 9:53 am This is my husband’s sleep cycle. He’ll go to bed for about 3-4 hrs then get up for another 1-2 with a snack and bit of TV, then back to bed for the rest of the night. He’s also one of those people who does fine on less than 8 hrs. I used to worry a little bit about it until I heard about the Segmented Sleep cycle. This sleeping pattern is called segmented sleep. Historical documents across cultures show plenty of references to a first and second sleep, divided by a period of being awake in the middle of the night. But the light bulb changed everything. From NPR website.
Red Sky* September 15, 2019 at 1:39 pm Adding: I just asked him if he was like this as a kid; he said he’s always been like this as far back as he can remember and getting too much sleep makes him feel like he’s sick or slightly hungover.
Not enough coffee* September 15, 2019 at 2:54 pm No, she’s a monster when she’s up all night. And she hasn’t always been on this schedule- she used to sleep through the night, just fitfully. And waking up at 5am for a while. She needs to be out the door at 8:30 (and at 7:40 once she starts kindergarten) so a schedule where she gets up in the middle of the night then sleeps til 10 isn’t workable. Plus, I have 2 other kids and DH and I have to get to work!
Mimosa Jones* September 15, 2019 at 9:11 am What if you let her stay up? If she wakes up she can play quietly in her room until she’s ready to sleep again. Is she independent enough for that but not so independent that she’ll take a walk? I know this is tough to implement with a 3-year-old. You could also make a little nest for her beside your bed. Sometimes a change of scenery helps. I used a CD for kids called Sleepytime Bear for my child that had a guided relaxation, then a story and then some nice guitar music. And there are sleep podcasts too. Or there are lights that project on the ceiling that she could watch until she’s sleepy. Lavender is supposed to help with sleep. You could get a lavender scented snuggly thing. I’m not diagnosed, but if RLS is restless leg syndrome then I think I have it and it can absolutely keep you from falling asleep. One thing that helps me is to put a warm rice pack on the back of my legs. I’m not sure if it relaxes my muscles or if it’s just warm and soothing, but it helps. How anxious are you about this? I know, it’s messing with everyone’s sleep and that’s hard. What’s your attitude towards her sleep problems? If you can project an air of ‘this is a thing that happens and we should look into it but it’s no big deal’ I think that could help. Does she get enough sleep overall? Maybe this is just the way she’s wired right now. They say people used to split their sleep naturally. If you have the luxury of shifting your sleep schedule to match hers, you might have more options. You’d be less desperate to get her back to sleep and that could help. Can you get up and do something quiet together out of bed for a bit, then run a short routine and put her back to bed? It could end up being some nice time together. If you aren’t already, keep a sleep journal. Record the hours of sleep to start and add things like food and activity and what you’re trying as you see the need. Try each new thing for a week or two before abandoning it. And don’t mess with the rules: set bed and wake times, bedtime routine, quiet environment, no or low light, etc. People with sleep problems have to be very diligent about following their sleep rules and routines or their sleep gets out of whack fast.
KR* September 15, 2019 at 11:32 am Does she still nap during the day? Could it be that she is ready to stop napping?
Not enough coffee* September 15, 2019 at 2:56 pm No, she stopped napping almost a year ago (last January). Interestingly, the dropping of her nap coincided with the start of these issues and they’ve progressed. We tried reintroducing a short afternoon nap and it was no help.
Observer* September 15, 2019 at 11:40 am Do make her go back to bed. Do NOT tell her to go back to sleep. She clearly can’t sleep, so telling her to sleep is just making things worse. But she needs to stay in bed, and not keep coming to you. Ask the doctor about melatonin. It’s controversial, which is why I would not do it without your doctor’s agreement. But given the situation, it’s worth a conversation with the pediatrician. Would a night light help? If you put one in her room, use one with soft yellowish light. (The last thing she needs is a blue-er light in her room.) Also, something to cuddle with. It probably won’t help her to sleep, but it might help her to stay in bed. Lots of luck with this – it’s HARD.
Not enough coffee* September 15, 2019 at 2:58 pm She has a nightlight, and we do say she has to stay in bed and rest (not “sleep”). She does stay quietly but will every 30 min or so come out. Or, she’ll stay in because we convince her…and then scream for us and wake the entire house (inc my 1 year old that sleeps 7-8 straight through…)
Observer* September 15, 2019 at 3:57 pm Maybe let her get out of bed, as long as she stays in her room and does something quiet.
valentine* September 15, 2019 at 5:49 pm If you stopped the naps again after a month or less, go back to them for a month or two (until the appointment) and see what happens. If she sleeps fine at naptime, can you recreate the environment overnight? My go-to would be someone, including another child, is disturbing her. Does she have her own room? Secretly (as in tell no one) put a nanny cam in her room (maybe even a nanny cam Teddy who is her new nighttime buddy) for each scenario (alone, with an adult) and see what happens. If you haven’t already, let her sleep in your room/bed to see what happens. Why does she go to or scream for you? What does she want you to do for her? She stopped napping a year ago and you have a one-year-old. Did the baby lead to changes in this child’s sleep routine? If the baby is in your room, is this child merely seeking to have you to themselves when the baby needs you less?
Shay* September 15, 2019 at 3:02 pm To help everyone else sleep, can you encourage her to listen to an audio book with headphones or similar? My brother did not need a lot of sleep growing up and would stay up until midnight. My parents were fine with it so long as he didn’t disturb me or my sister. He learned to read all on his own at four and spent most nights reading Calvin and Hobbs.
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 3:15 pm Laundry detergent? Fabric softener? As an adult I had to change mine in order to get better sleep.
Thea* September 15, 2019 at 3:53 pm My kid has been doing the same thing on and off this past year. This is what has worked for us: 1. Black out curtains. If it’s completely dark in the room, the odds are better for my kid to fall back asleep. 2. Letting one parent sleep every other night. We put an extra mattress in the kid’s room, where the “on call” parent slept. 3. A later bed time. And by later, I mean really late. At first we were worried that our kid wouldn’t get enough sleep with such a late bed time, but hey, if they’re awake for three hours in the middle of the night, they’re not getting enough sleep anyway. Once our kid started sleeping through the night again, we were gradually able to push the bed time back to where we want it to be. I hope you find a way that works for you and your daughter!
Not enough coffee* September 15, 2019 at 5:34 pm She has blackout curtains. DH and I have already started alternating BUT luckily for us we also have a baby and an older one who occasionally have middle of the night needs so it’s a nonstop wakeupfest around here. A late bedtime is a non starter. She’s calling down tired at 7. Unless we let her nap in which case she’s up until 11. I suppose that might be a way forward if nothing else works but I don’t want to start that habit until we have our various consults.
Miss Astoria Platenclear* September 15, 2019 at 9:38 am Is there a way to get an email notification of when the Friday Ooen Thread goes up? Thanks.
Laura H.* September 15, 2019 at 10:10 am I don’t think so. However, the Friday Open Thread goes up around 11am EST (GMT -4:00).
Miss Astoria Platenclear* September 15, 2019 at 12:49 pm Thanks. I will set a reminder on my Outlook calendar.
DrTheLiz* September 15, 2019 at 10:28 am Today I decided to experiment with my apple bread recipe and you guys, it’s so amazing I had to share it. I ate 3 slices for breakfast and Spouse wanted seconds. STRUDEL BREAD Ingredients 1 apple 1 cup apple juice 3 cups or 350g flour (I use brown or strong wholemeal bread, but whatever you prefer). 1 tbsp (1 packet) yeast 1/3 tsp salt 1/2 tsp nutmeg, ginger and allspice/cloves 1 tsp cinnamon 1 tsp vanilla essence 1 egg 1/4 cup raisins 1/4 cup smallish walnut pieces Method FIRST grate your apple. Squeeze the gratings into your measuring cup – you should get at least most of the cup of juice this way, and the more liquid you get out of the apple shreds now the easier life will be later! Mix the apple juice and yeast, let stand for a minute or two to help get the yeast going. Add egg, salt, spices, vanilla essence and mix well. Add 2 cups flour, mix well. Knead in 3rd cup flour, set dough to rise for ~30 minutes. (Note, at this stage looking too dry is a good thing). Punch down dough, knead in the apple shreds, walnut pieces and raisins. This will make the dough very wet, and it’s easier if you add some extra flour to help things “stick together”. Shape, put in to loaf pan and let rise. Bake at 175 C (about 345 F) for half an hour or until the top of the loaf sounds hollow when tapped. I sometimes put the loaf in the cold oven when only mostly risen and then turn it on, which saves some time. Serve warm with butter!
Pam* September 15, 2019 at 2:41 pm Yum. I used to make an apricot quick bread using dried apricots and apricot nectar.
Lena Clare* September 15, 2019 at 5:34 pm Is that half a teaspoon each of nutmeg etc? It’s the egg for raising or just for binding? I’m thinking I can substitute flax seed for binding if so (don’t eat eggs). Sounds delish!
NoLongerYoung* September 15, 2019 at 9:55 pm Thank you! Apples in the frig (Granny smith…) so thinking I’ll try this next weekend. Sounds wonderful!
Sally B* September 15, 2019 at 11:14 am Dream interpretation? I had a dream I was in a room with two bandmates, one female and one male. We were getting ready to play a gig. I realize we are in a synagogue and that I had previously agreed to play a super religious gig here for a religious holiday. I wonder why I’d agreed to that because that’s something that would make me uncomfortable. I look through the glass and in another room in the audience are my DNA donors, whom I don’t talk to. I tell my bandmates I don’t feel comfortable playing a religious gig with my abusers in the audience, but they don’t seem to listen to my concerns. I leave with my things and sit down outside on a bench. Ben Platt, the singer/actor, sits down next to me. I don’t mention his work at all, but we just talk and become close friends quickly. My female bandmate comes outside and sees me on the bench. She starts yelling at me for missing the gig. She calls me by a name I don’t use anymore and tells me she’s going to slander me in all the papers. I shrug it off, but Ben starts walking away. I run after him. Then he runs faster. I go back to the bench to get my things and my nsister is creeping around, so I put my jacket over my face. I go in a cafe to hide.
Miss Astoria Platenclear* September 15, 2019 at 1:44 pm I googled “synagogue dreams “ and apparently they represent an area of your life where you feel every thing you do must be perfectly positive. I suppose it makes a difference if you grew up Jewish/going to synagogues. Sounds like you have angst and frustration right now. Best wishes.
Anon Librarian* September 15, 2019 at 3:11 pm It’s so hard to respond without knowing how much of that mirrors your real life and how much is random! I would want to know if you were made to attend synagogue as a child, if your DNA donors were part of that, and if you’re really in a band with those two people. Obviously, you might not want to reveal those things here. I used to have a dream interpretation book. It was a random one that an ex-roommate left behind. I found it to be helpful in the way that asking friends for advice is helpful – it offered something and provoked a response, although the response could be disagreement. I think that how the dream makes you feel makes a big difference. The feeling it leaves you with. Writing about it can be really helpful, as you probably already know. Regardless of how literal it is, it has the ring of “disparate parts of life coming together.” And distress because of that. That probably means something, but only you can say what.
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 3:22 pm Going one step further, sometimes we can start having dreams about a bad time in life AFTER we have gotten to a safer place. Once in even a slightly safer place, it’s safe to look back and see what actually happened there. Do you think you are in a safer (perhaps not ideal but safer) place than you once were? You may find that journalling helps to deal with the dreams. I have heard it said we will sometimes confront things in dreams that we will not confront in waking hours. If you can reflect on even a few things during waking hours you might improve your sleep somewhat.
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 3:25 pm I should say confrontation looks like this: “Yes, X happened. [affirmation of truth and explanation of what happened] It is over now. X is not happening anymore. [This is like doing an update for the memory, bring the memory up to current time.]”
Not A Manager* September 15, 2019 at 11:35 am I see a lot of anxiety in the dream about performing to others’ expectations vs. caring for your own needs.
Imtheone* September 15, 2019 at 11:38 am You could try melatonin when she wakes up. It should make her sleepy in about a half hour.
Clisby* September 15, 2019 at 6:41 pm Maybe. My husband and I tried melatonin as an alternative to benadryl … and nothing. Didn’t help us sleep at all.
Menacia* September 15, 2019 at 1:23 pm Feeling really sad today. I just found out my Facebook friend died back in July. I knew him from an old chat board that I used to go on 20 years ago, and we met in real life a few times when we lived in the same state. He was always posting things in Facebook that I could completely relate to and really enjoyed his presence there. While we weren’t close friends, his death has really hit me especially because I don’t have any friends (except my husband) and so don’t have anyone to talk to about how his passing makes me feel. My husband only knew him as my gay friend that I knew when I lived in another state and kept in touch with on Facebook. I hate that he got cancer and died, he was one of the good ones, with a terrific sense of humor, and great taste in music. I don’t think he ever got to live his life authentically as he was only out to certain people, so was glad he felt comfortable enough me to share that he was gay. I know he struggled with it because many of his other friends and family did not know and his father was so against having a gay son he threatened him. I think he was able to enjoy his life, up to a point, and can only hope he is now living his life on his terms and not giving a shit about what others think. I will miss you, Woodstock!
Miss Astoria Platenclear* September 15, 2019 at 1:38 pm RIP, Woodstock, and Internet hugs to you. Sometimes we have more rapport with Facebook friends (and AAM friends) than people we interact with face-to-face.
Menacia* September 15, 2019 at 1:49 pm Thank you, and yes, I am more my authentic self online than in person and wish the opposite were true.
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 3:26 pm Very sorry, some folks are just a pure gift in our lives.
Karyn* September 15, 2019 at 1:44 pm Hello dear friends! Shameless plug time. I’ve been working on a sequel to a fanfiction I wrote five years ago (Loki from the MCU is the main character, plus my original character created for the story). The original was a project to process my sexual assault from my teenage years, and ended up being one of the most popular Loki/OC fics in the fanfiction world – for which I am unbelievably grateful and humbled. I’ve just posted the third chapter of the sequel, which ended up being almost 10,000 words. So now I’m gonna post links to the original story AND the sequel, in case anyone is interested in reading them. The original story was about 100,000 words itself, so please beware, it’s not a quick read, but it’s my masterpiece (although I am reworking portions of it for later republication – I don’t think anyone who’s ever written fanfiction doesn’t want to edit certain phrases and sections afterward). Here’s the original: https://www.fanfiction.net/s/9896242/1/Saving-Grace (Summary: Loki is sent back to Midgard until he can understand how the actions of one man can have consequences that ripple beyond his intentions. He meets Grace, a single mother of a nearly-year old child with a dark past. Can he redeem himself in her eyes when she finds out how his actions caused her current pain? Post-Avengers, pre-Thor 2. Be advised there are triggers here.) And here’s the sequel: https://www.fanfiction.net/s/13280386/1/Saving-Grace-II-The-Power-Within (Summary: Set six months after the events in Saving Grace, Loki, Grace, and Amy celebrate their relationship on Asgard. While they’re at it, there’s a second, unexpected cause for celebration. But Thanos promised Loki that his failure to obtain the Tesseract would mean a pain worse than death… and Loki must turn to the Avengers for help when what he loves most is threatened.) Please enjoy, comment (seriously, this is my lifeblood), and share all you want with any interested parties.
Llama Face!* September 15, 2019 at 10:40 pm Thanks for sharing your work! I just read your first one this evening (what can I say, I’m a fast reader when I like the story). I haven’t read a lot of fanfic but enjoyed how you wrote Loki and Grace’s characters. I appreciated that it wasn’t an “instalove” story which wouldn’t have made sense for those two*. You handled the difficult sections well and although you had some fairly graphic bits I thought they were necessary to the story and sensitively written. *Plus my asexual self finds those 0 to 100 in 5 seconds romances totally unbelievable and annoying. Lol. I should get a few more things done before the weekend ends so I’ll save your sequel for another day…
Shay* September 15, 2019 at 2:48 pm I’m tired and in pain and very book hung over after finishing Hank Green’s “An Absolutely Remarkable Thing”. Ugh. I’m debating starting another book or going an reading (or rereading) some fanfiction but nothing is holding my attention right now. Podcast maybe? I’ve been working through “Perceived Value” which is very good and about being a working artist, but it’s also requires more mental energy than I have. Video games? Figure out where I left off in The Long Dark? Or Minecraft? Ugh. Uuuugh.
The Other Dawn* September 15, 2019 at 3:24 pm I’m in CT and the plastic bag tax started on 08/01/19, with single-use bags being banned in 2021 I believe. Anyone know if I’m able to buy them online in the meantime? I can’t find the answer anywhere. I don’t want them for shopping. I want them for scooping the cat litter. In the meantime I’m using small garbage bags (4 gallon), but they don’t hold up as well and they don’t have handles, so they’re harder to manage. I tried getting litter bags online from Chewy, but of course they’re sold out.
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 3:29 pm Dunno if this helps, my father used to use waxed paper bags for cleaning up the dog run. They held up pretty good. Not sure if those are available in CT anymore, though.
Oldster* September 15, 2019 at 4:07 pm Amazon – 100 grocery t-shirt bags -7.99 Wal-Mart – 1000 Thank You bags – 27.99 I googled plastic grocery bags for sale.
Oldster* September 15, 2019 at 4:11 pm Webstaurantstore seems to be cheaper. I bought those little plastic condiment cups.
The Other Dawn* September 15, 2019 at 7:39 pm I tried and my order shipped, but was then returned to Amazon. I’m waiting on them to tell me why. I assume it’s something to do with the new law.
Nervous Nellie* September 15, 2019 at 4:10 pm You could also try googling restaurant supply stores. Not all require a business license or reseller permit. I have neither and have bought cake boxes and baking parchment by the bale from them for years. Their prices are very low, but the minimum quantities could be quite high.
Abyssal* September 15, 2019 at 5:13 pm You might give Litter Genie a try, too. Depending on your cat’s… er… productivity, the refills can last anywhere from one to several months apiece.
Dancing Otter* September 15, 2019 at 5:43 pm Second Litter Genie! Can scoop every day but only empty the Genie weekly or so. I was quite surprised that there was no odor.
Eva and Me* September 15, 2019 at 7:29 pm Some years ago, I used a litter genie for a bit, but I found that since it’s made of plastic, it eventually absorbed odors, and sometimes turned messy on me when changing the bag (could be just me tho). I ended up buying a stainless steel milk canister, maybe 2.5 gallons. The stainless steel doesn’t absorb smells and because it’s meant to hold liquids, it’s truly airtight with the lid on. I use the small 4 gallon bags in them, but I suppose you could do without bags if washing the can wouldn’t gross you out too much. I bought the milk cans from a dairy supply store from their “dent and scratch” section, so they were cheaper (still not cheap, though) and I didn’t even notice any imperfections really.
The Other Dawn* September 15, 2019 at 7:39 pm I have…multiple cats. I think I’d fill that thing every night.
Eva and Me* September 15, 2019 at 8:01 pm Yeah, for 2 cats I emptied it weekly. They do come in even larger sizes, but of course, they cost even more. I needed something that would contain odors well, as one kitty could sometimes clear a room!
The Other Dawn* September 15, 2019 at 8:28 pm UGH, yeah my girls can certainly clear the room! I have no idea why the girls are so bad and the boys aren’t.
Margaret* September 15, 2019 at 5:24 pm I’d also encourage you to be creative and think about what other plastic bags you end up with besides grocery bags! I realize size, and features like the handles as you mention might make some still not as ideal, but some are also a thicker plastic, so in my experience tend to stay open while you’re scooping a bit better. We use frozen veggie bags, cat food bags, bread bags, tortilla bags… We stopped getting plastic grocery bags (personally… not in a city where they’re legislated, just got the habit solidified to bring cloth bags), and yet I still have a huge supply of plastic bags from these other sources for the litter. Every once in a while I also ask relatives who still end up with the grocery bags to share their supply, too!
Patty Mayonnaise* September 15, 2019 at 7:17 pm The frozen veggie bag idea is brilliant. I really never thought of that!
Grace* September 15, 2019 at 5:25 pm I just googled whether dog bags are included in the tax/ban, and apparently they aren’t. That’s what we use for our cats. Sometimes it might take two bags to clear an entire box, but they’re sturdy enough for the job.
The Librarian (not the type from TNT)* September 15, 2019 at 7:02 pm I use gallon-size Ziploc bags. Works perfectly for cat litter.
Traveler* September 15, 2019 at 7:31 pm I scoop my cat’s litter into dog waste bags. I keep a small roll by each litter box (we have 4 litter boxes for 2 cats!), which makes it super easy to scoop every day or every other day. Tie up the bag and put it out with the rest of the trash. Single use bags are banned in CA, but dog waste bags are still readily available.
The Other Dawn* September 15, 2019 at 7:42 pm Probably should have mentioned that I have 11 cats, 9 litter boxes, and we scoop every day. I need something big enough to handle that, which would be the plastic grocery bags. I mentioned above that I tried ordering them from Amazon, but my order was returned before it got to me (waiting to find out why). Chewy is sold out of the ones made for litter. I found another type so I’ll see if those work for me. It’s 22.99 for 100, which would last me about three months.
The Other Dawn* September 15, 2019 at 8:27 pm That’s what I’m using now. The problem is I can’t find any with handles and they’re not all that strong, so it makes it kind of a pain when I’m scooping.
acmx* September 15, 2019 at 10:04 pm I get so many plastic bags when I do grocery pick up. I wish I could mail them to you!
Trixie* September 15, 2019 at 10:07 pm Could the small trash bag be fitted to small container with a lid? I’m thinking of the small hard plastic containers of litter I used to get before I switched to cardboard, but it may just be a nicer small refuse bin you might in bathroom or baby’s room. (Lid strong closes to contain odors.)
Pam* September 15, 2019 at 9:47 pm I’m in California, but have regular visitors from Arizona, where the bags are allowed. They bring us a regular stash.
Seven hobbits are highly effective, people* September 15, 2019 at 11:52 pm I’m from the other coast and think of East Coast states as all being tiny and close together so I don’t know if this is practical, but could you just drive to another state with different rules every now and then and stock up, possibly at a restaurant supply store? That probably isn’t practical as an “every week” errand, but might work if you bought in bulk so you were only doing it once a year or so.
Miss Astoria Platenclear* September 15, 2019 at 4:44 pm Looking forward to the Ken Burns “Country Music” documentary on PBS tonight. I didn’t grow up rural or working class, but enjoy many kinds of music. Snobbishly, I wish people who like “new hit country “ would tune in hear the real thing.
Jean (just Jean)* September 15, 2019 at 10:01 pm I forgot about it right before the starting time (ran out for some errands!) but got to watch the second hour. Absolutely fantastic! Entertaining. Educational. Enjoyable. I hope to see more episodes.
MOAS* September 15, 2019 at 5:34 pm Bought a package of zucchini noodles. Sealed tight. Bought on Saturday, kept in fridge, opened Tuesday afternoon and had a strong acidic smell like it went bad. Is that normal? I have a spiralizer so I am open to just buying whole zucchini and spending more time, but it was a bummer that they spoiled so quickly or actually smell/taste like that.
Not So NewReader* September 15, 2019 at 7:02 pm Not sure if it’s normal but this is what would happen to me. I’d have to use them up with in 48 hours of buying them or else they would start to turn. You might try putting them in a glass bowl to see if they last longer. Plastic does funny things sometimes.
Person from the Resume* September 15, 2019 at 6:01 pm Just saw the movie Hustlers and loved it. Super impressed. Is it female empowerment when the women empower themselves through crime? It does seem to make a point about the full impact of the financial crisis. But also hits the trope that greed and avarice brings the criminal gang down … sort of.
Fulana del Tal* September 16, 2019 at 12:17 am I saw it and was surprised how much I liked it. I had very low expectations. For me this isn’t a female empowerment movie. It’s just a crime heist movie with women as leads.
YetAnotherUsername* September 16, 2019 at 12:50 am I guess it’s always empowering to a degree for viewers to be able to watch a movie with characters they identify with rather than the only movies available having characters of a different gender or race or orientation or level of ability. But not every movie with women / minority characters has to be “empowering”. That would be pretty boring. It’s great that we have movies, nowadays with women / POC characters whose plots/subplots that aren’t about “being a woman / POC”. I hope that soon we get some more movies with disabled / gay / overweight characters whose subplots aren’t about “being disabled / gay / overweight” that would be awesome too. I wonder if there’s a bechdel test for gay / disabled / overweight characters. Like “Two gay characters have a conversation that doesn’t mention sexual orientation.”(pretty sure will and grace would fail that one!) or “two disabled characters have a conversation that doesn’t mention ability”. It sounds like hustlers is a movie in three vein of “movie who happens to have female characters” rather than “female movie” which in itself is an empowering thing to exist. Sorry went off on a bit of a ramble there.